Language is ou r only key to the correct and comple t e u nderstanding of the l i fe and thought of a people. - W.
Pitt Rivers, BAAS 1912, p.
186
GREENSPEAI< _
A Stud__,_y of Environmental Discourse __
---
l Rom Harre jens Brockmeier Peter Mi.ihlhausler
SAGE Publications
lntcrna/tona! Educat;onal and Profcsstonal Puohsller Thousand Oaks London New Delhi
Copyright © 1 999 by Sage Publications, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.
For injomtlJti on :
SAGE Publications, Inc. 2455 Teller Road Thousand Oaks, California 9 1 320 E-mail:
[email protected] SAGE Publications Ltd. 6 Bonhill Street London EC2A 4PU United Kingdom
UNIVERSIT1\TS UNO
S AGE Publications I ndia Pvt. Ltd. M-32 Market Greater Kailash I New Delhi 1 1 0 048 India
SH.DT BI3thi I l":i{ r. J u�
Printed in the United States of America Library of Co11gre.u Catalogi11g-in·Publication
A D·lltll�f!.----
Harr�. Rom Greenspeak: A study of environmental discourse I by Rom Harr�. Jens Brockmeier, and Peter Miihlhausler. p. em. Includes bibliographical references (p. ) and index. ISBN 0-76 1 9- 1 704-7 (cloth: acid-free paper) ISBN 0-76 1 9- 1 705-5 (pbk.: acid-free paper) I. Environmentalism. 2. Environmental sciences-Philosophy. I. Harre , Rom. I I . Miihlhausler, Peter. Ill. Title. GE I 95.B76 1 998 1 79'. 1 -ddc2 1 98- 1 9703
This book is printed on acid-free paper. 99
00 0 1
02
03
Acquiring Editor: Editorial A.uistant: Production Ediwr: Editorial Assistant: Designer/Typesetter: Cover Designer:
10 9
8 7
6
5
4
Jim Nageotte Heidi Van Middlesworth Astrid Virding Denise Santoyo Janelle LeMaster Ravi Balasuriya
3
2
Contents
vii
Preface I.
Env ironmental Discourses
2.
Linguistic Foundations
21
3.
Rhetorical Uses of Science
51
4.
Environmental Narratives
69
5.
Th e Power o f Metaphor
91
6.
Temporal Dimensions
1 19
7.
Ethno-Ecology
137
8.
Linguistics
Environmentalism
161
9.
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
1 73
B i bliography
1 89
Index
1 99
About the Authors
203
as
Preface
T
he topic of this book is the discourse of environmental ism. We have coi ned the term 'Greens peak' as a catch-all term for all the ways in which issues of the environment arc presented, be it in written , spoken or pictorial form . We addressed this topic in a number of lectures held at Linacre College (Oxford ) between 1 992 and 1 994. These classes ran parallel to the annual Linacre Lectures series (Cartledge, 1 992), which have been directed to a variety of environmental issues. Our series, like the Linacre Lectures, reflects the strong commitment of the col lege to the deve lopment of environmental awareness. It is not accidental that the dialects of Greenspcak found in the Linacre Lectures series form an important part of our data. In our perception, the papers in the Cartledge collection offer us a credible way out of the predica ment of having to choose from an ever-growing body of Grcenspeaki ng and Greenwriting. The flood of Greenspeak documents is so great as to be unmanageable as a corpus of material for analysis. We have had to be very selective i n picking what we take to be typical examples of the many genres used in environmental discussions. Discourse directed to the environment, it is well to bear in mind, may comprise the speaking and writing of those in favor of preserving the status quo, as well as the works of critics and reformers . We count oursel ves among the more radical opponents of that conservatism, but our undertaking in these studies is not directed to advocacy. Our project is directed to understanding the means of persuasion and some of the tech niques of advocacy used by both conservatives and conservationists . vii
viii
GREEN SPEAK
In addition to the Linacre Lectures referred to above, we have worked with examples drawn from the fol lowing material: •
• • •
•
•
A wide range of items drawn from reports of and contributions to the Rio Summit of l 992
Manifesto of the B ritish Green Party
Statement on the use of nuclear energy by B ritish Nuclear Fuels, pic.
Collection of essays edited by C. C. W. Tay lor ( 1 992) covering a wide range of environmental topics, predominantly from a philosophical point of view Collection of examples of Greenspeak from a variety of sources, begun by Mtihlhliusler in 1 976, including material published in the early part of 1 996 A number of scientific papers from journals such as Scientific American.
S uch pri mary data were supplemented with a growing body of secondary sources, including the important work on green discourse by Carbaugh ( 1 992), a special issue of The Trumpeter (Vol . 9, No. 4, 1 992) titled "Ecologi cal Revisionings Through the Medium of Language," and the semi nal work on the greening of systemic l inguistics by Hal l iday ( 1 992) and the lexical studies by Hass ( 1 989). That the study of Greenspeak has come a long way can be seen from the publication in German of a first i ntroductory textbook on ecological l i nguis tics (Trampe, 1 990) followed by Fi ll ( 1 993), the Conference on the Discourse of Environmental Advocacy held in Salt Lake City in 1 992, the setting up of the Language and Ecology group at Lancaster University in 1 993, and the I nternational Sy mposium on Language and Ecology held at Klangenfurt University in 1 995. This reflects a growing real ization by students of environ mental studies that a many-faceted investigation of language is an essential step i n coming to understand the many ways that our relations with the environment can be expressed . If the study of language is an essential component in the project of understanding the environment, the reverse is no less true . To study languages without paying attention to their embeddedness in natural and cul tural envi ronments, as suggested by the seductive but dubious nature-nurture dichot omy, is a dangerous limitation on the scope of linguistics. This theme, c al led the "ecology of language," was introduced by Haugen ( 1 972) and has since become an important issue i n linguistics, as can be seen from the debate i n a spec i al issue of Lang uage (no. 2, 1 992), the UNESCO project of a redbook of endangered languages and many similar projects. The diversity of languages and cultural forms i s threatened, just as is the diversity of organic species, with large-scale extinction. B oth types of d iver sity can be portrayed as the outcome of adaptive diversification that occ urred
Preface
ix
over very long periods of time. In a sense, the history of diversification is preserved i n the surviving species. The loss of such diversity can be thought of as a kind of loss of memory. We are not so much concerned with the facts of language extinction as with the discursive styles in which these facts are presented , in particular the development of a dialect of Greenspeak as a technical language of li nguistics. Our book focuses on l inguistic and philo sophical, on psychological and cultural-historical aspects of environmental discourse, the dialects of Greenspeak . It docs not pretend to be an analysis of environmental phenomena themselves. We would wish to argue, however, that an understanding of environmental phenomena can be greatly enhanced by investigating the nature and uses of one of the main tools employed in exploring environmental matters . Language not only reflects and records but also shapes, distorts and even creates real ities, as we shall show in subseq uent chapters. The loss of languages is also a loss of conceptual resources, some of which, at least, would have had a role to play in refining our linguistic powers to be deployed in dealing with env ironmental issues. We feel that our studies fill a major gap in both environmental ism and environmental discourse. Many writers on environmental matters have ex pressed, from time to time, uneasiness with the l i nguistic resources at their disposal. Any inquiry begins with the recognition of a problem . A major task that we have set oursel ves has been to make expl icit the problem of the interconnectivity between environmental discourse and the environment. This entails a principled examination of how languages interact with cultural and natural realities. In undertaking this task we have aimed at gaining an under standing of how Greenspeak works , and perhaps with some tentative prescrip tions of norms for a persuasive di scourse to which we ourse lves, as a matter of fact, are committed . Our linguistic-philosophical analyses should not be taken as an alternative conception of environmental d i scourse but, rather, as a critical metadi scourse. Revealing how the multiple dialects of Greenspeak ' work' is not a criticism of the h ard and valuable work of environmental discussion and debate, the very project of Greens peaking ! In view of the prevailing changes in envi ron mental discourse in Western soc ieties, such an analysis would seem timely indeed. We perceive, in the increasing greening of English and other Western languages, a kind of linguistic Ersatzhandlung, with the very real danger of talk replacing or postponing action. The slide from i nnovative way s of speaking that make visible matters, h itherto passing unnoticed , into cultural commonplaces is usual ly pretty rapid. Not all 'green ' discourse has the same stat us. There are green growth i ndustries, such as green advertising, the status of w hich, v is-a-vis the l i fe sciences and the ethics of env ironmental pol lution , is probl emat ic.
X
GREEN SPEA K
For example, we remain unconvinced by arguments to the effect that the consumption of more and more green products in itself can resolve some of the more fundamental problems of consumer societies. One reason for our skepticism is that what is green or environmentally friend ly here and now may cause damage elsewhere (e.g., clean fuel in British ci ties contri buting to pollution i n the remote countryside) or at future points in time (clean nuclear fuel causing undesirable effects in a 1,000 years' time). Understand ing the complex variables of time and space and their l i nguistic manifestations is a problem for anyone wishing to get a grasp of the conceptual structure of many environmentalist d iscourses. We shall be much concerned with devices of temporal cal i bration of environmentally relevant processes as they are pre sented i n both lay and scientific writings. The presentation of environmental matters in a rhetoric of urgency and crisis i nvokes complex temporal structures to the analysis of which we shall devote considerable effort. Spatial concepts too are invoked in spec i al ways in the course of the discursive globalization of environmental ism . Under standing the way concepts of time and space are used, and analyzi ng their l i nguistic manifestations, is a recurring theme of this book. Final ly, we suggest that an adequate grasp of environmental matters pre supposes an understand ing of interdependencies and connections. As Taylor ( 1 99 1 , p. 3 ) has argued , "the notion of ' i nterrelatedness ' " and the idea that there are no real ly discrete or isolated entities, flies in the face of traditional mechanistic theories. It subverts those dual isms a'isociated w i th the notion that humans arc somehow separate from the natural world and that pol itical and econom ic institutions can safely treat the natural environment as an external factor or 'afterthought' . We feel that the study of interdependencies can profit greatly from an integrationist linguistic perspective, as it is outl ined in Chapter 2 . O u r studies have been an attempt t o chart a terra incognita. No fi nal conclusions can be expected other than that existing human knowledge does not suffice to do j ustice to the issues at hand. Greenspeak invokes science, ethics and economics, but it is neither a scientific nor a moral nor an economic d iscourse. These are its tropes. In the end, we believe the advocates of the greening of the world, the speakers of the dialects of Greenspeak. are united by an aesthetic vision of a world that is a fit place for human beings to inhabit, not only in the sense of being conducive to their health but in the Aristotel ian sense of be ing a place where the characteristic human virtues can flourish. We are particularly gratefu l to Ph i l l ip Baker, who has kindly read and critically commented on an earl ier version of this work to very good effect in eliminating some of our more gross errors. We would also l i ke to pay tribute to those who, over the years, contributed to the di scussions i n our long-
Preface
xi
running seminar. In particul ar, we owe a special debt to Roy Harr i s. Much of the linguistic thinking in this book owes i ts origins to his distinction between surrogational and i ntegrational approaches to language. Thomas Linacre, whose name our college bears, was a classical scholar and physician as well as a grammarian. We are sure he would approve of our attempt to study some aspects of the l anguage with which some of the most pressing issues of our time are expressed and debated. We would like to emphasize that the three authors of this volume have contributed equally to the work, both as members of the long-running seminar at Linacre College, Oxford, and in the writing of this text.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to the editors of BioScience, T he New Scientist, The Guardian, The Observer, and Lingua Franca for permission to repri nt material from their publ ications.
Environmental Discourses
T
his book developed out o f our asking questions about the relationship between the various components of human com
municative activities and what that communication is about in the context of discussions of environmental issues. The rapidly growing body of scientific, economic, moral and aesthetic discourse about the environment can profit from a detailed examination of its ways of using language. In short we believe that ecological and environmental studies need to take a linguistic turn. The authors of this volume come from the disciplines of linguistics and philosophy but have over the past few years studied a substantive body of environmental literature, taught courses in environmental linguistics and attempted in their own lives to make sense of the conflicting stories told about the environment. Unlike some practitioners of linguistics, we do not subscribe to the hy pothesis that language exists as a self-contained independent mental organ that can be studied in isolation from its use, functions, users, history and specific contexts of employment in carrying out this or that task. Without wishing to deny the importance of general questions concerning the role of language in cognition and its modes of representation, we believe that con siderations of practice and culture arc equally foundational in the study of language. Our approach to language and communication is, in a loose and at this point a nontechnical sense,
ecological. By 'ecological' we mean having
functional relationships with and being part of a wider ecology. We take the perspective that the ecological aspects of language, its personal, cultural, social and temporal embcddedness in and dependency on other aspects of
2
GREEN SPEA K
intentional and normatively constrained human activity are constitutive of i ts existence and to a signi ficant extent determine its nature. There seems no better arena of language use i n which to pursue our investigations of language as a tool kit i nvolved in all sorts of human practices than its realization in the l oose c luster of dialects we could call the 'language of environmental ism' itself: Greenspeak , the whole gamut of l inguistic means employed i n rai sing awareness o f environmental issues i n a range of discourses both radical and conservative. The discussion of how language is used for talking about environmental issues (the language of ecology) will be supplemented by a discussion of how the continued well-being of human languages is itself dependent on ecological factors (the ecology of lan guage). I n this book we intend to focus on a number of aspects of the ecological nature of the language of ecology. We would like to make it c lear that we see ourselves as very much at the beginning of what to us looks an important enterprise-an attempt to create a subdiscipline that has the potential of making both l i ngui stics and philoso phy capable of contributing to an informed debate concern ing human survival and the wel fare of our planet. In particular, we wish to raise what we perceive as a general ly rather low level of critical awareness of the way environmental matters are presented, despite, but perhaps because of, the massive flood of environmentalist talk and writing. It will emerge that the environmental case, in its most general form, is both more subtle and more complex than much current ways of Greenspeaking allow. Yet we find the way in which the contextual demands on Greenspeak as a persuasive medium present that case extremely fascinating, for i nstance the currently equivocal attitude to science, which is seen both as a resource and as a threat. Conservationist (radical) Greenspeak has confronted and conti nues to confront sophisticated exploita tionist (conservative) Greenspeak. Marx ( 1 970) commented that "a certain innocent trust in the efficacy of words, propaganda and rational persuasion has charac terized the conservation movement [in the United States)" (p. 947) . The point has been reiterated b y Brunner and Oesch I aeger ( 1 994 ) . In com menting cri tical ly on the l i nguistic means by which the environmental ist c ase is made, we believe we can make the issues more c learly defi ned and at the same time contribute in a general way to linguistics itself. Part of what is at issue is the choice of mode ls of the communication process itself. We shal l take the term 'communication ' to refer to the produc tion of meaning i n the interaction between human beings as it occurs in specific social, cultural and h istorical contexts. We shall be looking on l inguistic resources as instruments for the better performing of certain tasks. It is rarely helpful to study the uses of words as i f they were a condui t through which thoughts are transferred from mind to mind. The locus o f meaning, in our view. is in actual discourse and its cultural context . We shall be concerned
Environmental Discourses
3
with the way everyday speakers of languages such as English can converse about ecological and environmental matters and the role of speakin g and writing in the active engagement of people in conversations about such matters. We shall also try to bring out some of the philosoph ical , psychological and political implications of the ' greening' of languages in the growth of a specific vocabulary for the discussion of environmental matters, and the emergence of characteristic Greenspeak rhetorical dev ices. We shall also examine how the 'greening' of language has encouraged the development of a certain moral and aesthetic sensibi lity that has influenced our forms of public life. However, our concerns are, to an extent, more general since we wish to use Greenspeak as an exemplar for persuasive discourse i n general. We do not think that the devices we are highl ighting i n what follows are characteristic of environmental discourse alone. Language is not the only medium by means of which environmental issues are made determinate , brought to public attention and so on. There are other discursive media, such as graphs, equations, diagrams and photographs which play special roles in Greenspeak presentations. Final ly, we shall high light some of the ways that the philosophy of science and Geistesgeschichte have shaped the h istorical presuppositions of modern 'green ' points of view. We have learned that we need to make very c lear, at the very begi nning of such an enterprise as ours, that work on the way that Greenspeak has devel oped as a cluster of loosely related dialects and rhetorical practices is not an ironic criticism of environmentalism, be it conservationist or exploitative. Each of us is a strong supporter of some aspect of or institution comprised within the worldwide growth of environmental sensitivity and practical action in relation to its conservation and improvement. To take an interest in how pistons, cylinders, connecting rods and wheels sustain and make possible travel by train is not to mount an attack on trains. We were astounded when a publisher's reader of an earl ier version of these studies thought that our studies of Green speak amounted to an attack on reformist environmentalism. We shal l return t o reiterate this point from time t o time. C u ltural , Linguistic and Temporal Discourse Language and the Environmental Stance
W hether it be by taking l inguistic, phi losophical, scientific, cultural-historical or psychological perspectives, each of the studies in this book deals in one way or another with ecological matters and the development from ecological awareness to environmentalism. But, of course, we do not tackle things like the 'ecological crisis' as if it were a natural phenomenon. The 'crisis of our times' is at root a discursive phenomenon . It comes about through a sh i ft in
4
GREEN SPE A K
our ways of seeing and assessing what we see, made possible by the taking up into our discursive resources new vocabularies, new judgmental categories, new metaphors and analogies that have promoted awareness of much that was previously overlooked. Our subject matter is the multivoiced fabric in which it becomes possible to describe and to present what we now see as environ mental matters as issues of concern . To reformulate our topic with a certain psychological accent: We are i nterested i n the symbol ic means by which the issues of environmental ism are constructed, represented and negotiated. The attitudes, bel iefs, convictions and so on that constitute the content of environ mentalist discourse are man i fested in many forms, not only verbal . There are homespun domesti c ceremonies such as a Thanksgiving celebration; there have been massive Greenpeace actions against nuclear testi ng; there are academic seminars on environmental matters ; there have been media spec taculars such the United Nations Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro; there are remote rural communes ; and there are bottle banks outside supermarkets. A l l these are forms o f expression integrated into a fabric o f culture that embeds the i ndividual within a socially shared context of mean ings ( B rockmeier, 1 995 ; Shotter, 1 993). Thus, by considering a broader concept of discourse we can differentiate symbolic, iconic and enactive forms of symbolic interaction, al though in real i ty they are inseparable from other material and symbolic practices. One can call this cultural discourse. 1 In this view, 'discourse ' is not identical with 'language ' ; hence, its analysis cannot be reduced to a study of l anguage only. Rather, to make sense of the l i nguistic resources deployed in and fashioned by a particular conversational moment-l ike the 'language of Rio'-we must consider i t as deeply i ntegrated i nto cultural discourse as a whole, including the spec i fic rules of (self- )presentation in audiovisual mass media. Otherwise, we would not do j ustice to the way a particular media event makes a certain argumentative environment determinate as one crucial constraint on the l an guage of Rio. From the point of view of th is broader conception o f cultural discourse, we do not have any di fficulty identifying language as the most sign ificant and dominant 'psychological tool ' in the busi ness of human meaning- making. It is primarily through language (and i ts repertoire of speech acts) that we must try to come to terms with a rapidly changing relationship with our natural (and social) environment. It is not only i n language that g lobal concerns take shape, but it is l anguage that has the prime role in how they are discussed, negotiated, and used for various social and pol i tical i nterests. Even consideri ng the scientific and mathematical models proposed to represent environmental problems, we observe that to define the actual nature of the concerns they grapple with, they re ly on l anguage and on the normative constraints of the proper unfold i ng of a genre of texts. It is not only convenient but advisable to give center stage to the study of environmental ist speaking
Environmental Discourses
5
an d wri tin g, that is to the mapping and interpreting of the m any d i alects of Greensp eak. Wh at as pects of environmental d iscourse will be emphasized'! Comment in g on George Eliot's remark that all of us get our thoughts entangled in metaphors, Garrett Hardin ( 1 974) says, "No generation has viewed the prob lem of the survival of the human species as seriously as we have. Inevi tably, we have entered this world of concern through the door of metaphor" ( p. 56 1 ) . As we shal l demonstrate in greater detail in our later discussion, metaphors are indeed a highly sensitive discursive too l . Yet they are, of course, not the only device that we use to understand new developments in our real ity-a reality that, at least in part, also emerges as a result of these metaphorical constructions. Greenspeak can also be characteri zed in respect to its various l inguistic forms and genres, such as narratives, conversations, interviews and argumentative (scientific and philosophical, pol itical and moral ) prose ; it i s expressed in texts l i ke manifestos, declarations, publ ic speeches, talk shows, jokes, parodies and d isputes. The focus on language in the man i fold uses in and by which concepts are created, negotiated and mai ntained marks a common thread that runs through al l our studies. Evidently, the understanding of ling uistic features of Green speak would be seriously disadvantaged without attention to the cultural and even geographical environment that corre lates to the idea of cultural milieu as the wider context in which language, l i ke al l other psychological tools, is embedded.
T he Advent of Environmentalist Discourse: Greenspeak
It is a well-known phenomenon-discussed, for instance, by language plan ners (see Rubin & Jernudd, 1 97 1 )-that in times of rapid technological and conceptual changes, linguistic development tends to lag beh i nd other devel opments. The relative speed at which certain structural and lexical devices change, and the rate of transformation of social processes to which they are addressed and for which, to some extent, they provide the medium, is a major problem for sociolinguistics. In recent years we have experienced a conceptual revolution i n how we conceive our relation to the natural world that is commensurable i n its effect on our l ives with the most important events that have occurred in the past. According to Freud (as q uoted in Gould, 1 987), The first [major i ntellectual revolution] was when it was realized that our eanh was not the centre of the universe, but only a speck in a world-system of a
6
G R E EN S PEA K magni tude hardly conceivable . . . . The second was when biological research robbed man [sic] of his particular privilege of having been specially created and relegated him to a descent from the animal world.
But in Gould's ( 1 987) view, there has been a third major revolution that serves to bridge between spatial limitations of human dominion (the Gali lean revolution), and our physical union with all 'lower' creatures (the Darwinian revolution). He [Freud] neglected the great temporal limitation imposed by geology upon human importance-the discovery of 'deep ti me ' . ( pp. 1- 2)
Gould 's list of revolutions can be supplemented by one of the more dramatic claims of modern, that is, 20th century, ecology. ' Deep ' or geol ogical time seems to offer us room to maneuver, so to say. All sorts of trials seem possible, for if there is time enough, mistakes can be corrected and the onward march of progress sustained . But the fourth revolution in our view of our position i n the universe i s that humankind has ended u p in a situation w here there may be no surviving sustainable self-regulating biological systems, thanks to our own activities. Time runs out. 2 If there really are no surviving sel f-regulating systems, then the only way for those systems on which human l i fe depends to survive is by active human care . Even at the l ith hour it may be possible to introduce measures that dece lerate the pace of transformation of the natural environment until it is either manageable within the temporal constrai nts of human practical action or sel f-regulation is once again restored . This insight, the threat to sel f-regulation, has not yet been grasped by all human beings. In many cultures, the linguistic means for informed discourse in an area of ecological and environmental matters remain meager. One of the reasons, one may add, is that even the earl ier revolutions (the Gal ilean and the Darwin ian) together with the discovery of 'deep time ' remain only half digested and are poorly served by the l inguistic resources of most l anguages. That l i nguistic and cultural factors can conspire to make Darwinism i naccessible has been demonstrated by Krementsov and Todes ( 1 99 1 ) for Russia. The recent emergence of the phenomenon of Greenspeak, some of the dialects of which take on apocalyptic forms, as we find in the speeches and writings of nuclear disarmers, for example Bertrand Russell , has resul ted in some public awareness, although as yet the locus of Greens peak is somewhat peripheral , compared with the discourses of religious fundamental ism and of economic growth, despite the presentation of Earth Summit 1 992 as a global media event. It is a domain dominated by a number of specialist groups (environmental policymakers, engineers, biologists, mainly middle-class pressure groups, etc.) rather than the population of the world as a whole. 3 We
Environmental Discourses
7
also note that the development of resources for Greenspeaking is stil l very much a superficial tinkering with the possibilities of Ianguage, just as practical efforts to bring about positive ecological changes, even those in the best interests of every citizen, rarely go to the heart of the matter technically. The most basic and wide-spread metaphors for the linguistic representation of ecological processes and the grammatical means for signaling the relationshi p between humans and their environment are sti ll dominated b y mechanistic, early enlightenment ideas . We shall demonstrate these points i n more detail in what fol lows. It does not fol l ow from the inadequacies of modernist ' reason ' as the persuasive rhetoric for bringing about environmental awareness that the adoption of the postmodernist abrogation of reason w i l l be the best path to fol low.
T he Essential Temporality of Gree nspeak
Environmentalism, above all, links the past with the future. The present is always presented as the sum of the consequences of the past and the necessary platform for the emergence of the future. All environmental discourse encom passes a thematic level of temporal concerns. Greenspeak is, above all , a teleological discourse. The future and the past are presented as immanent i n the present. Only in a teleological frami n g does the very idea of t h e imple mentation of ' green' policy now make sense . However, there are many shades of this teleology, ranging from the deepest pessimism (the present is big with a disastrous future) to the most upbeat optimism. It is i n terms of possible and immanent futures that individuals often present their i nvolvement in environ mentalism. From the point of view of the exposition of its major themes, the content of Greenspeak is essentially temporal. The past offers the lessons that are to be learned in the present and implemented in the future. 'Apocalypse now ' is a dramatic condensation of the past-present-future reference of all environ mental discourse. Tenses, time frames and temporal calibrations are pervas ive features of all its dialects and variants. Environmental discourse is i n several respects temporally indexed. Hence, to gain an overview of environmental disco urse, of Greenspeak at large, we shall not only pay attention to the cu ltu ral environm ent and such overt l inguistic aspects as its common tropes but als o look closely i nto how temporality enters so intimately i nto most, i f n ot all, dialects o f Greensp eak. Looking at the temporal positioning of interlocutors in our environmental discourse s, we will discover how temporal references become moral assess ment s, and expressions of time are mingled with aesthetic values. They
8
GREENSPEAK
represent signposts t o rather different cultural systems o f temporal concepts . Thi s underlines our view that in realizing specific l i nguistic impl ications ( for example, li near and abstract is 'cold ' and destructive, circular and rhythmical is ' warm ' and protecting) they reveal their meaning only in a particular cultural-historical context. Again, we can study how, in the end, the temporal aspects of Greenspeak come down to ideas of particular forms of l i fe. Not surprisingly, human l i fe, if it is conceived as something in accordance with 'nature', is throughout associated with rhyth mical and circular time forms: It is ' warm ' . Nature and its times become a platform of cultural projections, an 'affective system '. to use a concept of the French historian of melllalite, Lucien Lefevre. Physics, by contrast, presents timeless laws i n the context of a li near and irreversible and largely determin istic unfolding of the cosmos . Temporal Allegories However, temporal ity appears in yet another guise in the ' teleologies of hope and despair' . For example, the famous marine explorer and environ mental activist Jacques-Yves Cousteau explained his passionate engagement in the ideas of the United Nations Summit as follows : R i o has been al most like a dream for me. It was beyond m y greatest expectations to sec so much achieved so soon after the environmental conscience was born, when people all over the world began to real ise what was going on-that we were scuttling our ship. [ . . . ] At Rio I shared a platform with leaders of Indians and indigenous peoples; the people with the knowledge and traditions which teach them to safeguard their environments. I supported these people because I love them. But there is no hope for them. I have supported them because if you see a man dying by the side of the road you stop and help him. I have seen many t ribes o f I ndians disappear i n my l i fetime. I have seen one tribe where there was only one 82-year-old woman left. (cited i n The Ellropean, 8 1 [June 1 992], p. I 0)
In this statement we not only find the characteristics linkage between natural, cultural and individual processes but also an i nteresting focus on this linkage itself. The concern for the environment-Cousteau calls it the "environmental conscience"-is represented through the image of caring for a dying man. Thi s already sets up an existential framework for the whole picture. It becomes even bleaker in the face of the future perspective: "But there is no hope", drastical ly i l l ustrated by the case of the one i ndividual with whose death the tribe will wholly die out. In this picture, there is a striki ng temporal i rre versibi l i ty. In terms of l iterary theory, the depiction of the dying man by the side of the road is an allegory. An al legory is a presentation of ideas as a narrative.
Environmental Discourses
9
On the on e hand , as a narrative it tells an intell igible story. On this leve l , Cousteau 's picture draws on the connotations of the Christian tradition of the good Samaritan and of St. Martin. Thus we find oursel ves drawn into the sphere of a concrete moral d i lemma, a matter of consc ience . On the other hand , an allegory is a presentation of ideas that represents an abstract mean i ng, l i ke a doctrine or a thesis. The central rhetorical device of Cousteau 's al legory is the personification of abstract entities such as virtues, vices, modes of l i fe and type s of character. Both concrete and abstract allegories prove to be all the more useful for environmental discourse. But there is yet another level of meaning in Cousteau 's allegory. The allegory involves a complex temporal transformation . It shifts from a journey as movement in time to the death of an individual , ending of time for h i m . This standstil l o f t i m e in t h e moment of the individual 's death marks the allegorical equivalent of Cousteaus's central point: "There is no hope." Cousteau's position of enlightened pessimism is by no means unique. Let us add one further example. A similarly drastic picture, even if presented more cautiously, is drawn by Dennis L. Meadows, who, like Cousteau, has been one of the leading scientific voices of environmental ism from its current begin nings: •
Life goes on. It will not, as mankind would i n the case of nuclear war, be annihilated in one fell swoop. The question merely is, how many people will live and how many will starve. The prognoses vary according to our choice of possible scenarios for the future. If these were reduced to only two, utopia or catastrophe, my guess i s that catastrophe will be the likely outcome. (cited i n Die Zeit. June 5, 1992, trans. from the Germ an )
It is worth mentioning that these views run strikingly counter to the original inherent function of hope for environmental activities that another famous campaigner and green pol i tician, Petra Kelly, claimed 1 0 years before in the early stages of the environmental movement i n Western Europe . In her book Fighting for Hope ( Kel ly, 1 984 ), published with a foreword by Nobel prizewinner Heinrich Boll , she confessed her hope for a better world to come her essential motive. Even more, maintaining hope seemed to her itself an important moral value, an essential word in the lexicon of environmental ism. We shall return to the topic of teleologies of hope and despair and the underlying matrix of time that they presuppose. The Closing of the Future In o rder to examine the teleological elements in the d iscourse of the e nvi ron mental ism we must understand i t as embedded in a multilayered
10
G R E E N SPE A K
cultural-historical fabric. Part o f this background i s a process o f erosion of the stable and rel iable time order of Western Civi lization. This is not a recent development, nor is it only a conceptual and inte llectual one. From a h istorical vantage poi nt, one certainly has to view this erosion as part of a broader cultural development that, in a sense, started with the Enlightenment itself. I n rejecting t h e c losed time of Medieval thought, the modern m i nd opened u p t h e possibi l i ty of a n uncertain a n d threatening future, whereas t h e 1 9th-cen tury belief in the human capacity for progress seemed to set aside the threat. ·we suggest that one ought not to isolate either the discovery of the 'ecological crisis' or the concomitant emergence of environmentalism from this fundamental cultural process. One consequence of th is development is a concept of h istorical process as noth i ng more than a great variety of cultural h istorical constructions. ' H istory ' is not itsel f a process. It is nothing other than an umbrella expression for a wide range of human approaches to the expression of mutability, change and succession . In 1 9th-century natural history, Darwin's Origin of Species played a crucial role in this shift in the Western understanding of time. However, natural history marks just one line in a broader cultural development, intertwined with many similar tendencies in other natural and social sciences, ph ilosophy, l iterature and the arts (Kern, 1 98 3 ; Nowotny, 1 994) . What has come t o a n end with this development is-among other things the conviction that the physical and cosmological idea of Newtonian absolute time is a universal ly appl icable parad igm for all forms of change and devel opment. The technological correlate of the model of absolute time is the frictionless mechanical clock and, more recently, electronic time-keeping devices (Aveni, 1 990; Young, 1 988). From everyday l i fe to poetry, a charac teristic selection of metaphors and other linguistic expressions capturi ng this model embraces the 'continuous and eternal" flux ' , the 'stream of the nows ' , 'the inevitability of change' and s o on. Without doubt, the erosion of the traditional concept of time has extended to both categories. From the point of view not only of the sciences but also of philosophy and of the arts, strong arguments have been brought forward against the Newtonian metaphysics of time, be it as the idea of a l i m i tless container, as the ever-flying arrow of time. Over the past 1 00 years we have witnessed the fal l i ng apart of all universal Weltanschauungen based on con cepts of time that are linear, continuous, homogeneous, progressive and teleological . Philosophically, this view found its most advanced and elabo rated form some decades before Darwin, in Hegel's developmental theory of Geist (Brockmeier, 1 992). Today, 'absolute spirit' and absolute container have dissolved in countless decentral ized fragments, and the arrow of time has been transformed into multidirectional movements and a nondeterm i n able multi plicity of temporal perspectives. This new view, widely established in social
Environmental Discourses
II
sciences, humanities and natural sciences, unveils a deeply heterochronous world. As a side effect, this also has opened up a new interest i n the huge cultural variety of different symbolic expressions of temporal ity. Revolutionizing our trad itional sense of history, these changes i n the perception and expression of time as change have necessi tated a continuous readjustment of our concepts-not to mention the individual time syntheses that one finds in autobiographies. Our c l aim is that this epochal process has ass umed once again a new qual i ty. H itherto, the traditional idea of time has been that there is, in one way or another, a limitless future in terms of the possibil ity of progress, a conviction that appeared to be securely guaranteed by the authority of science. Under the influence of the 'environmental cri sis', more and more scientists, however, have moved to the forefront of the environmental ists ' attack on the ' forces behind ' the phenomena. Like Cousteau and Meadows, many of them have used the public arena, as it was opened up not least by the Rio Summit, as a platform to demonstrate their conversions. As a consequence, skepticism about the authority of science has became a salient feature of Greenspeak, albeit a quite ambivalent one, to a discussion of which we shall return. Yet, as we shall see, the use of the tropes of scientific writing to enhance the authority of an environmentalist case is widespread . Examining the public image of the natural sciences and their social acceptance in North America and Western Europe since the 1 970s and 1 980s, we notice a change in the traditional optimistic and rationalistic self-conception. This change is not superficial . The more the 'ecological crisis' is conceived to be a threat to the very foundations of social and individual l i fe, the more it impinges on the moral status of the technological foundations of much of the everyday l i fe of those who dwell in the industrial West. Th is has spread to medicine, to agricul ture, to psychology and even to the conduct of commercial enterprises. For most philosophers of science, the defense of the priority of natural science as a model for the garnering of knowledge has become an exploration of modes of rational ity beyond the boundaries of the formal logic of tradition. With the 'environmental crisis ' and i ts far-reaching criticisms of current way s of life well-represented in current public discourse, the trad itional ideals of material progress and scientific knowledge have become deeply ambiva l ent-w i th all their emphatic connotations. Ironical ly, it is not the seeming irratio nalis ms of the postmodemist Zeitgeist but the scientific diagnoses, predic ting a seemingly unavoidable ecological catastrophe, that undermine, by means o f the authority of science, that very authority. The transformation of way s of l i fe by the appl ication of science and engineering has produced the very situat ion that requires science and engineering to identify and to repair. The 'ecological epoch ' , as sociologist Ulrich B eck ( 1 992; 1 994 ) remarked, is si m ulta neo usly scientific and also critical of scientific approaches. S uccesses
12
G REEN S PEA K
i n diagnosing and warning agai nst the destruction o f the environment drive, in turn, the d ismantl i ng of scienti fic standards of rational ity. This ambiva lence, we believe, is indeed highly characteristic of environmental discourse .
The Global View
'Whole Earth ' Perspectives Another new quality brought into being in the process of erosion of traditional concepts of history as development is the ·globalization ' of Green speak. The entire world wao; addressed by those who took part in Earth Summit 1 992. The ' l anguage of Rio' was, at least for a moment, a lingua franca. Globalization of d iscourse genres is one of the most stri king results of 20th-century technology. This has been particularly true of the forms of talk and writing with which the ' ecological crisis' has been portrayed . Twenty years earl ier, the fi rst UN conference had been cal led the Environmental Conference. Now it was the Earth Summit, and such was also the tenor of most declarations, speeches and reports. On a lexical level this became evident in numerous expressions l i ke 'global th inking ' , 'global perception ' , 'holistic approach ' , 'planetary timing ' , 'spaceship Earth ' , ' l i feboat Earth ' , and 'One World ' . Moreover, we must not underestimate the suggestive infl uence of iconic signals l i ke the ubiquitous pictures of Earth, the 'blue Planet', shot by satell ite cameras or from the space missions of the 1 970s and 1 980s. Al though the 'global ' message was presented and semiotical ly produced in an unequivocal way, one must understand it in a twofold sense. On the one hand, the various l i nguistic expressions and photographic, c inematic and graphic representations certainly reflect the fact that in public consciousness over the past two decades several local or regional environmental issues have been tran sformed i nto one great problem within which local problems are swal lowed up. Whereas earlier debates usually focused on single 'environ mental accidents ' (such as the pol l uted Rhine, the 'acid rain ' in the B l ack Forest or sea birds dying i n oil sl icks on the Danish shores) and on more or less local or regional industrial catastrophes (such as in B hopal , Harrisburgh and Chemobyl), they have now become a dense, all-encompassing d iscourse about one crisis of the global environment. In consequence, the term ' envi ronment' itself has become subject t o the same elaboration being used t o refer to the whole biosphere and also to the strictly locali zed surround ings of one's own l i fe. Many authors have attempted to substitute for it terms l i ke 'global concerns' or un ity-centered metaphors l i ke 'Gaia' , 'planetary biotype' or 'global greenhouse ' .
Environmental Discours
es
13
Gl obal Discourse i n the Age o f Enlightenment Ne verth eless, as we shal l argue drawing upon another short excursus i nto al his tory, the global perspective on environmental matters is not at al l ltur cu new, nor is, of course, the problem itse l f-j ust th ink, for example, of the thousand-year-hi story of what has been called the 'ecological imperialism ' of Europe (Crosby, 1 986). In order properly to understand the new qual ity o f the present type of ecological globalization, one has to bear in mind its prehistory. In fact, the roots of Western conservation ism and environmental ism are at least 200 years old. Also, what could be called a global or holistic approach to enviro nm ental issues can be traced back more than 1 00 years. As R ichard H . Grove ( 1 992) outl ined, this approach developed out of European conserva tionist projects in the tropics that came into being as a kind of side effect of colo nialism. European-based environ mentalism first took shape in the mid- 1 8th cen tury, arising as a new expression of the old tradition of the search for utopia. In other words, the origins of environmental ism are also to be found in the Age of Enl ightenment. They are even prior to the l iterary construction of what Mary Louise Pratt ( 1 992) has called the 'planetary consciousness ' of colon i alism. Created by 1 9th-century European or North American travelers, this environmentalist l iterature emerged as an alternative variant of naturalistic Eurocentrism. Its l iterary forms were articulated in genres l i ke sentimental travel writing and narrative natural h istory. Articulating in many variations the idea of the romanticist's ' anti-conquest', it contributed to establishing a discursive space where Europeans could see themsel ves as "detached from unequal or exploitative pol itical-economic contexts," to borrow an expression from James Clifford ( 1 992). Of course, this d iscursive space also incl uded a view of unspoiled nature: the global landscape. Yet long before these visions of wild nature and peaceful 'anti-conquest' , which mingled with other romantic transformations of the Enl ightenment, were projected into the crude reality of the Western econom ic and cul tural c onquest of the Earth, colonial enterprise had began to clash with Romantic ide alism. This was documented with alarming scientific findings about envi ro nmental devastations in the new territories. Because many of these findings we re not disc overed by ' imperial eyes ' but from the naturali st's vantage point, th ey were impressi vely drastic . Their impact on the European debates was co nsidera ble , and the conflicts they aroused in the European public sphere �ere far-reaching, as many detai ls of Grove's (e.g., 1 992) cultural-historical Inq u irie s in this field prove . Among other things, we can learn from the d ocu me nts of these early environmental debates that the setting for them was th e "threatened ecology of tropical islands and lands, from the Cari bbean sea to Asi a." In London, Paris and other imperial capitals, these islands became
14
G RE EN SPEA K
"allegories for the world at large." They were referred to as models o f the dangers of civilization for nature in general : What yesterday was a tropic island could be a continent today and the whole world tomorrow ! The effect on the public of the alarming revelations about the colonial destruction of nature and the pressure of the simultaneously emerging community of profes sional natural scientists spurred European governments to consider first steps to protect the environment. Grove's research unveils an interesting interrelation between economy, phi losophy and an alternative discourse to the progressivist metaphors of the period. As growing international trade extended Europe's commercial reach, it also permitted exploitation of the new sites for more philosophical and natural istic needs. Soon, exotic lands were seen as symbols for ideal ized landscapes. As Edens, Arcadias or New Jerusalems they became ciphers of another world. In tum, the discovery of new territories was treated with more and more skepticism, as every new d iscovery necessari ly meant i ts colonial conquest and thus i ts destruction as place for alternative projections. A new kind of philosophical and natural istic angst arose: For as the l arge, uncharted terrains of India, Africa and America were explored, eventual ly all Edenic wildernesses would be dissolved . Already during the 1 7th century the ful l flowering of the ' Edenic island d iscourse ' led to the reali zation that European colonial rule could be environ mental ly destructive. Initiated by scientists, medical offices or custodians of the early colonial botanic gardens, a coherent awareness of the multilayered ecol ogical impact of capital ism and colonial ru le began to emerge . Drawings of Mauritius in 1 677, for i nstance, shocked many educated Europeans by confronting them with forceful depictions of the stark real ity of fel led ebony forests. Papers, reports, records and other documents of European academies and scientific soc ieties, which were established by the 1 9th century through out the new territories, demonstrate that, despite their orientation to the European centers of culture, these institutions made it easy for scientists to communicate and debate their observations of the change of nature in a worldwide context: Environmental theories and an ever growing flood of information about natural history and ethnology were diffused through meetings and publications. Thus, at the s ame time as it had promoted l arge-scale ecological change, the colonial enterprise had also created a coterie of men-and women-predisposed to rigorous analytic thinkin g about the processes of ecological change and the need for land control . (Grove, 1992, p. 23)
It is here that we encounter the very origin of environmental d iscourse. The first interlocutors of Greenspeak are men and women of the 1 9th century.
ses Environmental Discour
15
Alexander von Humboldt, the famous geographer and explorer, is only one of those outstanding scholars and Humanisten who reinforced the idea of 'global environmentalism ' . In his numerous and widespread writings he outlined a new philosophical and ecological conception of the relation between people and the natural world : the idea of a fundamental interrelation of humankind and other forces in the cosmos. The linguistic resources for these discussions were quickly created . For example, in the 1 860s the possibil ity of g lobal warming was passionately discussed by members of the Royal Geography Society in London . These debates give a good example how the discourse about climate change had become international in scope. Speakers referred to detailed research carried out on several continents that seemed to confirm that the very composition of the atmosphere might be changing. With those London debates, long-established anxieties about artificially induced climatic change, the loss of species and of unspoiled parts of nature had reached a first c l imax. One conclusion to be drawn from Grove's historical studies is that contem porary environmental discourse about the threat to the global ecosystem has to be seen in a long tradition. It seems to be a reassertion of ideas that had reached maturity over a century ago. As a consequence, we have to recognize that neither the idea of the environment as a global system nor knowledge about the planetary unit of the 'biotype Eart h ' is something new and specific to our 'ecological epoch ' . Yet i f it is really the case, as Grove assumes, that i t simply has taken s o l o n g for t h e warnings of early scientists t o b e taken seriously, we must shift the focus of our account. We must concentrate on the question of how it c ame about that an old issue has gained such an overwhelm ingly new interest. How do we account for this new quality i n the century-long discourse on global environmental matters'l Because the discourse genre was far from new, some other factor relevant to macrol inguistics must have been in play. Media Globalization Let us put the question again : As it is apparently not simply the global view of natu re that can claim to be new, what then is responsible for the new q ual ity in env iro nmental discourse, a quality that also has had a s trong impact on the ways of talking and writing in general ? We suggest that it is the crucial rol e of the new worldwide media systems that have emerged over the past decades, m ak ing pos sible the beginnings of an environmental l ingua franca: Green speak as a world language . Of course, there undoubtedly are new social and ecological developments th at, in sofar as they can find expression in the new lingua franca, make p oss ible a pol itical force for g lobal environmental strategies.
16
GREEN S PEA K
We suggest that the emotional and moral conception o f globali zation is, to a large extent, an effect of the particular way it is discursively presented and represented . In the past, the ' global view' had been one, more or less periph eral, aspect of a problem that perhaps existed for a few scientists who (despite their international reputation and appreciation) were all too often bel ittl ed both in the scientifi c community and in the public discourse as romantic naturalists. Now, these issues have themsel ves become a publ ic concern, a ' l i fe issue' not only for spec ialised botan ists and zoologists but for a world wide media audience. The cruc ial point, as it seems to us, is that none of the fol l owing is new, despite the lurid emphas i s that most media presentations of the discourse of Rio have put on it. Nei ther the global approach nor the scientific ' facts ' (which putatively 'on their own ' suggest a global perspective on environment) nor the highly dramatic discovery of new environmental depredations nor even much of the language in which the global approach is articulated is new. What is new is the global attention, perception and affirmation of the global approac h : i n other words, t h e globali zation of the discourse and thus of t h e 'ecological crisi s ' . How has this new picture emerged ? The deepen ing of the 'ecological crisis' itself, as well as of its cultural perception, has been accelerated by another simul taneous-though not iden tical-process: the enormous expansion of our communication systems that has engendered a vast i ncrease in worldwide i n formation on the env ironment. Many people with whom we have discussed these matters have expressed concern over what some cal led an 'overkil l ' of green data. Yet this has produced not simply more information but different information and divergent spati al and temporal schemes in which they are connected . The discovery that Earth is one biotype is also one (late) consequence of the discovery that Earth is a 'global village ' . Marshall McLuhan used his famous metaphor some 25 years ago to highlight the commun icative and sociostructural consequences that fol lowed from the electron ic revolution in global media systems-a cul tural revolution in the Western world which at that time was j ust in the offing. The Rio Summit wao; one of the first high points of this cul tural revolution in the 1 990s, in many respects comparable with the media presen tation of the Gulf war. Thus, it was the media presentation of the Rio Summit itse l f, the job for more than 7,000 journalists "to sel l a juicy Earth show," as one commentator put it, which consti tuted an impressive intertwining of these two cultural developments (see boxed text). It is worth dwel l i ng on some spatio-temporal aspects of the med i a produc tion and construction of environmental issues. For example, one of the cou ntless TV broadcasts at the time of the summit was a CNN G u lf-war-style report: simultaneous l ive connec tions with an antarctic research station, with details from a deforestation site in the Amazon rain forests and a poll ution
Envi ronm ental
Discou rses
17
"Dancing to Different Beats in Rio "
Last week nearly 30,000 people from over 1 70 countries touched down in this beautiful , twisted ribbon of a city, squeezed between a rocky mountain and the surf-bound sea. This week they will be joined by the 1 31 presidents and prime ministers-an unprecedented assemblage of power, far larger than expected only a few weeks ago-who are supposed to decide the Earth's future. All are being whisked into the city along a special ly-constructed £70 m i l lion new road , bui lt in places so c lose to houses that the unfortunate residents can reach out of their windows and touch it. Toxi c fumes form around a beach, overshadowed by the Sugar Loaf and the figure of Christ on Corcovado. Here i s the G lobal Forum, a cross between a global Liberal party conference and an ecolog i ca l world fair. Giant green and white p lasti c marquees resound to the earnest tones of the 365 public meetings being held over these two weeks, on subjects ranging from the International Industry Conference for Sustainable Development to Spiritual and Envi ronmental Purification for Physical Immortality i n the New Era. Maurice Strong, the relentlessly opti mistic secretary general of the conference, is everywhere, usually surrounded by television cameras, urging recalcitrant govern ments to 'rise above petty immediate concerns', posing with a football team from Nairobi and accepting a fleet of cars powered by non-polluting alcohol donated by Volkswagen.
[
.
.
.
1
Back on the golden beach , beneath helicopters buzzing the water skiers on the polluted bay, Roger Moore, resp lendent i n a l i lac tie, i s opening the Gl obal Forum . (The connection, he says, is that 1 5 years a g o , as James B o n d in Moonraker, he was on the Sugar Loaf, fighting, as now. agai nst 'the evi l men trying to destroy our civi l isation'.) The c limax, as dusk falls, is the launch of a 75-foot-high ba l l oon. powered i nevitably by hot air, which is to 'travel round the world for two years carrying many of the resol utions adopted in Rio'. The fi res flared, turning the translucent white balloon bright orange, s i lhouetted against a purple mountain as it rose . SOURCE: ·oanclng to DiHerent Beats In Rio." In The Obsemr, June 7, 1 992. p. 58. U s ed wtlh permission.
mo nitoring site in t h e c i t y center o f Los Angeles a t rush hour, w i t h a Green pe ace env iron ment monitori ng boat in the Mediterranean , a global weather satel l ite (via a NASA Earth station ), a d i scussion group of scientists at the Rio Su mmit itse l f, and, of course, with ourselves sitting in fro n t o f the TV with th e od d feelin g that this is all one event and we are part of it. All th ese places brought together simultaneously were places of d i fferent geo grap hical times. Furthermore, several streams o f i n formation represented
18
G R E E N S PEA K
"Woodstock Comes to the Amazon " LORETIA is Yugoslavian, and wears body paint and a leopard-s ki n toga. " I have no country any more. So I am here," she says. Then she heads off to take part in a tribal dance in front of TV cameras. Chundra Roy is more serious, a Japanese Bangladeshi based i n the Netherlands and representing the Unrepresented Peoples Organisation. The scene-in the grounds of a mental hospital on the outskirts of Rio-is a cross between Woodstock and the Amazon jungle with a Brazilian m i l itary guard . Kari-Oca vi l lage is where, courtesy of the Brazi lian government, Amazon Indians have built a traditional vil lage and p lay host to Austra l ian aborigines, Laplanders, North Ameri can Indians, peop le from Filipino and Thai h i l l tribes and a large number of Papuans. They held meetings on the rights of indi genous peoples i n the week before the Earth Summit, but were frequently outnumbered by journalists. The vi l lage was built over the past two months whi le the government brought i n solar-powered street l ights, water, public telephones a n d g uards. On a d a y off, the Indian construction team beat a team of British Rio residents 5-0 at soccer. last week, visitors drank beer, ate manioc from paper plates and took pictures. Part media circus, part serious politics, it had a lot i n common with the main Earth Summit about to begin a few m i les away. The most visible bare chest on view was that of Maurice Strong, secretary-general of the summit, who stripped off shirt and tie and donned an indi genous peoples' T -shirt for the B razilian TV cameras. Some indigenous peop l e stayed at the vi l lage , beneath huge, immaculately constructed grass-thatched roofs. Others, notably the Australians, stayed i n air-con-. ditioned hote ls beside Copacabana beach and arrived at Kari -Oca by coach each morning. There has been a split among the tribal groups. Some Brazi l ian Indians, fearful of what they see as government attempts to turn thei r conference vil lage i nto a tourist attraction, decamped before proceedings began and wi l l join environmentalists in the G l obal Forum event in downtown Rio. But for those who stayed, there was loretta's dance troupe and a constant round of interviews and photo opportunities. SOURCE: "Woodstock Comes to the Amazon,· In New Scienlisl, June 6. 1 992, p. 6. Used with permission.
in themselves comparative time data such as poll ution measurements today confronted with measurements (or assessments) 1 0, 1 00 or 1 0,000 years ago. They forecasted future developments, supported by i mpressive graphics and computer video simulations. Thus the production not only combi ned different geographical places representing di fferent stages of development agai nst the background of some ideal ized 'time' but also embedded these in historical processes and welded them into one ubiquitous 'real time' . Th is 'real time' was,
Discourses Environmental
19
oadcasting time, which then could be video-recorded and , f co urse, the br ted in other temporal settings, framed by further ' real times ' . inser , n nee ag ai i n such a scenario i s the discursive universalization wi tnessing are we Wh at electronic technologies) of a view offered by the by iated med se, ca (in th is of a global present: a global ized simultaneity that, as it point ge vanta ficti ve represent one global time budget of the spatial synthesis of to ds reten p were, rld. wo one into places
�
Space as a Di scursive Resource in Environmental Debates In a case study of the discursive creation of two antithetical constructions of space, Carbaugh ( 1 992 ; 1 996, chaps. 9- 1 0) analyzed how such symbolic codings of nature develop out of the mean ing context of the specific cultural field in which the discourse of 'nature · is embedded . He examined the rhetorical positions of different social groups in West Massachusetts, strug gling over several years for the future of the natural reservation Grey lock Glen, which was supposed to become an economic development project. As these groups' debates show, the area in question is mapped as a quite distinct natural object in rel ation to its cul tural positioning in the languages of different factions. Their talks about "the mountain" and "the land," on the one hand, and "the project" and "the property" on the other, include spatial locations within the frameworks of distinct moral spaces and, not least, distinct aesthetic worlds. Their drawing of a verbal mapping of cultural geography is integrated in two almost diverging systems of symbolic codings. Even the usage of certain indexical locators of the mountain in question (demonstratives like "a place up there" or "down below") marks, as it were, not only neutral references to an external physical place but aesthetic and moral attitudes and positions as well . I n the "up there" depiction, w e look at the mountain from a position firmly located in the town, whereas in the "at the foot" depiction or the "down there" depiction, we look at the town from the point of view of the territory and the threat. Each depiction of the piece of land over which the debate has raged is appropriated by the advocates of conflicting policies. For the utilitarians, the land "up there" is an extension of the town and its disposal should be considered with respect to utilitarian princ iples. For the people speaking from " up the re," the l and has i ntrinsic worth and should be treated as part of the accep ted reserve of the Grey lock mountain. Thus, every discourse represents a cul tural l anguage game on its own, realizing "symbolic moves in a cultural � y stem" of spati al references ; it depicts the land in precise and particular geosy mb olic ' systems of values and thus "locates interlocutors in a specific ph y si cal and cultural space from which to view it" (Carbaugh, 1 992, p. 366) . C arbaug h shows that the discourses are hopelessly at odds and that a resolu-
20
G REEN S PE A K
tion o f the debate was only possible b y the development within the facti ons of a common discourse detached from the "up there" and the "down there " depictions . Summary
Attention to the problems brought about by an unthinking exploitation of the resources of the world by human beings is not new. Its roots are at least two centuries old. What is new is the transformation of human consciousness on a large scale, brought about by the expansion and fusion of l ocal discourses into one media event. Greenspeak has become a worldwide cl uster of dialects. B ut, as yet, it is far from the expression of a unified voice. Although the emphasis on the 'global ization' of our view on environmental issues indicates a sal ient characteristic of contemporary Greenspeak, this globali zation has to be understood as an effect that is due to the global structure of the media through which this message is discursively presented. There is no meaning without a sign, but neither is there a sign that is once and forever given and not subject to negotiation and interpretation. In this sense, the cultural-historical change of the meaning of natural process and human history, which is so essential for environmental discourse, cannot be under stood detached from developments of their semiotic systems that are particular cultural systems themselves. They not only carry and present but also create these meanings, bringing new real ities into view. Yet the global ization of green consciousness rests in the end on a myriad of spatial demarcations that provide a geographical footing for what are essentially public debates. The geopolitics of 'developed ' versus 'developing' , or Third World, areas is global. However, patterns of this sort are readily discerned in local debates and issues.
Notes I. Concepts such as 'cultural linguistics' (Miihlhiiusler & Harre , 1 99 1 ) or 'cuhural pragmatics'
( Carbaugh, 1 994) express the same point of view.
2. This view, of course, h as been disputed, perhaps with good reason, by advocates of the Gaia hypothesis, who hold that the Earth-Sun system, as a whole, i s self-regulating . Even if
self-regulation is sti l l a pervasive feature of 'natural systems ' , new equilibria may not be in the
best i nterests of people.
3. This dominance i s reflected in available dictionaries of environmental terms, such as Allaby
( 1 988). There is an abundance of technical terminology. Thus, e cosph ere, ecosystem and ecorype are l isted but not ecopolitics, ecofraud and ecoshopping.
Linguistic Foundations
T
a l k i n g and w ri t i n g about e n v i ronmental matters i n v o l ves the usc o f l e x i c al , gram matical and prag m a t i c re sources as we l l as
of fragments o f partial l y determ i nate knowledge o f the material and social wor l d . Tal k i n g and wri t i n g about t al k i n g and writing about e nv i ro n m e n tal m atters-l i nguistics-req u i res the c o n s ideration o f the use o f these l i n g u i st i c resources a n d these frag ments of k n owledge i n debates and d i sc u s s i o n s . B ecause languages a n d l i n g u i s t i c pract ices arc themse l ves e c o l o g i c a l l y s e n sitive phenomena, l i ng u i s t i c s m u s t b e or a t l e a s t i nc o rp orate a d i al e c t o f Gree nspeak .
In this chapter, w e concern ourse l ves o n l y w i t h some o f the m aj o r
l i nguistic top ics w i t h i n the framework establ i s hed i n C h apter I . T h e s t u d y o f l i nguistics a s i ts e l f a k i nd o f green d i scourse we take up i n C h apter 8 .
The discussion o f G reen speak, pred i c tably, has general l y cen tered o n
lexical issues, for the l e x i c o n i s c l oser t o t h e su rface o f l a n g u age u sers ' awareness
than any
other aspect of the c o m m u n i c a t i o n proce s s . It i s to t h i s
lexicon a n d some of i t s k e y words t h a t we t u r n our atte n t i o n fi r s t . From t h i s basis, w e broaden o u r d i sc u s s i o n t o i n c l ude t h e gen eral l i n g u i stic stance fro m wh ich the whole of our d i sc u s s i o n s of Gree n speak w i l l be m a n aged .
The Greenspeak Lexicon and Language Planning
!h e lex ico n of Greenspeak can be d i sc ussed from a nu mber of poi n ts o f v i ew, I nc l ud i ng the ade q uacy of the l e x i c a l resources for some d i scursive task and 21
G R E E N S P EA K
22
the role of the lexicon i n making avai lable and focusing attention o n otherw is e ' i nvisible ' aspects of material real ity. The former approach is associated wi th those who are in the business of language planning. Their primary questio n is this: Are the lexical resources of language X suited to the discussio n of phenomenon belonging to a domain Y? For instance, does English have sufficient lexical i tems to enable the discussion of such matters as metrication or the parts of the root system of plants or the shapes of leaves or c urrent varieties of genocide and so on? The criteria that language planners appeal to, in a rather coarse-grained fashion, include referential adeq uacy, systematic adequacy, social adequacy and environmental adequacy. What these terms mean is explained in the fol lowing definitions: •
•
•
•
Referential adequacy means "the capacity of the l anguage to meet the needs of its as an instrument of referential meaning" (Haugen, 1 966, p. 62).
users
Systematic adeqUilcy means "being structured so as to approach maxi mum rule economy and efficiency, and having 'a clear and uniform semantic structure with a terminology that is unambiguously translatable' " ( Dahlstedt, 1 979, p. 27).
Social adequacy means that language should be acceptable to a maximum number of speakers in the target community, promote social unity and i ntercommunication and cater to present as well as anticipated future social needs. Environmental adeqUilcy means that a language should enable its users to talk
about environmental matters in an informed manner and promote the well-being of its speakers and nonhuman nature.
Referential Adequacy A language is referentiall y adequate if it has the lexical resources to discuss a given topic i n sufficient detai l , ' sufficiency ' bei ng relative to the task i n hand. What seems a fairly straightforward problem (looking for lexical gaps) turns out to be a highly intricate one on closer inspection. It is clear from many indications we have that there is some sort of misfit between the contours of our language and the contours of our natural environment, despite 400 years of intensive scientific research i nto the latter and the consequential develop ment of rich resources in the former. Not only are our i ntuitions about the m ismatch sti l l to. be formu l ated clearly, but the misgivings that have been expressed about the consequences of it have remained fairly vague. Let us consider ways of speaking about the alleged ' greenhouse effec t ' , an issue that we shal l be deali ng with in several chapters and from several poi nts of view. Like most expressions introduced to refer to new areas of know led ge, the term 'greenhouse ' is a metaphor and open to numerous i nterpretati on s. What i s more, it refers to a putative scenario rather than an easily measurab le and con trollable reality. One might wish to argue that a term such as ' gre en-
undations !d!}guistic Fo
23
s an otherwise unnoticed aspect of material reali ty i nto h se effect ' bring tive role of d � lineating, albeit vaguely, the bounda construc the g vin f us. ser rather than bemg a new way to refer to something enon, enom ph e 'e s o f th al l along within the existing lexical identifiable dently pen de in at was 'j urassic' and 'greenhouse effect' do ke i l terms of duction intro The es. esou rc words l i ke 'sodium chloride ' . But the matter is more than job rent diffe and like all metaphors, its metaphor, a is ' effect greenhouse ' for ated, c omplic from material reali ty, not abstraction or of model a is elate corr ic guist no nl in of some of the key subtlety the of much has it way this In f. l itse lity th at rea create an image , a to them serves ke it i L sciences. , natural the in d use term s which of world it is at best an real the for mistaken easily world, tual vir policymakers-namely, for question crucial The abstraction. or ue alog an what is the degree of simi larity between this image of the world and the real world?-tends to be lost sight of as the metaphor comes to take on the trap pin gs of a direct description. As many have pointed out, when expressions like "Earth is a greenhouse" become well established in language both 'Earth ' and ' greenh ouse' have subtly changed their meanings. We choose here to recal l the debate about glaciation in the 1 970s and q uote a scientific assessment of this threat:
:: �� :
As far as climatic change and the threat of ice are concerned, there are three bodies of opinion: the pessimists say that cli matic doom is imminent, and if they are right then there is so little we can do that i t hardly seems worth trying. One might as well crawl i nto a cave and wait for the end. At the other extreme, there are still a few super-optimists, whose outlook is not unlike that of believers i n the Flat E arth Theory. They say that climate does not change very much i n the time-scale relevant to man and that there is nothing to worry about. The third group I would call optimists, and I number myself among them. Their view is that an ice age may be upon the world within a few hundred years, and that the immediate deterioration of the climate at the present time requires urgent attention from all responsible people. That may only seem optimistic in comparison with the pessimists ' view; but I feel genuinely optimistic that if we can get over the problems facing us in the next couple of decades, then within a hundred years or so we may well be in a position to adapt our global society to withstand even the rigours of a ful l ice age. (Gribbin, 1 976, p. 99)
Uneasine ss with the l i nguistic means available for the discussion of envi ro n mental matters can be traced back to the seminal writings of Rachel C arson. In her 1 962 book Silent Spring she attempts to raise her readers ' �:-v are ness by putting i nverted commas around terms such as 'pest' and I nsecti c ide ' , commenting on the l atter that what it refers to would m ore p�opriately be called a 'biocide ' . Appropriatel y in what sense? S i mply that t e I mag e of nature called up by 'insecticide' is of a landscape in which only
a:
24
G R E E N S PE A K
the six-legged pests are missing . It took Rachel Carson to convince us, with her evocative image of the 'si lent spring' , that much else besides w i l l disappear from the countryside. Here is one image set alongside another. Uneasiness with existing lexical resources is also found in David Rowan 's ( 1 992) brief newspaper article "Recycling Ecospeak ." Interestingly, he u ses, without further comment, the rather problematic term ' l andfi l l ' , a euphem is m for all sorts of dumps. H owever, his examples are so fe l i citous that we think the passage deserves to be quoted i n fu l l : "Recycling Ecospeak " Two years ago, busi nesses discovered they could susta i n their sales by recyc l i n g the language of t h e greens. Firms took to marketi ng ozone-friendly cars, CFC-free shampoos, and petrol which produced no p o l l ution of the environment-claims that were meaning less or false, but wh i c h the law did not prohibit. Now, h owever, the environmental movement has i dentified someth ing it calls a green/ash: an i ncreas ing awareness among consumers that many environment friendly claims are fu l l of hot C02. and a growi ng suspicion of firms deemed g u i lty of eco-fraud. Eco-fraud is a compan y ' s claim that by (for i nstance) avo i d i n g chlorine in its non-degradab l e nappies, it is b e i n g friendly to the environment: for the former does not n ecessari ly val i date the latter. After a l l , j ust because n u c l ear power g e neration is relative ly harmless to the ozone layer, the seepage of rad i oactive waste i nto Cumbria wou l d belie assertions that it is the environment friendly fue l . Such buzzwords are a lso repeated by those who should know better. Green Magazine te l l s you that its paper i s environment friendly, but fai l s to exp lain what this means. An obfuscation that- l i ke the p lasti c bags the Body Shop calls bio-destructible-e nv i ronmenta l ists are labe l l i ng ecohypocrisy. In New York, where this tren d is known as green-collar fraud, the state attorney is trying to ban the words biodegradable , degradable or photodegradable i n advertising for any p lastic produce, because p lastic does not decompose i n landfi l l s . But in Cali forn ia, green activism is so advanced that it has spawned a whole new language . Y o u a r e cal led a greenoid i f y o u a r e obsessed w i t h environmental i ssues, whi l e the more radical activi sts-known as ecodefenders or ecoraiders-practise monkey wrenching. A form of i ndustrial sabotage (and yes, called ecotage) . it targets organ isations with poor envi ronmental record s . Monkey-wrenchers sink metal spikes i nto trees to prevent them being fe l led, and even advertise for terminal ly-i l l volunteers to make kam i kaze bomb attacks on dams. Much of the new eco-speak i nvolves attach i ng the eco- prefix to old words. There are over 1 00 i n current use, from i nvestments adve rtised as eco-logical, to wholefood shops which provide an eco-menu. You may jump on the eco-band-wagon and go eco-shopping, work towards Ecotopia by movi ng into eco-alignment with your peers, or merely become an eco-freak or an eco-bore. Espe c i a l l y if you are a guppie: a yuppie who has turned green.
undations
Y!Jguistic Fo
25
You may have j ust come to grips with acid rain, but that term has been around though, some more recent coinages which may h e l p you since 1 872. Th ere are, greenoids. Edible land-scaping is the use of edible plants fellow with te unica comm en. k gard bac your In Speciesism is that gauche practice of considering certain species as inferior to hu man s. Last word to a Guardian letter writer, who offers new descri ptions of Britain's polluted landscape . What more apt terms than countrycide, seacide, and rivercide? soURCE: From "Recycling Ecospeak" by D. Rowan (pp. 1 7-18). Gul!dian Wee�. May 1 3, 1 992. Reprinted by permisSIOn.
Let us quote a few more examples of 'green awareness ' language . cul led fro m a variety of source s : •
"It is by no means easy to agree what constitutes pollution" ( B reach, 1 976. p. 8) and 'There are people who would not class an in-the-factory release of toxic substances as pollution" ( B reach, 1 976, p . 92 ).
•
"Man-made fibres: The term does not immediately remind us that we must wrest crude oil from the ground" ( B reach, 1 976, p. 56).
•
"We can justi fiably define modem fertilizers as potential contaminants" ( B reach, 1 976, p. 6 1 ). "A lot depends on how we define an agricultural pest" ( B reach, 1 976, p. 68). "Exposure to the poison, even at the supposed 'safety' level will cause nausea, skin and throat irritations" (Winter, 1 980. p. I 0).
•
"Waste steam from a power station" ( Holister & Porteus, 1 976, p. 78).
•
'The English word ' resources' is a very bad term for such materi als si nce the re gives the impression that they regenerate" (Gruhl, 1 978, p. 49).
•
"When speaking of 'economic growth' one evokes the impression, voluntarily or involuntarily, of a natural process" (Gruhl, 1 978, p. 1 88).
•
''To use poison to keep paths and playgrounds clean" (Der Stem, 1 980, p. 1 47).
•
Rigsby ( 1 98 1 ) notes that to use the term "wi lderness" in the context of the creation of a "Cape York Peninsula Wilderness" is "ethnocentric (culture-bound) and we are mistaken not to recognize that many Cape York Peninsular landscapes and plant and animal communities either have been or may well have been substantially modified by the work of Aboriginal people over perhaps 40,000 years of occupa tion" ( p . 3 ) . " ' D ispos able' nappies [diapers] are not really disposable at all . As wi th s o many of our modem conveniences, the hidden costs make them unaffordable for daily use. If the welfare of the child is our main concern, any potential risk to that wel fare is well worth avoiding. From this viewpoint, disposable nappies really do not make much sense" (news item in Greenpeace, Vol . 1 5 , No. l , p. 1 5) .
•
26
G R E E N S PE A K
•
•
•
•
'Acid rain' : More correctly this should be described as acid deposition, for it refers to the deposition of acidic materials in rain, as fog, and directly from the air onto foliage. The 'acids' come from combustion of fossi l fuels and are princ ipal ly sulphuric and nitric" (Southwood, 1 992, p. 26) and "In order to i mplemen t the Clean Air Acts ( 1 956, 1 968) power stations in the UK were fitted with tall chimneys on the 'dilute and disperse principle' ; measurements of pollutants were made at ground level in the vicinity of the stations and pollution was shown to have fal len" (Southwood, 1 992, p. 26). "
Lee ( 1 988) comments on two of the words used in describing the culling of newly born seals: "Seal pup" (the traditional Newfoundland designation) is a metaphor. It has sentimental associations for dog owners, but these do not apply to most Newfoundlanders, proudly unsentimental about wild animals and i nsistent on their traditional and "God-given right" to hunt seals. "Baby seal" is not at all the same metaphor as "seal pup" ( p. 23 ). The anti-seal-hunt campaign seized very early on the baby metaphor. Literature was illustrated with an appealing close-up of a large-eyed, cute and cuddly seal pup. World-famous actress Bri gi tte Bardot, now a well-known ani mal rights activist, was shown on television, cradling a seal pup in her arms. Conversely, defenders of the seal hunt such as Janice S. Henke, author of Seal Wars, have angrily rejected the use of "baby" and i ts human i mage for seals. She describes newborn seal pups on ice as "resembling a thick brood of maggots" and the seals as "dull-witted, rather stupid creatures." The term "baby seal" occurs nowhere in Defence of tile Fur Trade and lAunching the Offensive. On the contrary, the former decries the "insidious activities" of schoolteachers and television animators who "anthropomorphise animals" into "lovable" beings. This activity is said to sow "confusion in the minds" of the young "regarding human/ animal relationshi ps." The authors reject language that "speaks in terms of parent/child or other family relationships" when referring to animals.
"B iodegradability: The extent to which a substance can be decomposed-or rotted"-by bacteria and fungi . I mplies that residues from degradation are non toxic. One of the most misleading claims in business, because shoppers often assume a biodegradable product to be harmless. Some harmful compounds take much longer to degrade than others and the product can harm the environment while it is rotting. Biodegradation may also be incomplete, sometimes leaving residues in the environment which are more harmful than the original substance. Accumulation in the environment of nonbiodegradable (or poorly biodegradable) substances, such as some biocides, can cause serious problems" (Elkington & Knight, with Harles, 1 992, p. 232). 'Environmental friendliness' has become the new touchstone for the products of ' our consumer society, and political parties of all shades now claim to have a • green agenda. Sadly, such expressions of concern often reveal themselves to be ti ttle "
more than marketing hyperbole or expedient political posturing" (Dahl . 1 990.
p. xii).
tions [d!}guistic Founda •
27
The parti cular problem s of linguistic inadequacy and inappropriate communica tion practi ces are exempli fied with the concept of 'sustainabil ity ' . In a recent study 99 were asked what the term "sus by Hol singer ( 1 4 ), natural resource managers tai nable lan d use" meant to them. These managers had varied views on the term, in cl uding "pre serv ing resources," "ecologically sound land usc" and "econom i call y viable and minimum land degradation ." Conversely, in another exploratory study i nto consequences of employing sus tainable p ractices, farmers complained of the "high input tread-mill" associated with sus tain ability (Gray, 1 994). 1t seems that to farmers in that study, the more sustain able you are, the more outputs into the land are necessary. In a different study by Ison and Humphreys ( 1 993 ), producers were asked to define "sustainable land man agement." Again, the views were varied, and in this study, the authors found they had to remove the term sustainability from al l discussions with producers because it created too much confusion. An earlier study by Tisdall ( 1 990) points to one reason why there are problems with the term "sustainable": Although many peopl e favor "sustainability," they al l want to sustain something different (cited in Penman, 1 995, p. 2).
•
The following comments on a number of forest-related lexicons were made by Suzuki ( 1 993, pp. 1 48- 1 49): 'The forest industry is replete with words that indicate the values underlying its practices. Primary forests are described as 'decadent' or 'overmature ' , as if trees are wasted if they are not cut down. Logging is seen as a practice analogous to farming, from the 'harvesting' of 'crops' to the creation of 'plantations.' Foresters 'cull ' trees, remove ' pest' species, and refer to the use of pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers as 'silvicultural practice' . Old growth forests that haven't been logged are called 'wild ' , while the second growth after logging becomes a 'normal ' forest. Even the word management i mplies that we know what we are doing and can duplicate or even improve on nature."
•
Recently we have heard arguments by ani mal liberationists that the term "pet" should be replaced by the term "companion animal." There have been obj ections by a great number of environmental ists to the term "reduction," which they say misleadingly suggests that things are eliminated rather than converted from one state to another.
Lan guage Resources and Thought: Sapir-Whorf Revived Most of such criticism is concerned with vagueness, semantic underdiffer ent � ation and misleading encoding rather than with actual gaps in the area of lexical reference. Some of the implications, that cognition and perception are language driven, are generall y dependent on the well-known and much dis cussed Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, although it is seldom explicitly cited by language critics. It has, however, had a renaissance recently, thanks to the perceptive analysis of i ts various strands by Lakoff ( 1 987). The evidence suggests that it is at its least plausible with respect to the alleged influence of
G R E E N SPEA K
28
vocabulary and at i ts most convincing with respect to the influence of gram matical forms on thought and action. However, the characteristics of l i nguis tical l y inadequate expressions mentioned above-vagueness, semantic under d i fferentiation and misleading encoding-are potential lexical faults independent of how far we adhere to the Sapir-Whorf thesis in general . We el aborate on them below. Philosophical criticism of language is, of course, not a recent phenomenon, and we woul d argue that certain aspects of the perceived mismatch between language and the environmental domai n are the result of a misguided view of language and its functions. Our stud ies of Greenspeak are animated by the Wittgenstein ian insight that languages arc neither fleshed-out formal calculi nor vocabul aries of terms given meaning by what they denote but, rather, lexical and grammatical tools employed for the tasks and projects of our everyday l ives. They are cultural instruments. Our remarks must not be interpreted as yet another criticism o f language, as if we would be better off were it displaced from human affairs by the intuitions of pure experience, nor are we intent on setting up a butterfly collection of data pertai ning to the theme of this book . Our analyses of language are part of an attempt to gai n understanding of how best to engage in environmental di scourse. 1 The project is to hone the instrument, not to abandon the struggle because of defective tools. Here are some examples of substitutions of words, chosen to shift our intuitions from one picture of forestry to another: Current Ll'xiccm
Proposed A ltemati1•es
to clear land
to remove native vegetation
clearing
na ti ve vegetation removal
a development degenerate tree eco l og i cal ly sustainable development greenhouse effect
a factory, houses. etc.
the harvest
wood products
ancient tree development aimed at sustainability human-induced climatic dislocation
to harvest forest
to cut down tree s
land reclamation overmature tree
wetland drai nage old tree
Proposals of this sort would be cases of 'l anguage planning' . Language Planning We begin this task by adopting the perspective of contemporary an d past language planners. The categories used in this branch of applied l i n guis tics
[d!!suistic Foundations
29
�
. Ju de th ose expressed in the terms vagueness, semantic underdifferentiation an encoding, expressi ons used frequently by language plan ners an misleading in a ' language audit ' . With regard to environmental di scourse, g agin h en en g mplified as follows: exe be can eir use
;
•
•
•
Seman tic vaguen ess. Terms criticized as semantically vague by various authors include pollution, progress, advance, primitive, safe, deterrent, pest, and many more. Semantic vagueness abounds in publ ications on both sides of the ongoing environmental debate. Thus we feel that lillie comfort can be derived from statements such as those of the Director of the B ritish Nuclear Forum that nuclear power is safe, affordable and necessary, as none of these terms have any clear referent in the contex t. Semantic underdifferentiation. This category of defective terms is closely related to vagueness, the main difference being that it refers to terms covering a number of qualitatively different phenomena rather than conti nua. An example (discussed by Gruhl, 1 978) is the notion of growing, which refers to natural growth, man made growth, arithmetical growth, exponential growth, dangerous (cancerous) growth and various other types of growth.
Misleading encodin g. Examples found include zero-growth (e.g., in 1 97 1 , 3,529,000 new cars were added to those already existing i n the German Federal Republic; cf. Gruhl, 1 978), labor-saving devices (where it is not stated whose labor is saved where and when), fertilizers (which can render soil infertile) and numerous others. In most instances, these are simply infelicities resulting from uncontrolled linguistic development, al though the latter two examples are more subtle. Both serve selectively to highlight only one facet of their place in a form of life.
The Case of the Term "Growth" We think it worthwhile to look in some detail at one example: the use of the word "growth." Problems with the notion of growth have been focused on by a wide spectrum of writers, from environmental ists discussing the l i mits of grow th to lin guists such as Hall iday ( 1 992). Let us briefly il l ustrate how from a very different perception similar conclusions are reached. Meadows, Meadows, and Randers ( 1 992) fel t compelled to add an appendi x on language to th eir book w here the word "growth" is given particular prominence: Following th e dictionary distinction . . . 1U GROW means to i ncrease i n size b y the �similation or accretion of materials. 1U DEVELOP means t o expand or reahze the potentialities of; to b rin g t o a ful ler, greater, or better state. When something grows it gets quantitatively bigger; when it develops it gets qualita . tively better, or at least different. Quantitative growth and qualitative i mprove ment fol low different laws. Our planet develops over time without growing. Our
30
G R E E N S PEA K economy, a subsystem of the fi nite and non - growing earth , must eventually adapt to a similar pattern of development. ( p. xix)
Hall id ay ( 1 992) offers a detailed critique of some of the uses of the word "growth ." Once again, the a nalys i s he offers is so nicely put that we quote it in ful l : I t does not take much work to show how our world view is constructed by expressions such as these. When we read "output fell sharply," it is obvious that all our negative loadings from childhood come into play: falling is painful, sharp things are dangerous, and both (especially together ! ) are to be avoided. On the other hand [the statement that] traffic is expected to grow calls up all the comfortable smiles of the admiring aunts who told us how we' ve grown, as well as the positive relation of growth to consumption-eat your meat and you ' ll grow i nto a big girl/boy. And we only have to mention a word like shrink to be aware of its pej orative connotations: shrunken bodies and heads, the one who shrinks heads (the psychiatri st}, and so on. Some people have tried to maintain the positive value of grow but reconstrue it in expressions like zero population growth and negative growth; but the zero and the negative sabotage the effort how can anything that is zero or negative be a desirable goal? (Others have tried to find negatively charged words for growth, like gigantism and elephantiasis; but these don ' t work either - the words themselves are too elephanti ne, and even if giants are baddies, the elephants are definitely goodies). It might be more effective to redefine growth as a failure to shrink. Since we are going to have to reduce the GTP (gross terrestrial product) should we not exploit the power of words by making shrink the positive term and labelling growth very simply as negative shrinkage? This is using the power of the grammar: in this case the device of reversing the marking. ( p. 8 3 )
Meanwhile, the debate about the relationship between degradation and growth continues unabated . An extract from a recent article by Kym Anderson in the June 1 5 , 1 994 issue of Australian serves as an i l lustration. How many different senses of the word "growth" can be spotted in th is passage? A small but vocal sub-group of environmentalists believes that trade liberalisa tion wil l harm the environment by increasing global incomes and causing international relocation of production and consumption. There is little cause for concern. Consider fi rst economic growth. Some believe an expansion of global pro duction, and hence consumption, is undesirable simply because they think it will add to the stresses on the natural envi ronment. But i ncome growth also tends to raise the demand for more stringent environmental policies. As well higher incomes in poorer countries lead eventually to low population growth rates and this reduces pressure on both rural and urban environments. And as the value of
undations [jnsuistic Fo
31
time in developing countries increases as trade liberalisation l i fts poor people 's an labo ur, the relative costs of using wood as a source of household the dem d for ecause of the time taken to collect it. o b als ri fuel ses of the ti mber harvester in developing countries is used as fifths fource Sin this alone could have a major beneficial impact in reducing fuel, ld eho us ho e levels. ( p. 43 ) defores tati on and carbon dioxid
This co mpl ex argu ment clearly identifies the shifts i n the many meanings o f the word growth . Lexical Poverty and Its Rem edy It is difficult to find good examples of nonexisting terms-unless one compares a language like English with another that is more developed or differentially developed in the area of resources for discussing environmental matters, a topic we shall elaborate on in a later chapter. For the time being, we will restrict our search to l isting a few examples of concepts for which there is no adequate lexical item in English: •
a word meaning " a not economi cally useful, unmarketable, ungardenable plant contributing to natural balance" (in other words, a positive weed)
•
a word meaning "not biodegradable"
•
a cover term for capital-i nvestment-type products that do not last longer than it
tak es t o pay them o ff
•
a term for someone w h o does n o t recycle their bottles, papers, and so forth.
•
a short word for "to separate garbage"
•
a special refuse container for recyclable goods, such as Grone Tonne in German
•
a word for the needless transhipping of commodities to places where they are freely available (English cheddar cheese to Australia and vice versa, milk in containers to dairy farm communities, etc.)-we suggest using the expression "to Newcastle."
System atic Adequacy Let us le ave the topic of the referential adequacy of language and turn to exami n e sy ste matic adequacy, a notion that is closely linked with ease of ec�� ng . Th i s ease is achieved in a number of ways. First, it is desirable to . _ Phrn1ze 1co mc encoding-for example, by observance of Zipf's law. Central concepts sh oul d be morphologically less complex than noncentral ones. The c n tral ity of a con cept is clearly culture dependent. A horse is for a steeple c e what a as r train is for a commuter. Second, it is noticeable that there are
:
�
G R EEN S PEA K
32
very few short words in the environmental lexicon of English and that the shortening processes that have reduced 'sexual i ntercourse ' to ' sex ' or 'grand mother' to 'gran ' have not as yet taken place. It is interesting to contrast the terms for recent short human affl ictions with the much larger label s for adverse environmental conditions: Human
En vironmental
AIDS RSI
global wann i ng
slum
soil degradation
crib death
greenhouse effect
ozone depletion
Th ird, there is the generation of new lex ical material from existing morphemes and lexical rules. Although this yields a maximally learnable lexical inventory, it is often in confl ict w i th other factors, such as agreement with international term inology, as pointed out by Rosario ( 1 968). Fourth, there is the use of classifiers, assigning lexical items to a particular semantic field. Classifiers are particularly useful where speed in decoding is essential-for i nstance, classifying chemicals for use by the fire brigade. There is, of course, a very long traditi on of concern for systematic tables for natural classes, reflected , for instance, in the numerous artificial language projects ( ph i l osoph ical languages) that h ave been proposed from the 1 7th century onward. Wi lkins's ( 1 668) An Essay Towa rds a Real Character and a Philosophical Language assumes that "i f the Names of things could be so ordered , as to contain such a kind of affinity or opposition in their letters and sounds, as might be some way answerable to the nature of the things which they signified" (cited in Large, 1 985, pp . 34-35). Wi lkins attempted to achieve this by first setting up tables summari zing such natural classes as were known, to next atomi ze the meaning of the concepts in these tables, and to then assign a constant sound to each atom of meaning. Later designers of artificial languages have come up with many similar schemes. Although the numerous proposals for rigid classification systems were never put i nto practice among the users of vernacular European languages, they were fairly successfully ach ieved in the international chemical nomen clature, much of which has survived to the present day. However, co mparab le systems, possibly a result of del iberate naive language engi neeri ng are fo und in a number of ' exotic ' languages. A prime example i s A iwo, spoken on the Reef of Islands (southwestern Pacific). This l anguage has about 4 0 d i fferen t noun classes, comparable to gender. According to Wurm ( 1 9 8 1 ), one such c l ass, signaled by the prefix si-, is that of nouns denoting objects and item s that are despised, unclean, not valuable, dangerous or unpleasant, as i n :
tions linRuistic Foundn
33
Aiwn
sike sing sibe sikonya sikonya
Meaning smal l sore lie loin cloth
waste smoke rrom
a volcano
is interesting to imagine the effects i f such noun c lassifiers were obl igatory in English. Advertising would certainly be affected . Ad vertisers would find it much harder to foist undesirable products on an unsuspecting public, and si-garettes would not even need a government health warning. The principal effect of such a classifier would be to raise the awareness of average speakers to dangers they are normally unaware of. There is, however, the obvious danger of being misled by an inflexible system. Thus, i f it were established that moles were harmful animals, they would become known as si-mole and continue to be known by that name even in more enlightened times when their usefulness has been established and they are eventually reclassified as belong ing to the class of useful animals. It has been very d i ffi cult to dissolve the pejorative connotations of the word 'wol f ' , despite the widespread recogn i tion of the important and beneficial position these animals have i n the environment. Further, a number of other Aiwo nominal classifiers would also seem to promote awareness of environmental issues : It
nu signals nouns that are dependent on something else for their existence
/cQ signals entities that are, for most of the time, i nert but are liable to sudden dramatic
changes of behavior or appearance
nyo signals items moving or stretching away into the distance
Thus if ' du mps' , 'landfills ' , ' nuclear power station ' or the names of certai n
che mic als were obligatorily prefixed with ka-, language users' attitudes to ward such entities might well be different. Instead, the nouns of Standard Average European (SAE) languages belong to many morphological l y un m arked semantic and grammatical cryptoclasses, a fact that, on the one hand, e nabl es spe akers to discuss phenomena at a greater level of general ity and in val ue- free terms but, on the other hand, can lead to considerable imprecision mi sin terpretation . Thus, there i s nothing in 'disposal ' that indicates wh e ther one is deal ing with a temporary or a permanent solution, nor does the ' landfi l l ' suggest that this institution is liable to sudden dramatic nges. Th is ex ample is representative of a very large number of similar ones. E lan gu ages, i n contrast to many others (cf. Heine, 1 980), do not encode
and n un �;�
G R E E N S PE A K
34
aspect and time-related changes in any systematic way. Thus, for ex ampl e, Tok Pisin, whose grammar exh ibits many characteristics of Melanesian l an guages, distinguishes between damage and irreparable damage.
bagarap damaged, ruined (not irreparably)
bagarap pinis ru i ned be yond repair
bus bush
bus pinis
taken over by bush, not amenable to human occupation or use
However, English expresses the associated concepts variably by means of cir cumlocution or lexicalization, thus clouding the permanently/non-permanently distinction . In practice, this results in numerous ambiguities, such as the fol lowing: •
disposal-This can be interpreted either as ''unsafe temporary getting rid of' or "final disposal of waste, usually through burning or burying" (Landy, 1 979, p. 357). Whereas Landy ( 1 979) lists an entry disposal by dilution ( p. 357), Breach ( 1 976, p. 86) insists that dilution is no answer to waste disposal. In actual fact, it is an answer to disposal in the first sense.
•
safety-The question is whether substances or installations are temporarily safe or safe pinis, safe in principle and perpetuity. Safety and safety levels are very much time-dependent phenomena.
•
pesticide, deterrent, disinfectant and similar terms-It should be noted that these expressions refer to temporary rather than permanent phenomena. In many cases. today 's deterrent i s tomorrow's museum piece and today's pesticide tomo rrow's staple food for pests.
In the examples j ust discussed , we can observe a tendency, a very strong one as anyone who peruses the various glossaries of environmental terminol ogy that have appeared (Hol ister & Porte us. 1 976; Landy, 1 979; Young, 1 993 ) can see, to prefer nominals to verbal expressions. Consider the fol lowing key words in Young ( 1 993): Data compression Dispersion in rivers and estuaries Dispersion in the environment Dispersion of toxic substances in freshwater systems Dissolved oxygen
ns fd!}guistic Foundatio
35
tem: identification of optical parameters Earth - atmosp here sys theory ance disturb cal Ecol ogi eling mod l gica Ecol o on Eco logical modeling: aggregati errors chical hierar ng, eli mod gical Ecolo
Ecological modeling: new perspectives Ecological modeling, stoch astic Ecosystem compartmental modeling Ecosyste m networks: measures of structures
Energy resources, renewable Energy systems in ecology En vironmental theory and analysis Environ mental modeling and the scientific method Environmental modeling, physically based Environmental modeling with advanced computers Eutrophication modeling in freshwater systems
Such nominals tend to be strongly biased in favor of an interpretation as permanent states. It would seem preferable to use verbs i n those cases where permanency is not implied .
Social Adequacy The parameter of social adequacy is best i l l ustrated with an actual example: the doma in of discourse about human (over)popu lation . Fear of population growth has been inflamed by extravagant language. Examples are the terms 'popul ation explosion' , ' people pol lution ' and ' popul ation bomb ' . These terms are not just catchwords of popu l ar wordsmiths, whose rhetoric one is acc usto med to discount. Rather, they have been coi ned and circu lated by d i s ting ui s h ed scientists. The term 'population control ' itse l f has been used for years to refer to measures ai med at reduci n g, for example, the rate at which th e world 's popul ation i ncreases, the actual number of people i n certain P� p� lati ons and con trol on a popul ation density. It is a quite vague term , but h t s ts not th e mai n perceived disadvantage . Nor has much been said against bei n � sy ste matic al ly inadequate . Population control belongs to the parat gm : b t rth con tro l , pest contro l , weed contro l , bug contro l . However, the proxi m ity of such terms already suggests some problems regard ing social ad� qu acy. One woul d not l i ke to see popul ation control in the same light as P otson ing pig eon s or oth er vermi n .
�
��
G R E E N S P EA K
36
There is another more recent argument about the soc ial adeq uacy of th is term, which emerged at the recent United Nati ons Con ference on En viro n mental and Developmental Preparatory Committee meeting in N ew York. Abzug ( 1 992) reports, Jessica M atthews charges ludicrously that women at the PrepCom scaled the fate of the population language, and she attributes this to i rrational antagonism to ' population contro l' . If she had been present, she would have teamed that ' population control' terminology is as outdated as the dinosaur and unacceptable to those who believe in democratic procedures. Women reject the concept of 'control ' of their bodies by governments and i nternational institutions, with its connotations of Chi na's forced one-baby-per family quota system, forced sterilization of women in Latin A merica and of Native A merican women in the United States, misuse of Third World women as uninformed subjects for experimental contraceptives, and the Bush adminis tration's relentless effort to deprive American women of free choice. Women believe that the ' moral ly correct' position is to defend women's health and reproductive rights and freedom to 'contro l' their own bodies. We seek government and economic policy changes to ensure that half the world's popu lation are assured of their basic rights to survival , to food, shelter, health care, information and full access to the whole range of family planning services they need to make informed decisions about family size. ( p. 5 )
What is argued is that t h e term 'population contro l ' takes away responsibility for their bodies from women, thereby dehumanizing and degrading them. Like many other human expressions involving the term 'control ' , there is a socially undesirable differential between control ler and controlled. New terms are needed in the perception of many women activists to promote a more equitable way of stabil izing the size of the human population.
Re ality Construction and "Deeper" G rammar
We indicated earlier that the lexicon can be approached either from the question of its adequacy or from that of its role in real i ty construction . Having given some examples of the former, let us now turn to reality construction or framing. One can conceive of two opposi ng v iews of the rel ationsh ip between l anguages and realities: a mapping or labeling view, under which the function of language is to label preexisting real ities; and a real ity construction view. under which signi ficant amounts of real ity are brought into being by l i nguisti c devices. A more sophisticated version of the latter argues that it is not so much
io b{!!suistic Foundat ns
37
real ity that arc . brought i n to bei n g or such but pe rspectives on . real 1· u·es as c to human bc mgs . made iabl are avaJ that ity eal r f c ts o view, e question of adequacy m u s t be seen h t then former the pts do a on e owing: l fol the things, other ong am of, in te rm s
as� • • •
Languages either having o r not having adequate tenns for entities of th e real world Languages having too delicate or too indelicate distinctions Languages using misleading tenns to describe reality
The exam ple of ' greenhouse effect' should have alerted u s to the second possib ility : that real ities are ' brought i nto being ' , that is, become avai lable for hu man atte ntion , and in some instances have their boundaries fi xed by lin gui stic practice s . Other examples are ozone holes, animal rights, eucalypt dieback , acid rain and others to be d iscussed later in this book. The poin t about these last two examples is not that, for example, eucalypt tree s only die because we h ave a word for it and that rai n only becomes acidi fied for the same reason but, rather, that the very c hoice of a new lexical item selectively frames, suppresses and highl ights perceptible aspects of phenomena. Moreover, once created as a noun, expressions such as 'dieback ' and 'acid rai n ' can become causal agen ts in an ill-understood and i l l -control led chain of putative events. A label such as ' acid rai n ' is not a description, an explanation or a cause, but a l i nguistic construct . It has led to attitudes and practices that may or may not lead to a better understanding of complex ecological processes. The creation of such terms is no guarantee that they w i l l d o actual work. S ometimes, a n e w language-driven perspective fai l s to reveal a new aspect of reality because there was no such aspect to be revealed . Yet the fact that a new expression has m ade a new aspect avai lable to h uman beings can never close off the possibil ity that there are many more that could become avai lable.
Family Resemblance, or Semantic Essences?
� n Greenspeak, as i n other c l usters of d i alects, we find particular words used In m an y contexts and i n seemingly incompatible ways. Wi ttgenste i n ( 1 95 3 ) �as warned against sl ipping into t h e fal l acy of "semantic essentialism," that 1 5 • � f thi n king that because the same word is used i n a variety of contexts and a d ivers ity of way s there must be a common ( and h idden) semantic essence or c om m on me aning that w i l l explain the use of the same word i n al l these con texts. t I mig ht even be assumed that we should l ook for a corresponding c1_om m on attribute that all the contexts of use have in common. B e l ieving i n In gu tstJ . . c es sen ces may send us off on a hopeless quest for the material
38
G REENS PEAK
essences that supposedl y correspond t o them. Instead , Wittgenste i n points ou t in many cases a field of use of a common expression is held tog ether networks of similarities and differences in use, such that some of th e uses of words that belong somewhere in the network have next to noth ing in common with others located el sewhere. In his well-known example of the use of the word "game" he l i sts all sorts of activities we actual ly call games, pointing to the complex patterns of similarity and difference we can discern in their uses w h i le noticing that there are uses that h ave scarcely any similarities one to another. We c an i l lustrate the point for Greenspeak with the word ' nature ' . H ere are some of the m an i fold uses of the expression . There are many context-; in which Greenspeakers make essential use of the words 'nature' and ' n atural ' . In trying to understand the variety of meanings carried by a certain expression , it is helpfu l to look for just what is it in any particular context that someone who uses these words is ru l i ng out. We can d i stinguish several senses of the words nature and natural by this technique, i n eac h of which there is an explicit or implicit contrast.
b;
The Natural and the Artificial In an important sense, what is natural is contrasted to the artificial or h uman l y constructed . But this distinction can take on d i fferent valuational l oadings in d i fferent contexts. ' Natural ' is to be preferred to ' artificial ' in cases in which the art i ficial is taken to be alien to or imposed upon what human beings do unreflectingly and perhaps "naturall y." There is a related sense of the word natural that expresses the idea of something being spontaneous and i n tuitive. Th is is superior to what is labored, contrived or formal . This is the way in which the words nature and natural were used in much romantic l i terature . However, the polar contrast between the natural and the artificial can be eval uated in the opposite manner. 'Nature ' and ' n atural ' c an h ave a negative connotation . Nature provides the raw material that has to be worked i nto shape by the efforts of civil ized people. The basic polari ty is not a d ichotomy. There are m any objects in our civili zation that are indeterminate, neither natural nor artificial. We have in m i nd such things as fanns and gardens. Whether we take a farm to be n atural or art i ficial depends on the use that is bei ng made of the idea of 'the farm' in the di scourse of the moment. This con trast at ti mes became i nstitu tionalized in the very architecture of garden s . The natural garden was a con tri ved simul acrum of ' the wild ' , whereas the formal garden expressed the con cept of nature tamed to the uses of humanity.
39
tuistic Foundations Un In organic The Organ ic an d the
A seco nd distin ction of importance i n which ' n ature ' and ' n atural ' are d w ith a nother ' opposi te ' shows up in the way that ' Nature ' is used con traSte org anic parts of the world. Again we can find a differen t . to refer to the " . to 1 s messy, su b�ect rel at1 ve va I ues. Th e natura I as orgamc of ons sum pti ele to and are clean pure, Crystals is ant. inorganic the and lly, sme � cay and be re fe rre d to ce ntipe des. B ut we can a! so fi nd t �t val uatiOn reversed . Nature p _ humane and seen m oppos1t1on to the dead stuff of the is warm . breath ing, inorg anic . A gain, th ere is an indeterminate class of objects-for example, mountains, cloud s, rivers, suns ets and so on , which are inorganic and can be approved as ad mirable or deni grated as bleak and soul less depending on the discursive ·
:
�
cont e xt. The
Rural and the Urban
A third contrast matches ' nature ' and 'natural ' to the rural, in contrast to all that is urban. In some of the documents we have been examining (e.g. , Earth Supplement, p. 34), we have an identification of what is natural with village life, contrasted with l i fe i n the c i ty, which is unnatural and therefore to be valued less (Herzlich, 1 973). Yet even in this case there are indeterminate o r ambiguous things. What are we to make of parks i n cities, or to use an image borrowed from George Orwell, the aspidistra in the parlor? We do value rus in urbes, the coun try i n the town. The Wilderness and the Peopled The fourth distinction comes from thinking of nature as the wi lderness, the world without pe ople. Here the contrast is with inhabited reg ions of any sort . In a w ay this contrast is a kind of amalgam of the three contrasts d i scussed �bove. The wildern ess i s not artificial, not created by human beings, i t is not Inorgan ic, and it is not urban . A variant on this contrast give us the conception of ' w ild life' , in contrast to domesticated plants and animals. Wildlife is se lf- sustai ni ng and so i n no need of human management. Plants and animals �e in the wild without the management of farmers and gardeners. In this l stm ct io n too , we can find contrasting patterns of val uation. This has come the fo re in a contro versy i n Delaware, with respect to preservation of the astern S ho re . It has been pointed out that the landscape that this group is I. ntent on pre serving is not a wilderness at all. It is the work of thousands of Years of transfor mation by the indigenous popul ations of that area. Even here
�
�
c:
40
G R E E N S P EA K
there real ly is no such t h i n g as t h e virgin forest. Every part of t h e ' nat ural ' environment bears the marks of the hand of people. How many times have the slash-and-burn cultures of the great forests recycled the ir entire worlds ? The Natural and the Supernatural Last, we have a contrast between the natural and the supernatural . B y a natural event we mean one the whole explanation for which can be foun d by reference to processes that are in principle observable or at least locatable in this world. The supern atural has its origins and its causes elsewhere. Resources, Causes and Threats By looking at the words that are paired with nature rather than those that are in contrast or conflict we can identify yet more dimensions of family resemblance i n this semantic field. In the first set of cases, we find the word ' nature' serving as a qualifier of a generic concept. We rarely find the concept Nature appearing alone in a Greenspeak docume nt. A very common combi nation is in the phrase 'natural resources ' -for example, i n Earth Supplement ( p. 25 ), the forest is defined as a natural resource. It is among the assets mentioned in J. Phi l lipson ( 1 992, p. 1 94). With the notion of ' n atural resource' comes a further idea, that of the management or conservation of Nature. Nature becomes domesticated , reviving the picture of Earth as a farm, the central Darwi nian metaphor we examine more closely in Chapter 3. This is in contrast to the idea of a free or independent Nature that runs its own course a nd in which human beings and their activities are j ust one among the authors of various causal and developmental processes. 'Natural resource' is an extremely potent concept. It brings with it the immensely important idea of 'stewardship,' which has reappeared in various forms . There is a rel igious version according to which the world was made for human bei ngs. This reappears in the notion of Christian stewardship. As Keith Thomas ( 1 992) has put it, much m odern environmental thi n king takes the form of finding new secular justifications for this older religious idea of stewardship. Our second potent combination appears in the phrase ' n atural causes' contrasted with the acts of human beings. In insurance policies th e se are referred to as acts of God : destruction by storms and by fires that are starte d by l ightning. Environmentalists regard these phenomena, though natural, as neverthel ess d amaging or even disastrous in their effect on the e nviron men t and so offeri ng the occasion for human intervention. There is a great deal o f •
effort put into the containment of fi res in the western part of the United State s. fires, which i n general , are caused by l ightning and must have been an
Ungu istic Foundations -
41
of the ecology of that vast region prior t o the advent o f the es se n tial part nsc ious European settlers. co ly l . , ec ologi ca . ave th e mterestmg concept ' t h reats to nature t h at s h ares many e h w Fin al ly, and mi xed polarities that we pointed out i n the fi rst part of f the am bi gu ities concept 'nature reserve ' i s very i mportant for m any The n. sio us is d isc of local govern ment setting aside a field or a section of ss sine bu the eople in river as a natural reserve, but what is to be preserved i n ch of et a str orest or might b e the preservation o f the w i l d : that is, a notion One es? c su ch pla to the managed Nature that constitutes the opposed as osystem ec us eo spon tan the inhabited surface of the earth. Con of most of gardens and ds lan farm place for intensive management by the a be can reserve ture na a y, el vers preservation of natural ly threatened the for particularly ards, stew man hu species that are maintai ned by human effort-which, of course , m akes them into farm s, and as such paradoxically located i n some of the natural/un natural dich otomi es with which we began this chapter. The invocation of the concept ' n ature ' explicitly in Greenspeak and implic itly in much Green-influenced iconography turns out to be markedly multi vo cal and context dependent. The word nature might have done as wel l as the word game to i l lustrate Wittgenstein 's idea of the scope of the uses of a word as a field of fam i l y resemblances . In hearing and understanding the diverse uses of the word nature, we must take Wittgenste i n ' s warning to heart. There is no hidden essence that explains all the ways we use the words nature and natural . There is no one thing that is Nature.
� �
Language Structure Let us now move from the lexicon to the deeper, more d i fficult areas o f la nguage struc ture. We c a n i l l ustrate t h e role of grammar i n both fac i l i tating and cons trainin g ways of thinking with the simple case of the repertoire of pronou ns available to the members of a certain cul ture. The relations h i p be tween hum ans and their natural environment c a n b e seen in terms of a nu mber of bas i c metap hors, two opposing ones being (a) control and (b) co . o pe ratio n and interdepe ndence . The We ste rn, Ju dea-Christian metaphor i s that of human control over the res of cre ati on, but similar ones were dominant in the area even before the � al of large- scale religions. Crosby ( 1 986), i n his book Ecological lmpe� �� � m men ts on the d . fference between Western European tr1. bes and i A men. ca n Re d Ind ians, the former having domesticated and thus control led a an ge of an i mals, the latter having left uncontrol led very s i m i l ar animals . H i s . . . x p l an atl. on IS b ase d on th e thes1s of d 1 fferent metaphors rather than on
� ��
·
:
G REENS PEAK
42
d i fferent physical conditions. B u t there is a deeper aspect of the disti nct ion . It l ies in the pronoun grammars of languages. ' Control ' is encoded typically by means of special possess ive pronouns. As Miihlhiiusler and Harre ( 1 99 1 ) argued , there can be considerable conse quences to having d i fferent possessive pronouns. We remind readers of the example of the Papuan l anguage Barrai, which distingui shes three types of control: Type I Type 2 l)tpe 3
'A.£8 ' ' 'A B
'A'B '
parenl-child daughler-molher husband-wife
my child my rnolher my w i fe
The relationship between people and l and is of TYpe 3, mutual depe ndency. The concept of land ownership is alien to B arrai speakers and to m any other cultures . We can easily see the d i fference between the refi nements available to B arrai speakers compared with the generic possession expressed in 'my ' . Control is also related closely t o causal ity. Whereas most SAE l an guages have a highly developed system of causal expressions in the area of people and their environment, other groups of languages have fewer or no explicitly causal expressions. In many cases, these express a holistic rather than a m anipulative relation between people and their surroundings. In American Indian languages like Wintu, it is not possible to express ideas such as "to fatten a pig," "to breed pigeons," "to fert i l ize the soil" and "to channel a river," as the l inguistic means for the expression of such causative concepts are absent. Halliday ( 1 992) has identified a number of other grammatical processes that he relates to major upheavals in human hi story : I . Th e importance o f writing i s the grammar that developed along with it-that is, a grammar in which things are viewed as commodities and can be itemized and listed. Processes are expressed as things. 2. This tendency developed further so that other "domains of experience, hitherto construed as process-like, could be modelled in terms of things." 3 . There followed a "metaphorical upheaval ," in which "reality is cons trued in the learned, bureaucratic and technocratic mode." (pp. 67ff.)
I f l anguage is referential ly, systematical ly and soc i ally adequate, it is, we argue, l i kely to be environmentally adequate. The last is not an i ndepen dent k i nd of adequacy but is ach ieved by the satisfaction of the three basic ade quacy requirements for discourses whose topic is 'environmental ' , forgi ng �d honing a set of tools to discuss and fac i l i tate the m anagement of our l i ves 10 relation to the world.
u Jjntuistic Fo
43
ndations
nal Lin gui stics, Environmen tal Jn tegratio d Metaphor e Discours an
�
�
e anim �ted by the adoption o a pa�ticular po nt of view i n Our stud ie s ar . i n tegrat10nal approach . Accordmg t o m tegrat10msts, languages e th , li ngui stics d as abstract systems of signs that are created to serve as re a not to be viewe or sets of facts. Th is is the 'surrogationist' approach . We facts r rr fo u ogate s v iewed as tools for use in communicational activities, best are they at e lieve th roduction of mean ings that are always open-ended and joint p is ere th wherein activities of everyday l i fe . concrete complex, the in ed e mbedd A lin guistic critique of environmental discourse w i l l cut n o i c e unless it i s clear o n what theoretical assumptions t h e critique itself is based . Without a firm theoretical basis, any discussion of such discourse and its techniques w i l l appear ad hoc and l acking in analytical foundations. Orthodox l inguistics appears to offer l i ttle upon which a critique of loosely related c lusters of linguistic practices such as Greenspeak could be made. By contrast, a great deal of l ight can be thrown on the construction of some of the m any modes o f environmental d iscourse i f o n e looks a t l anguage from a n integrationist point of view.2 lntegrational analysis rejects the standard assumption of orthodox l inguis tics that a language (such as English, French or Cantonese) provides a fixed public code for exchanging verbal messages between the members of some community that subscribes to ( and maintai ns) its use. The integrationist proposes instead that the primary function of language is to enable human beings to develop communication processes that are i n tri nsically open-ended and necessarily involve nonverbal as wel l as verbal components. These processes take the form o f integrated sequences of activities (both physical and mental ) contextualized by the participants themselves. The linguistic sign as such has no existence outside these processes. The common i l l usion that i t does have an autonomous existence is explained b y the integrationist as derived mai nly from the metal ingui stic practices of lexicographers, gram m arians, teachers and others, together with the techniques of recording and tra� sm issio n, ranging from writing to videotape. ntegrational theory d i stin l gui shes these secon d-order practices and their productions from the first-order e x perie nce of langu age on which they are parasitic . Orthodox l inguistics, h ow ever, co ns tantly conflates the two. On the basis of our first-order day-to-day experience o f language, we have m ore reason to believe that words lead a l i fe of their own , e i ther individu ly ?r co llec tively, than to suppose that gestures, frowns, grins or nudges do. . f th is Is correct , i t is a fundamental m istake for l inguists to assume that words be p rovide d with definitive semantic characteri zations and 'rules' that are id for all in stan ces of their use, for this requires that l i n guistic signs be v
�
n� � c=
44
GREEN S P EA K
treated as invariants, and i f the integrationist is correct, th i s i s the o ne thi ng a l i n gu i stic sign could never be . Likewise, the i ntegrationist rej ects the ort hod ox notion of a language community (that is, a community defined by the c ri teri o n of using the same language) because for an integrationist there is no suc h thing: A language community is simply a commun ity that communic ates by means of language (among other means)-a quite d i fferent concept. From an integrationist ' s point of view, one of the communi c at io n al vari ables is the framework of assumptions that is constantly being projec ted about the status of the language being used. Austinian speech-act analysis recog n i zes (some ) distinctions of this kind, but in the version offered by Searle ( 1 970) it fai l s to account for them satisfactorily because of the Austinian compromise with orthodox l i nguistics. Thi s compromise, i n effect, i nvolves accepting an underlying fi xed code operating at the level of English grammar and lexicon. Austin himself toyed with the idea that there was a repertoire of i l l ocuti onary verbs that could be used to render indirect performative acts perspicuously. I ndeed, the whole Austinian doctrine of i l l ocutionary forces can be seen from an integrationist perspective as a theoretical attempt to explain the d i fference between a passing observat ion such as "There 's a bull i n that fi eld" and the warn ing "There 's a bul l in that fi c ld b ut without sacrificing such orthodox assumptions as that the word ' bu l l ' , l i ke the 'sen tence' in which it occurs, means exactly the same in both cases. For the i nteg rationist, communication depends very much o n "how you take" what is said or written, and this in turn depends on the circumstances in w h ich i t is being produced and/or interpreted , by whom , for what purpose and so on . Let us say that all the various factors i nvol ved jointly contribute to the ' accreditation' of the discourse, although the term itself is of no importance. Accred itation thus conceived is an aspect of l i n guistic communication th at orthodox l i nguistics has no way of handling. For the orthodox l inguist, ' words ' , 'phrases ' , ' sentence s ' and so on are all defined as decontextualized u nits. Hence, " how you take" what someone says or w r i tes tends to be rej e cted as not bei n g a l i nguistic phenomenon at al l . For the integrati o nist on th e contrary, this is at the heart of language, and there is a rich range of l ingui s t i c resources we deploy to make clear what kind of accreditation our d iscourse is to be give n : as 'sc ience ' , 'moral persuasion' and so on. Th i s point will come very much to the fore when we look at what happens to a discursive mode accredi ted, for example, as ' science ' , when it is appropriated as a dialect of Greenspeak. One of these devices is metaphor, or what i s traditional ly so called . (From an integrationist point of view, metaphor is one of those bogus l i ng ui st ic categories based on an erroneous theory of meaning, but let us stay wi th �e traditional metalanguage for the purposes of the discussion . ) Metaph or IS _ pervasive i n Greenspeak. Why? Because we would expect to find pervasi ve "-
,
lions Unguislic Founda
45
-
any discou rse where there is an underl y i ng con flict between the metaph or in that are being projected about accredi tation. We fi nd it typical ly ns ss mptio dis �10 oetic course (which is the reason why nearly al l the examples of Aristo tle-the first thinker to provide an explicit theory of etaph or g i ven by the poets). B � t we � lso find i ve �y co� monly i n political from are eta ph orother areas m whtch accredt tat10n gtves problems, such many in and di scourse theory in the natural sciences . new a of n tio mo as t he pro of metaphor is to integrate two confl icti n g accred i function mon com e On takes us into a world of ' as i f ' . But it would defeat etaphor . M lues va tatio n doing, it managed to sever all contact with the s i f, in so ose purp its own is' . Th us if I descri bed your study as a 'pigsty ' , I might ld of 'as wor um mdr hu expect you to take me to be pass i n g an u n favorab l e c o m m e n t o n i t s u n tidy state, i ts smel l , or the rem ai ns of food scattered about and s o on. B ut what exactly the objection was could not be ascertained without exam i n i n g the study itself. The point is that although we both know your study i s not a pig sty, this is not just a description drawn from a random fantasy ; it would be pointless if i t were. You could hard l y be said to be l i v i n g ' as i f ' in a pig sty unless there were some things about your study as it actually is that prompted the pigsty remark . It is characteri stic of metaphor to i n tegrate the ' as if' with the ' as is' , but that integration cannot work independently of the circumstances. Consequently, if your study is in immacul ate order you may be at a loss to understand what on earth I am talking about . Without the requisite contextual support, this is not a metaphor at al l , but that would not prevent it from being i nterpreted as antiphrasis. It al l depends on the contcx tualization. None of the above remarks should be interpreted as a roundabout way of the endorsement of the Aristotel ian doctrine of a dichotomy of l i teral and fi g urative meanings. As far as the integrationist is concerned , that would be the very last b as is on which to found an account of metaphor. The theori st o f m etaphor who perhaps comes closest t o the integration ist position is Richards ( 1 9 36), who also rejected the distinction between l iteral and metaphorical me an ings. He spoke of metaphor in terms of an "interaction of contexts." From an integrationist's point of view, the lesson to be learned from the ex am ple just cited is that what many a remark is taken a.<; signify i ng depends on how it m anages to integrate the present circumstantial fact (the actual state y our roo m) with an imaginary scenario in which you are living in a p igsty. • th a di ffere n t contex tualization , the effect of the pigsty metaphor might be _ qu ne dt fferen t. It might, for instance, be taken as a comment on the architec tu e of the bu i ldi ng , not the living conditions i n its interior. But i n both cases, � at is sig n aled by applying the term pigsty to what is not a pigsty is the n t od uc t i o n of an evaluat ive or critical d i mension i n to the discussion. I can on ger be taken 0 to be referring simply to the world ' as is ' .
�
�
:
�
-
_
� ��
46
G R E E N S P EA K
To take a d i fferent example, we might consider the deployment of metaph or in the natural sciences. Here it is commonly introduced in a specu l ative explanatory capaci ty (Soskice, 1 985). Agai n, the two worlds are those of ' as if' and 'as i s ' ; but the ' as if' i tem is a serious candidate for promo tio n . Thus for example, scientists explai ned the resistance of al uminium to corrosi on say i n g that it h ad as if a protective 'skin ' formed on the metal at the onset of an acid or alkali attack. Eventual ly, it became possible to show that this skin was not merely hypothetical but did indeed form and could be detached from the metal underneath. In other words, as an integrationist would put it, research eventuall y recontextual i zed the reference to a ' s k i n ' on the metal , and the new context gave it a new accreditation. Thus for the integrationist, there is no question o f opting between an E l l i ptical S i m i le theory of metaphor, or a Feature Transfer theory of metaphor, or an Analogy theory of metaphor (Steinhart & Kittay, 1 994 ). These theoreti cal options have no basis in our communicational experience of metaphor and can throw no l i ght on it. M oreover, what all these ' theories ' miss is the in tegrationist's point that l inguistic communication necessarily i nvolves the projection of certain contextual ized assumptions about the discourse i tself. Metaphor is not special or exceptional in that respect, although it is often represented as being so. From an integrational point of view, one would be quite silly to put e ither the 'pigsty ' or the 'skin' example in the same category as talking about the ' foot' of the h i l l , which mean i ng theorists treat as metaphorical . There is no way of talking about the "foot of the hill" that signals any contextualized s h i ft of perspective in the discourse or any recon c i l i ation of accreditational values. Now Greenspeak attempts to construct a way of discussi n g environmental issues in which two very different sets of l inguistic assumptions combine to rein force each other. Some d i alects of Greenspeak may be seen as trying to combine what we might call 'geophysical discourse ' and 'evaluative dis course ' . Now why arc these different kinds of d iscourses ? From an integra tionist's poi nt of view, one fundamental reason is they trade in typically d i fferent assumptions about accreditation, about the status of the language being used . B asical ly, geophysical discourse is surrogational , whereas evalu ative di scourse is nonsurrogational (Harri s, 1 980, chap. 2). In rather oversimpli fied terms, what this means i s that geophysical dis course assumes a set of accreditational values such that a properly trained expert can formulate and prove propositions about an i ndependent spatio-tem . poral reality (the earth, the c l i mate, animal populations, etc. ) that l ies o u ts t e l anguage. Truth is a matter of how your assertions are accredited, th �t � s ,
b;
�
w hether the models they determ i ne match or fai l to match, within the hm�ts set by the context, with states of affairs i n this i ndependent real i ty, w de acknow ledging that which aspects of this reality are available to a n inves uga-
�
tio {dEsuistic Founda
ns
47
a fun ction of the repertoire of concepts and the stock of tors are p artly d. Whereas moral and aesthetic di scourse assumes, for one han a paratu s at is a further d i mension of truth altogether, which is occupied .1 re the th at these cannot be reduced to truths of the kind recognized and ruths, ral t y and the other natural sciences. So they have to be given gy geolo , . geography tn re d"ttat t. � n . acc of d kin som e oth er . m moral truths there has been endless debate behevc o h w ose th Am ong There is general agreement that it i s not that warrant. and ce sour about the ir to the five senses and definable in the accessible ity real ernal ext portio n of tables and chairs. discussing for use that can one ge gua same lan about the role of l anguage division fundamental a is there words, r In othe i t emerges in disputes sharpest, its At ways. of kinds all in ace surf that can be drawn. For should nonsense and sense between line the e wher about simply mean is love" is "God statement the positivist logical a for ce, instan " I hate Com statement the behaviorist, loomfieldian) (B strict a For less. ing munism " may perhaps be meaningfu l , but science has not discovered what its meani ng is. For some people, undoubtedly, the claim "Trees have rights" is nonsense, or at best utterly confused, whereas for others, i t is transparently
: � r;!�
true. Metaphor comes into its own whenever an attempt is made to bridge the gap between surrogational and nonsurrogati onal discourse, for it provides a means of integrating the two. This is also where talk about time comes in. Modem surrogational dis course is based on the traditional Western concept of space as three-d imen sional and time as a straight line going one way only-that i s , i nto the future . I t is linguist ically significan t that any talk of events that does n o t conform to this model is immediately seen as nonsensical, fictional or metaphori c al . The interesting t h i n g about metaphors i n environmental texts is that so m any of them work to val idate the transition between the discourse of g eophysics and the discourse of morals. A nd the way they do it is interest ing too. The spaceship, the attic, "time is running out" and so on a l l m ake their �ppearance when the discussion can no longer continue i n a strictly surroga tto nal mode because what is needed is the introduction of some different acc�ditatio nal value. And the switch is effected by a metaphor incorporati n g an tdea that c an be cashed in both m odes simultaneously. It makes sense i n the su�� g ation al mode a n d in t h e nonsurrogati onal mode. Th ts ts how the i ntegratio nal mechanism works. In the surrogational mode, th e me tap hor sum marizes or stands for a whole set of facts that are assumed to h ave bee n esta blished by empirical observation (e.g. , the size of the pop ulatt. on , of the rise and fal l of the incidence of droughts, or the chain of c use and effect that links pesticides to the dearth of butterflies) , whereas in t e nonsu rrogational mode, this same idea functions as part of a framework
:
48
G R E E N S PE A K
of moral impl ications usually commonsensical, not a t a l l recherche. I t is obviousl y a moral fault to harm another with your c igarette smoke, so the typical inference that one is expected to draw goes something l i ke this: "Well empirical observation shows us that the facts are a, b, c, d etc. which we c� sum up by saying that we have a case of M (where M is the metaphor). However, anyone who has actually confronted a case of M would know that they ought to take a course of action so-and-so. So it seems we should do so-and-so in this case too." What is neat about this l i nguistic maneuver is that we are led from an is to an ought by a route that does not seem to depart from the surrogational mode. Metaphors are chosen that at first sight do not appear to have any moral values attached to them-being short of time, for example. It is 5 minutes to 1 2 that counts as an objective fact. But then, if you have someth ing to do by 1 2 o 'clock and have not yet done it, you ought to get a move on because you have only 5 minutes left. And i f time runs out and you do noth ing, there is a question about derel iction of duty, what your spouse w i l l say, and so on. It is a convincing maneuver because the way the surrogational and the nonsurroga tional discourse are integrated does not al low any room for evasion. If you take the facts as establi shed in the surrogational mode and accept the metaphor as a reasonable summary of the facts, you are trapped-unless the metaphor is poorly chosen and al lows you a moral escape route. Sometimes, this happens simply because the environmentalist is not really at home with the linguistic tricks of the trade . So we could suggest that the recipe for success in this form of discourse-and here we venture into rhetoric (how to be a successful Greenspeaker in one easy lesson ! )-is choosing a metaphor that allows an audience no choice in their transition between surrogational and nonsurrogational modes. So, for example, the metaphor global warming is already implicitly prescriptive. It is addressed to an audi ence familiar with domestic central heating. If you do not want overheating . you ought to turn the thermostat down . If you do nothing, you have only yoursel f to blame. Immediately, the metaphor is adopted as a legitimate summary of the facts; it automatically becomes a premise i n an argument that i s already suggested by its adoption in the surrogational mode. The metaphor i ntegrates the geophysical discourse with the moral discourse. Now what is it about language that makes this possible? That is an oth er q uestion, but it is one to which there is an integrationist answer: Rou gh ly speaking, it is that all l i nguistic communication is open-e nded , even the d i scourse of science, which likes to present itself as the m ost unrevi sab le lf d i scourse going. Moral discourse, curiously enough, also l ikes to presen t itse e as permanent and universal because it is fou nded upon princi ples th at � n somehow i ntrinsic to the human condition, or revealed by God, or som eth a a l ike that. Many people may pay lip service to moral relativis m , bu t u nd ern e
�
f..inlluistic Foundations
49
out to be adherents to the idea of 'natural law ' . Th at is why they usually turmnoral discourse finds itself in difficulties when confronted with ce m la com onp . assumptwns-,or ' 1ts . " examp I e, suttee . ctices that fl agrantI y contrad 1ct mak ing sou p out of corpses, which enabled professed Christians ��ti sh India; . er-of-war camps. panese pnson Ja in to survive But now one comes to a different metalinguistic question that only an integrat io nist perspective all �w � one to raise. How .is it that language does not al low any alternative? How 1s ll that you cannot fact keep morals out of di scourse abou t the environment or indeed about any kind of human activity? Could you have a language that did not have any values at all built into its lexicon? If you want to look at language as something that is value free (or, to p ut it another way, as something in which meaning is defined in terms of p urel y internal linguistic values), when you have to treat languages as biplanar codes, in which all the units and relations arc reciprocally defined, have only conti ngent relevance to whatever may be going in the world outside language and do not take account of that relevance anyway. That way, you get language A or language B . . . or language N as free-floating systems, intellectual abstractions, and you postpone indefinitely the question of how, if at all, these systems make contact with the 'real world' . Therein lies the significance of another fact, that modem linguistics started off by trying to abstract language from 'real time' . There is no way to give a strictly synchronic account of the communicational function of the English tenses, for instance. The chronologi cal difference between two utterances describing an event, one in the present tense and one in the past, is not internal to the language. Diachronicity is a paras itic notion. And this in some sense corresponds to our commonsense experience of communication. If we cannot communicate in the here and now about the present circumstances, there is no way we are ever going to be able to com municate about the past or future. Again, from an integrationist's point of view, one of the primary functions of language is to allow a systematic integration of past experience, with presen t experien ce and future anticipations. Ironically, this is precisely what gives rise not only to the erroneous notion that languages are synchronic fixed c ode s bu t to the equally incoherent alternative that the linguistic sign survives over ti me as an atemporal invariant in the discourse of a given community. The qu est ion of ling uistic change is very pertinent to environmental discourse bec au se one of its underlying objectives is to change the way people think and �al k a.bout the envi ronment. Must this presume that everybody's new ways are lde nt �cal w ith the green reformers' old ways? From an integrationist's per spec t i ve, this assu mption is naive. Th ese are theoretical issues directly relevant to the question of how to �sess the force of environmentalist texts. This is not in the trivial sense that ey m ay have their facts and figures rong. The more serious issue is whether w m
m
GREEN S PEA K
50
they are not using l inguistic devices such as metaphor to pres ent certai n scientific truths and certain moral and aesthetic truths as bei n g so mehow continuous, the former sustain ing the latter. Once more we wish to re mind th e reader that disclosing how metaphor works as a device for recrui t ing the force of scient ific research findi ngs to the task of persuading peopl e to ad op t a certain evaluation of some practice or program deemed obnoxious is not to denigrate nor to undermine that evaluation. Summary
In this chapter, we have argued for the desirabi l i ty and indeed necessity of investigati ng the role of language in the study of env ironmental issues. We concentrated first and at length on the lex ical resources available in English to talk about such issues and presented examples suggesting that there is a misfit between the l i nguistic resources and the problems to be addressed. We then commented on criteria to assess the means we might use to develop language resources more suitable to this task. Not only vocabulary but also grammar perm its some and obstructs other di scursive developments relevant to the appreciation of environmental issues. In comparing the resources of SAE ( Standard Average European) languages with some from other regions, we hope to have highlighted some of the ways that syntax can obstruct c lear thought and shown how, in the case of languages used by nonindustrial cul tures, there are resources more refined th an we possess . Given the absence of adeq uate l i nguistic means for tal king about many aspects of environmental ism, i ndeed about the relation between nature and cul ture in general, we can expect a number of false contrasts , irrational and u n i n formed debates and so on to appear. We hope to create the basis for more i n formed debate on and bri ng wider attention to issues that have been i gnored in the area of environmental , l i nguistic, cultural and philosophical discourse just because the dominant language, English, and the dominant linguistic theory shared by many laypeople have no place for them .
Notes I . Similar attempts for the lexicon of contemporary German can be found in C hri s tmann ( 1 992>
and Strauss, Hass, and H arras ( 1 989).
2. Cf. Harris ( 1 990), Davis and Taylor ( 1 990) and Wolf and Love ( 1 993).
Rhetorical Uses of Science
A a
mong the most potent rhetorical resources of contemporary discourse arc the termi nology and even the results and theories of the n t ural sciences. Of course, there are many ways of looking on the usc
o f scienti fic terminology and theory other than its use as a persuasive rhetoric .
But, we believe, it i s a s much t o their role a s rhetorics that w e owe the use of fragments of the standard vocabu l aries and theories of science within Green speak docu ments and speeches as it is to their use in reporting matters of fact in professi onal journal s. We shal l refer to the use of a scienti fic vocabu lary ou tside its usual area of appl ication as ' scientism ' . The very word 'science ' i tse l f can be used scientistical ly as in ' l i brary science ' , 'Christian science' an d so on. ' As we p ointed out in Chapter I and wish to reiterate very strongly in this chap ter, the identification of the deployment of a fragment of a scienti fi c � h eory, of a measure of an atmospheric constituent, of the effects of certain tn dustri a l proc esses, as persuasive rhetoric does not imply that the science so d ep l oyed is false or suspect . There have been occasions when the anx iety to pro v e a point has overcome the natural caution of some group using the te ch niq ues of scien ce. But, by and large, the uses we wi l l d i scuss are bona fide s cien ce . There is one striking way in which rhetorical conclusions go �eyo nd sci entific premises, and that is in the expansion and compression of t e c a le s We shal l have much more to say about this temporal feature of J� s sc ie nce as Greenspeak in this and later chapters . � n an tiq uity, rhetoric was studied as part of the trai n i n g for legal and POh lJ. c al de b ate Teachers of rhetoric were well aware of certain techniques in .
.
51
52
G R E E N S PEA I(
the use of la � guage that would help to persuade an audience to fav or on e account or v1ew of some matter-say, the character of an accus ed-over another. We can understand i n what way a rhetorical device works o n l y if we look at it in light not only of the beliefs that have been successfu l l y prom oted but also those it has made unattractive ( B i l l ig, 1 9 87). The tradition al ho me of rhetoric is in the dialectic of debate in adversarial contexts. The u se of sci ence as a rhetorical device presupposes an implicit contrast with the irrati on al ity of other way s of looking at the world. There is a rhetoric of science as wel l as a rhetorical use of science by others. We shal l not be concerned with how scientists persuade each other of the belief-worth iness of their findings (La tour & Woolgar, 1 979). We can i llustrate the persuasive or rhetorical use of scientific terminology with a news item from the July I , 1 995 issue of the London Trmes. The head l ine says that the temperature at Wimbledon reached 1 1 0° F. The usual way of presenting air temperature in the United Kingdom, for example used invariably in the London Trmes, is in degrees Celsius, not Fahren heit-in this ca'ie, 38° Celsius. B oth ' 1 1 0° F' and ' 3 8 ° C' refer to the same degree of agitation among the Wimbledon molecules. Why report the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in a headl ine? It seems to us that the larger numerical expressions of the same physical property, ' heat ' , is a good deal more dramatic. Th i s suggestion is supported by the fact that when reporting very cold weather the Celsius scale is always used , havi ng the rhetorical advantage. One never fi nds 1 6° F used i nstead of - I 0° C! Here we are confronted directly with the dual i ty of accreditation as was discussed in Chapter 2 . Both tempera ture read ings arc accredited as science, but they di ffer in their powers of ex pression of subjective experience.
Science in Greenspeak
We shal l use excerpts from a number of documents to demonstrate th e way in which the voice of science is empl oyed as the voice of authority in Green speak. We shall show how the use of certain rhetorical characteristic s of scientific discourse in general reappear as fami l iar devices for can vass ing rhetorical support in environmentalist claims and debates . Of course, we do not wish to deny the importance of environmental science i n diag nosin g problems and suggesting solutions. It is by just such research that it was fo un d that algae develop more rapidly in iron-rich water and so fix mo re c arb on dioxide. Perhaps i ncreasing the iron content of the earth 's water wou ld balan ce some of the emissions of 'greenhouse gases ' . In their campai gn ag ai nst the a oceanic disposal of the Brent Spar platform, Greenpeace clai med to scientific case for their campaign against the dumping of the ri g. Th iS case
�ave
Rhetorical Uses o[ -
Science
53
be flawed . The viabil ity of the scienti fic case for and l ater sh own to program is less important, we believe, than the rhetori ical act pr me a g ID st so shaped by the d i scursive conventions of the natural ourse disc a of ca ower erned not with the scientific question of whether Green conc arc We sc i· ces. their factual c l aim but, rather, with the ir usc of in wrong or ht rig peace were . ns m presentmg J t . conventiO ve urs1 disc ci en ti fic source of knowledge and a resource in t h e shaping of th a is bo ce' 5 ' Sc ien to its use i n the latter task that our anal ysis i s directed . is n. It nio opi ub lic papers publ ished in mainstream scientific that mind in bear also ust ne m nce their authors not only wish to report si duality, this display also journ als secure the belief of their readers in those findings. We to but gs ndin fi th eir of concepts, theories and measures usc the ng i display in that rate reite m ust by conservatives or reform whether Greenspeak, in sciences ral natu e th m fro ers, as persuasive, we do not mean that Greenspeakers who, for example, recal i brate temporal parameters arc guilty of fraud or dishonesty. Language is a kit of tools used for purposes . We can only assess the use o f any tool by examin ing its relation to the task which it is used to perform . When scienti sts are reporting how they bel ieve the world is, we understand their use of the dialects of science in one way ; when they or someone else i s using the language of science in support for a program of pol itical action, we must understand thei r use of those di scursive devices i n other terms-n amel y, as to how far they have the power to persuade. In this study, our question is: Why does science have this power? was.
� !
.
.
. .
b
Scientific Rhetoric and Political Work We be gin our analysis with an example of Greens peak in which the rhetorical
use of 'scien ce' is quite plain to see, si nce in some respects it has lost i ts moo rin gs in s cience proper. From the writings of Teddy Goldsmith ( 1 992) we sh all demons trate the way i n which the voice of scientific authority is em ployed to clo se the gap between the scientific evidence that is drawn on by the autho r and the political response he wishes to encourage in his readers. We sh al l c on trast the political judgments he expresses-that the commitme nt so me govern ment to sound environmental polic ies is ' superficial and half , carted ' -with the 'six scienti fi c poi nts' presented by this author as, so to say, wam ping' the way in which the pol iticians express themselves. From the ay 30. 1 99 2 issue of the London Ttmes we take an example of d i saster rhe tor ic in the fol l ow ing quo tation:
�f �
�
Gl o al wa rmi ng, ozo ne depletion, desertification, large scale p o l l u tion and speci es loss we re all threatening to combine with runaway poverty and hu n ge r
54
G R E E N S PEA K i n the Thi rd World in one crisis which could destroy ' the security, well-being and very survival of the planet ' . It was the most frightening analysis possible was not dismissed as exaggeration. (Goldsmith, 1 992, p. 1 7 )
yet it
Why did it have this privileged status? Wel l , because Goldsmith, auth or of the article we have quoted, claims a unanim i ty and seniority for the authorities he cites, as speaking with the voice of science . This unanimity and seniority w as of course a spin-off from the presentation of the report in a scie ntific mode. I n this paragraph, a conditional conc lusion is offered on the b asis of w h at amounts to a uti l i tarian argument. I f the practices of the indus trial nations continue unabated, there is going to be a massive crisis in which the Third World will be impoverished and the planet w i l l be destroyed. S trong words indeed . Interestingly, the argument is set out in terms of the situation for human beings, rough l y in terms of what would be conducive to the greatest good of the greatest number of people. There is a more general utilitarian argument associated with the ' deep ecology ' movement ( Devall & Sessions, 1 987): The moral ly privileged position of human beings, assumed i n much Greenspeak l iterature, is brought into question . This is a point to which we shal l return from time to time: the unargued assumption that the health of Earth in some sense is to be identified with the continual presence on it of human beings and the quality of l i fe defined exclusively in terms of human well-being. In d i scussing the science- influenced rhetoric of Greenspeak, we must bear in mind that it conti nual ly i nteracts with contestable assumptions about the moral place and role of human beings in the biosphere. The Structure of Scientific Discourse To fully understand the force of science as rhetoric, we must look closely at the origi nati ng context, the discourse of ordinary science. We shal l firs t look at the way in which the content of a scientific discourse is organized. General l y speaking, we have the fol l owing structure: To make an i nves tigation pos sib le at all, there must be an abstraction or ideal ization of the phenom ena of interest . This procedure is control l ed by our adherence to a general assum ption abo ut or the ki nds of things, substances and processes that there are in the wo rld . F Iy � le � example, 1 7th-century physic ists, such as Robert Boyle, as a way of mg nk describing the behavior of gases class i fi ed them as ' e l astic stuffs ' . Th1 u dy of gases as elastic stuffs suggests a way of studyi ng their properties . We st test t � ere e l astic i ty of springs by comparing their deformations unde r diff weights . B oyle decided to fol low up this idea by constructi ng and ing w ith a gas ' spri ng' . Th is was the famous Boyle apparatus , w ith wh 1 c
expe n�en t h he
of Science Rhetorical Uses
55
t Hook a:d voh isluasmesistan of an enclosed sample of a gas-in this case, air-was inversely t : the pressure exerted on it. By experi menting i n many other ways pr portion to
discovered the first general law of gas behavior: that
' th di fferent versions of this gas spring, physicists were able to arrive en tually at the most comprehensive of all gas laws :
::
PV = RT,
where p is the pres sure exerted on the gas, V is the volume occupied, T is the gas tem perature and R is a constant. But why is it that a confi ned sample of gas behaves as if it were a gas spring? Why are gases best thought of for scientific purposes as elastic stuffs? To build an explanation, a later generation of scientists tried to imagine what the real nature of gases might be . They proposed a mechanism that would simulate the experimentally discovered behavior of gas spri ngs. We can call such an imagined mechanism an explanatory model . An explanatory model is not a free invention. It is constructed by reference to some general assumption about the natural kinds that make up the world, even those aspects of it that we are unable directly to observe. In the case of gas theory, the favored natural kind was 'material particle in motion ' . So a gas was imagined to be a swarm of Newtonian particles, moving about in a confined space, colliding with one another and with the wall s of the confining vessel . These imagi ned particles were called 'molecules ' . A mathematical study of the way these imaginary particles should behave yielded the formula
We notice that the two formulae we have derived, the one from the use of an ex plan atory model and the one from experiments with an apparatus that represents a 'stripped down ' version of the world, are formal l y similar to one another. Th e law of the behavior of gas springs is PV = RT. The law of the beh avior of an enclosed swarm of gas molecules is pv = l /3nmc 2 • It is relatively easy to establish rules for interpreting the relevance of each in terms of the o ther. P ( pressure) is p (momentum change as particles bounce off the wal ls of the vessel ), V and v are both expressions for volume, and T (tempera u re) is inte rpreted as energy (a function of nmc 2 ). It is the similarity of the aws th at all owed Clausius, Maxwell and Boltzmann to offer the behavior of mo lecu les as a tentative explanation of the behavior of gases. L 1 ookin g at any discourse that proclaims itsel f to be scientific, we must be ert to ide ntify the natural kinds that are controlling the construction or
�
a
56
G R E E N S PE A K
conception of t h e models invol ved in the experimental and the oret ic al re search program s . Only when we have identi fied these correctly do we have a cl ear understanding of the content of the di scourse and its standing as scie nce. Part of the persuasive power of science comes from the pla usi b i l i ty of the assu mp tions that lie behind seem ingly objective descriptions a n d explanatio ns of the phenomena of interest. The Imperial ism of Natural Kinds In every scientific discourse, assumptions of natural kinds as the sou rces of explanatory model s and controlling the ideali zation of phenom ena that make experi ments possi ble are the ultimate sources of intelligib ility and o f the meanings and structural characteristics of the discourse itself. But it should be poi nted out that sources compete for hegemony in any particular branch of science. For example the concept of 'elastic stuffs ' . which plays such an important role i n the science of gases , has two possible com pe ting forms. In the way Stephen Hales used this model it was sufficient simply to identify e l astici ty as the key property of gases, whereas in the hands of Lavoisier it was the molecular features that were salient. Compare the way these two great scientists explai ned the famous bel l j ar experiment. In this experiment, a burning candle fl oating on a cork is enclosed in a bell j ar with a finite amou nt of air. The candle eventual l y goes out after the volume of air in the bell jar has decreased by one ti fth . Accord i ng to Hales, the bel l j ar ex periment shows that combustion causes air to lose a proportion of its el as ti city According to Lavoisier, combustion removes some of the molecules, indeed one fifth o f them , from the mix ture of active and passive components in the a i r It removes what we would now call the oxygen molecules from the original nitrogen/oxy gen mi xture. I f the molecular account wins out his toric al ly over the general ized e l asticity account, we are strongly inclined to treat the phenomena that we used the concept elasticity to explain as actually molecular phenom ena. This is a point of the very greatest importance as we shal l see when we com e to analyze Greenspeak discourses from the po i n t of view of the explan ato ry models they invoke . Some explanatory models, how eve r, are simpl y aids to thoug h t and are not taken seriously as depictions of a reality independ en t of of h uman beings. Deciding between a real ist and a heuristic inter preta ti on e explanatory model s is neither easy nor secure. However, if a mod el is to serv as the basis of a program of action it is obviously of great im portance to k now ate whether it is being used as an aid to thought or whether it is an ad equ representation of how the world real ly is. . · on tY H owever, our beliefs about the nature of the world general ly g 1 ve pn ery to som e basic natural k i nd on the basis of which the classi ficati on of ev .
.
·
s of !!f!_etorical Use
Science
51
So in biology we have ' molecules '- 'cel ls'- ' organs ' el se is set up. 'biosphere ' . Each natural science has i ts 'ontolog i gies'olo ec ' s'g ni sm Such hierarchies explain the choice of explanatory inds ' . k of y rch iera Harre & Way, 1 993 ) . Changes i � sue hier(Aronson, in� ipl disc ch ea odel s in : hnked to changes m expl an atory models. H tstoncally, are ably vit ne h ies i ai n , it should be obvious th at prac either direction . Ag go in may ence in flu . on the back of assumptiOns about the nature of the world. de s ri am t 'cal progr We will ill ustr ate the application of this way of analyzing the content of examination of the way in which Darwi n sci en ti fic d iscou rses by a brief analysis o f the natural origins o f the famous s i h in dels mo cted trU cons an imals we know today and that is revealed i n the fossil ts and plan of ersity div up, step by step, of a pattern of building the as this see could We cord. re in terloc king anal ogies under a basic choice of type on which al l his pictures of evo lution were to be dev ised. Here we have an example of ' metaphors doing a persuasive job ' , an idea we develop in more detail in Chapter 5 . First o f all is the abstraction o r ideal ization of nature i n which Darwin pays great attention to genealogies o r lines of descent, the ' bloodstock ' conception with which all the farmers and horse breeders of his time were imbued . This device leads to an analytical model, 'nature as l i ke a great farm ' . The very same generic type of phenomenon also can be thought of as the contro l l i ng source of Darwin's explanatory model , the idea o f natural selecti on. On the farm , stock breeders make a systematic selection of breeding animals. Trans ferred to nature as the source of an explanatory model this forms the basis of Darwin's theory of the origin of species by natural selection. Darwin's presentation o f his theory can be summarized in accordance with the model structure we have just out l ined . The source of h i s controlling model is the be havior of farmers, pigeon fanciers and other stock breeders and the way in whic h varieties arc developed in domestic ity. There is domestic vari ation, gen eration by generation, of animals and plants in farm and garden. Then there is do mestic selection of breeding stock. Darwin points out that this proces s yiel ds a vast variety of novel forms of pl ants and animals, breeds as dome stic vari eties. Th is entire structure is then transferred to the natural world , to the wild, to nature as self-originating and sel f-managing. Accord ing to Don Schon ' s ( 1 980) treatment of scientific metaphors, the ex pl anatory po wer of a science grows when concepts arc displaced from one c � te xt to a noth er. They take some of their original meanings with them, but 1 et r me ani ng s are modified and transformed in the course of insertion i n to h. e new co nte xt. Darwi n describes n atural variation in the w i l d , such as the 1 e rs ity of the forms of the beaks of the fi nches of the various Galapagos 1 5 an ds . H is pro blem is to account for natural novelty. If the fi nches had a c o rn rn o n an ce stor, 1 what process n e w shapes of their beak? H i s produces the e x p an a tory met h od i s the same a s that u � ed in the domestic context: Namely,
�htn. g
�: � �� 1
·
� � �
�
58
G R E E N S P EA K
h e employs t h e concept o f selection o f a breeding stock. In transferri n g th' u . concept from the domesttc context to the context of nature, of the wi ld th e concept is subtly trans formed . The term 'selection ' in the phrase 'natural selection' is to be u n ders tood i n a somewhat d i fferent way from the same word ao; it is used in the do mestic context. Farmers and plant breeders are overtly active of sele ction . There i s no intentional breed ing in nature. ' Selection of a breeding stock' then doe s not describe a process common to farm and forest but serves to bridge the gap between intentional and nonintentional processes of selection by pointing to a fu nctional s i m i l arity. For the rest of the book, Darwin deve l op s and differ entiates the concept of natural selection from that of domestic by the deletion of various unwelcome features that are part of the concept of s e l ec ti on as it is used in its original domestic context. He needed to find a pattern o f nonagentive , nonteleological, nonhuman causal ity that would perform a simi l ar selective function as that performed by the human agent as sel ec ti ve breeder. In this way we can understand how the content of the theory of natural selection is c reated and through the use of the ' breeding' model is attractively and persuasive l y ' packaged ' . '
'
'
Some Scientific Models in Environmentalist Debates
Thermodynamic Models 1: Cycles and Balances We turn now to an analysis of the models that appear in the first chapter o f a well -known collection of environmental ist essays (Southwood, 1 992). In this chapter we are presented with a general analysis of environmental issues w i thin the framework of a conventional scienti fi c discourse. To understan d the force of what is being advocated, we must extract the models being deployed and try to identify their sources. Analysis reveals two striking d iscursive devices. There are thermodynamic models galore, and these are i nterwoven with subtle recalibrations of time. Together they lock into p l ac e powerful system of metaphors with apocalyptic implications. What is the generic source of models of basic ecobi oph y sic al proce s.se s that is at work in Southwood 's chapter? Wel l , patently it is t hermod y nam i c s I t is used for analyzing, idealizing and extracting conceptually m anage b l e t. patterns from what we know of human life and its impact on the e nv i ro n e 1 The leit-motif of many of the models found in Southwood ( 1 99 2, P · 6) 5 . transformation of ti mescales through the shrinking and expandin g of f 0 the thermodynamics of a generalized biology are recruited to the r he o rt c an d Greenspeak. The basic thermodynamic mode l that serves to sim pli fy d sc hematize the relations between people and their enviro nment, su btl e
a
a ��
�
W�IC
an
.
:
Rhe -
59
ence torical Uses of Sci
they are, appears in the guise of an ideal ized and abstracting comp lex as formul a : I = (P x E)
+
(P x E x N ) ,
an i mpact on the environment, P is the number of people, where 1 is the hum per capita, �nd N represents the nonrenewable energy E is the en erg y used a l aw of nature, say, e Th is looks for all the world hke
us .
PV = RT.
Where does the abstract formula of the thermodynamic model fit onto the world as we know it? Darw i n ' s abstract model of natural selection appears concretely in the patterns of d istri bution of the beaks of finches. The law of molecules is matched to the law of gas springs by various identity rel ations. In Green speak, the identity is forged between an aspect of the thermodynam i c model an d something apparently nonthermodynamic, namely food, that comes to the fore as the argument develops (Southwood, 1 992, p. 1 2). It is in that mo ment that the model and i ts subject are tied together. We are invited to consider the impact of human life on the environment in general thermodynamic terms, but terms that have been temporally adj usted and rendered human. South wood begins his account with a striking model of the early state of affairs on planet Earth . This model takes the form of an imag i ned scenario of the early history of the planet. The central concept of the model world that Southwood describes is the photobiont, the first "photosy nthesising m icrobes that produced oxygen" ( p . 6). Of course, this is a construction, an i nven tion, a pic ture of the way in which the origins of the organ ic world as we know it mi ght be understood . But from the point of view of rhetoric, i t is also a picture of the way an organism can transform the entire global atmosphere. In teres tingly, the way i n which Southwood employs his model involves the deleti on of features of the biology of those photobionts we can study in contemporary enviro nments and the substitution of other features that fit h i s m odel organi sms for their role in his virtual model Earth. The Southwood m odel works in the followin way g : I n due co u rse these chan ges [to the environment] were to drive the anaerobic organ i s m s that origin ally populated the earth to take refuge i n unusual environ men ts su ch as su lphur streams or the guts of other animals . ( p. 6)
��
e even ts occu � rred over eons of time by our standards. Our knowledge of e • ol ogy of phot o bionts is drawn from the observed behavior o f such 0 rgani s ms In su 1 p h ur strea ms and other unusual environments over ti mespans ·
60
G R E E N S P E A I(
of at most a week or two. In the essay we are analyzi ng, the b i o l ogi c al phenomena of the model world is based on the anaerobic biol ogy of th e sulphur streams proj ected over eons of time. I n the model, the c onc ept of photobiont and its e ffect on its environment have been subtly tran sfo rmed . temporal characteristics have been adj usted to fi t its role in the virtu al worl d of the imagined Earth history. But the an alogy up � n which the usc of photobiont biology in contemporary Greenspeak .IS set up m another way : between the effect o f the activities of ' homo sapiens' on the global environment and that of prim i t i v e ' photo b i on ts ' . This requires a second recalibration of the temporal concepts of photobiology. In the model world there is imagined to be a very slow rate of change, compared with the l ater h istory of bio-evolution. The human time scale is ultrashort compared with that of the photobiontic model . Homo sapiens threatens to transform the atmosphere in decades in a way comparable to the e ffect of photobionts in eons. Th is suggestion depends on a rhetorical use of a double temporal recal ibrat ion of processes descri bed in the terms of the natural sciences. In highl ighting the rhetorical force of the compression and decompression of ti mescales we must emphasize once again that we are n o t impugning the scientific val idity of i nductive reasoning from l i m i ted domains of evidence. S i m ilar recal ibrations can be seen in discussions of population grow t h in relation to the ex haustion or ovcrcxploitation of resources. Again, our focus on the rhetorical force of such recal ibrations should not be interpreted as if it were an attack on demography. In many instances, the arg u m ent or analysis di splays the human population growing exponential ly by d ec ades , with cor respond ing atmospheric changes mapped onto a similar time s c al e, u t by i n ferences from data from the ice ages that cycled over hundreds of thousands of years . By inserting human activi ties into the ' eval uation ' we have explicit recalibration of the temporal parameters of atmospheric change. In effect we end up with a discourse i n which tens of years of human h istory and tens of th ousands of years of geological history are subtly mapped on to a com mon cali bration. There is a perfectly respectable pattern of inductive inferences l y i ng behind the apocalyptic conclusion of such reasoning. The point, we must reiterate, is not to impugn the scientific a distingui shed scientist's analyses but to highl ight their role in a disc o �rs e presented as a contribution to environmental ism. As such, it does not JU.s t n report but must aim to persuade. I t may wel l be that hu ma n bein gs can do I th decades what photob ionts achieved in eons. The persuasi ve power � f rhetorical parallel, we argue , comes in l arge p art from the time. South wood does not take the time to explain the parall el. I ndeed , WI never states it explici tly. The recal ibration of time, as a rh etori c al tro pe. l op . e v play an increasing role in our analysis as our studies of Green speak d e
Its
b
of
respec tabili ty
�
rec ali brau on °
��
Uses of Science Rheton·c,nl ..
61
-
Thenn
od yn amic M odels II : The Gree nhouse S tory
m The m o st i po rtant thermodyn am i c mod e l , from the point o f view o f the tion of env i ronmental ism as science, is based on the analogy of b l ic percep enh ouse. Th i s i m age fu nctions as an abstract and idea l i z i n g gre a to h many environmental d i scourses . T h e rhetorical use o f t h e reat g a in model to everyone who reads a daily paper or l i stens to the rad i o l i ar m i fa is del mo gauge t h e rhetorical role of t h i s model w i t h i t s apocalyptic To TV. es tch or wa warm i n g ' we shall anal yze a measured presentation o f the global ' of t2 ep nc co re by M ason ( 1 992, p . 87). atmosphe the of s sic y ph
��
The openi ng paragraphs of that paper are couched i n the fam i l iar m i x of s c ien ce and prophecy. Thus we have the claim that "the concentration [ o f C02] is now 27% h i gher than that which prevailed during the ind ustrial revol u
t i o n . . . . " coupled t o t h e apocal y ptic prophecy that "hi gher temperatures w i l l b e accompani ed by . . . a r i s e in s e a leve l " ( p .
60). M ason 's m o d e l of Eart h ' s
physical situation shows t h e q uan t i ty o f i ncoming rad iation balanced exactly
by the quantity of outgo i n g rad i ati o n . The question for the atmospheric
physicist i s how
exactly
this balance w i l l be perturbed by the effect of
'greenhouse gases' i n the atmosphere.
The pivotal point at wh ich prophecy and scie nce meet occurs in the
fol low ing passage :
It is virtually certain that the troposphere is warming very slowly in response to the continually increasing concentrations of C02 and the other 'greenhouse' gases but the signal i s yet too smal l to detect above the large natural c l i mate variations, partly because i t is being delayed by the thermal inertia of the oceans. ( �ason, 1 992, p. 90) How can a signal that is ' too small to detec t ' estab l i s h that somet h i n g i s ' v irtu ally certai n ' ? The confidence i n t h e c l a i m m u s t derive not from obser vatio ns but from the model w i t h i n which the d i scourse is framed . In the co nte xt cre ated by the mode l , this spec u l ation i s endowed w i th the authority of its discu rsive environmen t . Th i s is not to deny, of course, that i t m i g h t turn o u t to be supp orted by fi ner-grained measurements . I n terestingly, a new
general hyp othe s i s to explai n g lobal warm i ng has recently been proposed . It t u s on the effec t of bursts o f cosmic rays from d i stant novas on the solar � � I n d. To carry publ ic conviction, this thes i s wou ld need to fi n d a model as user frie ndly ' as the humb gree le nhouse. We sh ould rem i n d ourselves that rhetorical devices play two d i fferen t Pers uasive r oles i n l ay a n d scientific d i scourse. In some cases, t h e rhetoric pe�s u ades one of a conclusion for which, in a more generous expos i t i o n , a . ratt o nal argu m e n t could be prov 1ded . In other cases, and M ason ' s ( 1 992)
62
G R E E N S P E A I{
presentation seemed to be one of them, model- based rhetoric is us ed to cl ose a gap i n the d i scourse, for which at the time no bridge could be es tab l is hed Em bedded in a di scursive environment that is m arked by all the devi ces of th presentation of scienti fic reports, the distinction is eas i l y overlo oked , perh a p even by the authors of environmental position papers that draw h eav i l y on th e results of scientific work.
: ·
Our comparison between the opening and c l o s i n g paragraph s
of Mason 's
argument shows j u s t how the figures, graphs and equations in which the argument is presen ted conceal a somewhat specu l ative d i scussion . But what
is in s t i l l a rather i n adeq uate working model of the Earth 's atm os phe re is a
powerful i m age, potent as a rhetorical dev ice. Agai n we must e mp h as i ze th at the technique of closing gaps in thi s way is not pec u l iar to Greenspeak. It can be found in the most h ard -core physics and chemi stry.
However, it is i mportan t to notice that these are i n tended as real ist rather
than mere l y heuristic mode l s ; that is, what they picture are systems
and
processes that could exist. They are virtual worlds, one or more of which might
closed car on a m etaphor of the greenhouse and its use as an explanatory mode l . What we l ac k, as lay folk, is an adequate basis of compari son between that car and Earth , a comparison which wou l d be medi ated by such pic tures as that conj u red up by t h e use of these models . The ' green house ' metaphor makes the picture i n t e ll i g i b le, but does the picture make the state of Earth i nte l l igible? We s hal l have to wait on resemble our real world in re l evant respects q u ite closely. A
hot day w i l l te l l one a l l one n eeds to know to
appreciate
the
atmospheric science to tel l us. To add a touch of irony to the greenhouse story, there is a newly m arketed gadget that uses solar e nergy to
cool
the i n teriors
A third virtual world offered as a scien tific model of Earth i s
prese n ted i n
of the very same cars that sunl ight has warmed up.
Gaia: The Organ ismic Model of the Earth and Its Cosmic Environment
Lovelock's famous ' Gaia' concept (Love l ock,
1 987). Love l ock offers the ?.ai a
polar opp ost uon are c oupled but of the l oose l y, the sort of v i rtual world we have come across i n di scus sion s c role greenhouse story. The other model presents a virtual world in wh ich th. xtste t o f l i fe processes i n regu lati n g the state of the p l anet is minim al or n one and \ e Accord i n g to L ovelock, neither alternative is adeq u ate. The ph ysic al ure , biological systems are one system. The pl anet Earth , its phy si cal s � ct s ts yste b i osphere and i ndeed the S u n as wel l constitute a whole sy ste m . Th h ypothesis in contrast to two other model worl ds that stand in to one another. In one, l i fe and the physical environm ent
�
.
1�
es of Science Rheton·col Us
63
-
l ati ng in such a way that the conditions for l i fe are maintained at se If- regu "b "l "b . . us diffe ren t equ 1 1 1 rra. varro · g firom t h e pomt o f v1ew o f t h .IS stu d y ·IS not to attempt The i mport ant th m twee n these mod e l s as science but to look at them in their dj udi cate be t use i n argument. The con trast between the Gaia model i their ole, r or cal as persuasive i m ages does not l i e i n a catalogue of model se hou een the gr � i ncrease i n the proportions of C02, methane possible a as such es, sc overi at i o n to processes i n the biosphere. I t i s i n rel n i atmosphere the n i on d so . IS
·
·
�� r� : �
which the Gaia model i s based , the idea that the whole system th e root idea o n A l l sel f-reg ulating systems h ave boundary conditions that, ting. egula -r is self rce the system to maintain a new eq u i l i bri u m , and fi n al ly, will fo ded, ee if exc to ' crash ' . If we are l i v i ng in someth i n g l i ke th is enough, far ced displa if
virtual world, we are very far from an environmental crash that wou l d elim inate hum an l i fe altogether from the p l a n e t . B u t we m a y be i n the v i ci n i ty of a shift to a new eq u i l ibri u m .
The sign i ficance of choice of m o d e l i s underl i ned by the alternat i ve ro le of the B razil ian rai n forest in the Gaia model from i ts role i n the ' s tandard ' pictu re. In the Gaia model , the d i scovery that there is no net production o f oxygen in equatorial forests i s irrelevant to its plausi b i l i ty. B u t there i s a very
definite answer to the question o f why we should preserve them rather than
replacing them with soy or somet h i n g else of immed i ate ut i l i ty. I n the Gaia model, the forests do p l ay a fu ndamental role to be understood by refere nce
to the generic th ermod y n am i c model that l i es beh ind all three alternative
pictures. The forests are i m portant for the ir cool i n g e ffect. They are an
e normous air conditioner, which red uces the tendency of the tem perature of the bio sphere to i ncrease cumulative l y. Th e relation between the v i rtual world presented in the Gaia model and the mo ral duty of human be i ngs i s quite other than that portrayed i n the apoca ly ptic visions of the near future conj u red up in the simple therm od y n am i ca l l y
i nsp ired v i rtual worlds. Short- term human i n terven tions ar e cal led for i f the real world i s best modeled by the ' greenhouse ' picture. B u t accord i n g to the Gaia pict ure, the efforts of human be ings are puny. We must w i thdraw from
t he hubristic post of stewards of Eart h ' s estate to the more modest pos i t i o n of � ere planetary doctors, and ' b arefoot' at that, hel p i n g the patient's own I m m u ne s ystem to resist i n fecti on. A l l three thermody n ami c models are used to su pport conclusions as to w h at h u an bei ngs m ough t to do. The reason i n g we have been fol l owi n g exemp l i fies exact ly th e pat tern o f factual premise to eval uative conc l u s i o n medi ated by m e pho r and m odel that we identifi ed i n the d i scussion o f s u rrogati onal i s m and ln te grat io nal ism i n l i nguistics at the end of Ch apter 2. Insofar as both the u se of m etap hor s and of models i nvolve the d i s p l acement of concepts from one cont e xt to another , the i r rhetorical ro le is very much a l i ke .
�
64
G R EE N S PEA k
The Scientistic Use of a Scientific Vocabulary The d i scourses of science are not only a source for the analytical and expl ana
tory models used by Gree nspeakers but also offer spec i a l i zed vocabul aries and other forms of symbo l i c presentation such as graphs and d i ag rams. In
this
ch apter, we shal l look o n l y at the use of terms for n u merical measures that carry rhe tori cal force. We have al ready in troduced the d isti nction between scientific and scientistic d i scourse. In the former, the termi n o l ogy of,
say,
thermody namics has a proper p l ace, and its use for pers u as i ve purposes is based on wel l -grounded scientific re searc h . In the l atter, the prestige of the
term inology is u sed without such groun d i n g . We h ave already encountered a
rhetorical use of recal i brations of temporal parameters in our exploration of
thermody namic mode l s . Recall the simple case o f temperature reealibration with which the London
1imes journal ist brought home
to readers j ust how hot
it h ad been at Wimbledon . Numbers attached to measures are the bearers o f the rhetorical force . Th i s feature o f t h e u s e o f s c i e n t i fi c terminology i n
reaching doomsday concl usions is evident i n t h e e x a m p l e we h ave taken from the article by Goldsmith ( 1 992) from which we have already quoted. I t
is
richly adorned with the c h aracteristic rhetorical devices o f scientistic dis
course, that is, termi nology not we ll grounded i n re spectabl e researc h .
There are s o m e chemical formulae i n Goldsmith 's text, b u t above al l there
are statements of measures, some expressed in percentages and others in
degrees :
Even if emissions stop today, ozone Joss would be of the order of 20-30% by the year 2000 . A I % loss is estimated to increase ultraviolet radi ation by 2% and the incidence of skin cancer by 5 % . ( p. 1 7) As l ay readers we are unable to i n terpret this prediction since we are not told how many Americans h ave devel oped skin cancer over the past two decades .
At the heart of the argument is a statistical inference from unknown an d
perhaps unknowable prem ises presented in formal n umerical terms. Temporal recal i bration appears i n the fo l l owi n g :
Undoubtedly t h e most serious environmental problem is global warming. There has al ready been an 0.5 to 0.7°) C. increase in global mean temperatures since the start of the industrial age, approximately 1 750, and it i s predicted by different i nternational and national agencies that emissions of greenhouse gases will lead to a 1 .5 to 4° increase over the coming decades. ( p. 1 7) e We see here a chaacterist ic example of s h i fting time bases. It o cc urs in th j u x tapo s i tion of an 0.5 ° di fference in 200 years to a 1 .5° differen ce i n 1 0 years.
o( Science Rhelorical Uses
65
�
one n u log ical re l �tion fro Now he re is the l i ty o f th s order tempora ith w t y sh ort wa
� ber to the ot� er prese nte d . The IS
_ contmued m the rest of the
p aragrap h :
The last I ce Age was triggered by a mere I 0 drop in temperature . . . . Tens, if not hundred s of mill ions of refugees from the areas that arc no longer habitable will s warm into those that sti ll are. (p. 1 7) We are bei n g asked to extrapo l ate now on an even grander scale but i n the
opposite direction . The temperature i ncrease relative to Ice Ages h as to be understood on a timescale o f tens of thousand s of years. The temperature
0.2 °, the 1 .5 ° . w h i c h
increase that has, with a charitable read i n g , actually been detec ted is
predicted temperature with the collap s i n g of time into a decade i s
is o f course greater than t h a t needed to trigger an I c e A ge . But a decade i s n o t
20.000 years.
It is obviou s w h e n one l ook s c l osely a t thi s p aragraph j u s t how
the shifting from one time base to another fu nctions rhetorically when the
flaggi ng of the shift i s omi tted . Once again we e ncou nter the rec al i bration of
time measures that we noticed i n the prev ious s ection. To deman d that
we d o
someth ing m akes sense o n l y i n a time s p a n measured i n decade s . It took Nature tens of thousands o f year s to bri ng about the Ice Ages. Econ omic
conditions and pol itical possibi l i ties constrai n any practical program to a fairly short-term i mplementation . In add i tion to this i s the ' c u l tural attention
span ' problem. There i s a s trong ' fashion ' element i n attention to green i ssues
that should be a matter for a soc i ological study of green movements at
different historical moments .
We must emphas i ze that the use of scienfic term i nology in this article i s rhe toric al . I t i s n o t w e l l grounded i n t h e rational foundations of t h e tempora l ity
of geo logy and c l i matology. A scientistic descri pti o n , that i s , a descri ption drawing on a scientific vocabul ary but not well grounded tec h n i cal l y, is
o ffere d as part of the rhetorical package . The mo s t s tri k i n g way i n w h i c h Golds m i th ' s article display s i t s rhetorical character i s s h own by the fac t that
wh en the scientific evidence, such as i t i , does not fit the rhetorical needs of s h is article , he attack s scien : ce
It is argu ed i n particular b y G eorge Bush and the o i l industry that there is no sci entific evid ence that global warming i s occurring, but the concept of s cient i fi c _ ev ide nce w h en applied to complex biological , social or ecological issues i s largely mea ning less. ( p . 1 7) Th s quo tati on fol l ows d i rectly after the paragraph in w h i c h the scientistic th at a 0. 2° i ncrease i n mean temperature o f Earth s i n ce the advent o f 1 e I n d us tri al a g e can be e xtrapolated to a 1 .5 °-4° i ncrease over a d ecade o r
�
C�aJ�
G R E E N S PEA K
66
two against the backdrop of the 20,000 or 30,000 years required for th e com ing and g o i n g of an i ce age . There is a startl i n g j u x tapos i tion i n the same paragraph of the two main attitudes to science one fi nds in the spec tru m o f speakers of d iverse dialects of Greenspeak : deference and rej ecti on.
The way i n which the t i m e d i mensions of processes are adj usted for rhetorical purposes in some i nstances of Greens peak rem i nds on e ve ry much of a s i m i l ar rhetorical device employed in A I DS rhetoric . There h ave bee n many di fferent pred ictions of the rate at which the ' unstoppabl e spre ad ' of the lethal virus i n to the heterosexual popu l ation w i l l occur. We have h ad p red ic
tions that range from a re l atively m i l d epidemic to the claims of chat show
hosts and hostesses that the dead in the United S tates alone would number
some 20 m i l l ion by the year 2000 . Of course, not one of these predictions has
come true. The heterosexual epidem ic, pred icted for the West, h as simply not
even tuated, and yet the rhetoric o f u nstoppable, incurable v iruses h as persisted in the apocalyptic presentation of the l i ke l i h ood of the spread of the disease.
Even the reports of AIDS in A frica are contentious. Our point is not about epidem iol ogy but about the recali bration of time for rhetorical effect. I f Goldsm ith ' s article had been presen ted
a'>
a scientific paper, of course it
could not have been taken serious ly. However, we must remember, and this
example i l l us trates the poi n t with great clarity, that the use of a scientific vocabul ary as a scientistic rhetori c , the n u mbers, the degrees Celsius, the
percentages, the chemical formu l ae and so o n , do not necessari l y indicate that the wri t i n g is a part of a scient i fi c d i scourse . We should also add that
persuasive rhetoric tends to draw from a l ocal l y prestigious source, and
Greenspeak is no except i o n . Thi s is how persuas ion is done. Grammatical Style i n ' Science' Wri ting
The myth o f 'object i v i ty ' i s i m manent even i n the preferred gr ammar with w h ich scientists and those who imitate them write up their rese arch es . The act i ve and personal engagem ent of the researcher is wri tten out of the story
by the convention that the pass i ve voice should be preferred : "1\v o d ro ps of ne sal ine solution were added . . . . " is preferred to "I added two drops of sal i d te na i m ta uncon truth the forth brings f Hersel Nature if as is It " . . . . sol ution by the person of the scientist:
For i n the passive construction the actor ha� disappeared-the doer has discon nected-repl aced by the deed i tself, sterile and i solated, and apparently accom plished wi thout human input. (Kahn, 1 992, p. 1 52)
che�i:
W h i l e t h e i norganic molecules of t h e v i rtual w o r l d conceived by stand in no moral rel ations to their manipulators . the s ame is n ot trU e
0
e
o( Science Rhetorical Uses -
67
ea1 world of biol ogy. Of the l i v i n g real i ty of the creatures with which
al we need no v i rtual s i m ulation . They are there for al l to see. �iolog istsqde uo te K ah n ( 1 992 ),
A g ain to
sive, soulless [sic] voice which science presents in i t s literature 11 is indeed a pas h , perfectly reflective of a mode of thinking that proceeds from ea r c res mal ani on of active responsibility. ( p. 1 53 ) outs i de the moral realm One o f the reasons w h y the natural sc iences serve as a powerfu l source o f rhetorical devices i s that they i ncorporate with i n the i r rhetorics the i d e a of impersonal authority. I n the d ialects o f G reenspeak h i gh l ighted i n this sec t i o n ,
Greenspeak itse l f appears as a dialect o f t h e language of Natural S c i e n c e . Th i s appearance i s rarely deceptive. Noth i n g i n o u r anal y s i s entails that Green
speakers qua scientists never or only rare l y prod uce or faithfu l l y report genuine scientific fi ndings, some sou n d , some not so sound, j u s t l i ke al l other
scientists . Sometimes, their zeal for their cause overwhel m s their d i screti o n .
The scienti fic c l a i m s of Greenpeace concern ing t h e environmental conse quences of dumping the B rent Spar ri g i n the Atlantic seem to h ave bee n
unsound . The vice of excessive zeal is not u n ique to Greenspeakers . The claims for 'cold fusion ' , made in all s inceri ty, have turned out to be i l l - founded
and the claimants to have been carried away by an understandable enthusiasm .
The point of recru iting the l anguage, structure and grammatical sty l e of scientific writing i n many of the dialects of Greenspeak i s that not o n l y is it
one amongst contemporary d iscourses that tend to persuade, which i s the
focus of th is d iscussion, but that much publ ic pol icy turns on choice amongst
competi ng models of the biosphere. I s i t Gaia or is it a gree nhouse? I s i t a greenhouse or a m i te bobbing on the cosm i c w i nd ? Which of these pictures
one chooses to live by may make a huge d i fference to w h at one even tual ly d ies by !
Summary At a first reading i t would seem that Green speak is a scientific d iscourse en owed w ith the authority of the voice of the natural sciences. Natural � sc • e nce is a rich reservoi r o f term i n ology and mode l s . I n making use of P h_y sic al science models, Greenspeak is not only a ben e fi c i ary of a borrowed sc • e n t is tic rhe toric but is also a d ialect of n atural science. Environmental st ud ie s are an important branch of b iology in relation to geophys i c s . We can s e rh et ori cal uses o f a borrowed term i n ology in the Aristote l i an tradition of r etoric co nce ived as general ' art of persuas i on ' . B ut throughout there i s an ot he r use that coinc ides w i th t h e commonsense mean i ng o f ' rhetorical '
�
68
G R E E N S PEA K
which i s juxtaposed to 'substantive' or 'rational ' . The rhetorical use of nat ural science and the use of the devices of science for persuasive pu rposes are not always driving in the same direction . If one were incli ned to offer environ mental ists advice it would be to be very careful indeed in drawi ng on natural science, whether for its bona fide results or for its prestigious discursive sty l e. The natural sciences have derived their authority from the rigor with w hich hypotheses and models are tested experi mental ly. The upshot of this has bee n the al most continuous revision of what is accepted as wel l - establis hed fact and plausible theory. I t does not do the cause o f environ mental reform much good to be caught out in exaggerated claims and apocalyptic scen arios th at do not eventuate.
Notes I. In the 1 7t h century. the lang uage of Euclidean geometry became the popular rhetoric for the
physical sciences. Gilbert's De Magnete of 1 600 uses no Eucl idean tenninology, whereas
N ewton 's Optics of 1 726 is set out in terms of theorems. corollaries. axioms and so on. 2. The widespread coupling of ' global warming' and ' rise of the sea leve l ' in disaster stories, such a.� the scenarios in which densely populated low-lying
areas are flooded. j ustifies, we think.
describing the discourse that makes use of these e x p re ssions as 'apocalytic ' .
Environmental Narratives
I
t is now widely agreed among ph i l osophers and soc i o l og i s ts o f science that scient i fi c wri t i n g derives i ts power to convince at
least as much from its narrat ive structures as from its logical organ i zation . At
fi rst glance , many writings about env iro n mental matters seem to belong among the genres o f sc i e n t i fic d i scours e . To the e x tent that they do, the n ar rative conven tions that endow s c i e n t i fi c wri t i n gs with their be l i e f-worth i n ess app ear to be shared by G reenspeak authors .
There is a point of pri n c i p l e to be d i sc ussed before we e n ter into the meat of this chapter. Greenspeak has many d i al ects and uses, one group o f w h i c h is po liti cal . There ar e green panics and green themes i n t h e p l at forms of most po l i tic al groupi ngs. There are i n stitutions that, i n a po l i t ical sense, stand over
ag ains t the policies and programs o f green po l i t ical al l i ances. Yet they too p rod uce wri tings in which environmental issues are the cen tral top i c of co n ce rn . In our view, for the purposes of the study o f the l ang uage of e nvi ron me ntal i st d i scourse, the scope o f Green speak must be e n l arged from
the d i alects of the overtly
' gree n · to i n c l ude the d i scourses of those who seem to be in opp os i t i o n . For that reason we h ave i n c l uded not only an anal y s i s of the B nt1 sh Green Pany M an i festo of 1 990 but also an i mportan t docu ment Produced by B ri ti s h Nuclear Fue l s . I n short, there can be con servati ve, rad ical l i beral e nvir or onmental d i scourses i n which such matters as g l obal warmin g ·
·
69
G R E E N S PEA
70
K
are addressed and certain narrative forms are employed . A l th ou gh m an
�
n arrati ves seem at first sight to be monologues, cl oser stud y shows h t ' voice' . They are as
e x p l icitly or i m p l i c i t l y they often i nvolve more than one
much d i alogical as monological . For example, as Tay lor ( 1 99 1 ) argu es Greenspeak, even in i ts 'radical ' stance, i nvo l ves a dialog ue b etw ee n th ' Expansionist World View ' , the story l i n e of which is 'Wise man age ment ' and the ' Ecological World View ' , the story l i ne of which is C on se rvati on ' '
�
'
The very same text may be a d i alogue of these two voices . N
;
arr
ati ve rn a transcend the n arrow constrai nts of formal logic, according to which con tra d i ction is the most heinou s of al l s i n s . What Is 'Narrative ' ? Narratives, w h i c h appear i n a var i ety o f form s, constitute a l i nguistic, psycho l ogical , social and ph i l osophical framework for our attempts
to come to terms
w i th the nature and conditions of our existence . It is the inti mate merging of
a l l four frameworks which serves to create the mean i ngs we fi n d in our o f l i fe . Yet, j ust as i n the case of the term ' d i scourse ' , the use
of
forms
the term
' narrative ' , although it has appeared in this context o n l y recently, has become
rather i n flationary. There fore , we shal l ex plain it a bit more precisely to make
c l ear its role in our inquiry. The study of narrative as a way of i nvestigating cognit ive structures in use is not new (sec, e . g . , Greimas,
1 987; Labov, 1 972).
The l i nguistic organ i zation of d i fferent kinds of d i scourse has
been subject
to man y forms of i nvestigati o n , ranging from those that focus on phonol ogical aspects to those that analyze the sy ntactic, semantic, pragmatic, logical and
have been considered : The mean ings of words, expressions, sentences, speech acts, te xts and conversational forms of discourse h ave all been anal y zed , and the log ic aesthetic aspects of discourse . Many d i stinct u n its of
language
networks has been investigated. of these analyses serves to defi ne a level of
of names, propos i tions, metaphors and lexical
None of the u n i ts i m p l i c i t in any
structure at which the persuasive powers of discourse can be seen to be of grounded in a who l l y satisfactory manner. We th i n k that the explan atio n of s ect asp cal these powers must also make reference to the narrato logi of res ctu stru ve persuasive d i scourses. It is by the l i nguistic and cogn iti and ted tia ren diffe n arrative d i scourse that we m ake sense of the w ider, more ( 1 992 ) t h us more complex texts and contexts of our experienc e . C ron a n ' s eve nts d i stinction between 'chronicles' and 'narrative ' , between ' fl at ' l i sts of po i nt for and hi storical d i scourses real i z i n g story l i nes, can serve as a start in g our d i scuss i o n .
we order our experience and try to m ake sense
of
it.
�
thai throu gh nan:at J V ar so For ex ampl e, m
A s far as h uman affairs are concerned , i t is above all
.
as
.....ntal £nviTO"""' .
--
•
Narratives
71
ve the fabric o f temporal experience as created and expressed we e on ce i . . . ng h l i ui sti c p racti ces, t h e connecti. on between t h ese two pomts b ecomes ug o r h t . . ze our expenence . an d our memory o f h uman h appemngs We org am . e va"de nt . . B ut t h 1" s notton . h as b een genere form o f n arrati ves an d stones. mai n ly in th 986, 1 990). 1 ner, ru B ( dened roa b d r1 ze d an enera l i zed sense, n arrative is the name for an ensemble of a In i ts curre nt, g s tructures, transmitted cultu ral - h i storically, con chological psy nd a li n gu is tic ividual 's l evel of mastery and by h i s or her ' m i xture' of ind ch y ea b d strai ne ative techniques and l i nguistic s k i l l s and, not least, b y such i c un mm co socialas c uriosity and passion. I n tel l i n g (others or our cteristics chara al person event' -an i ntention, a dream or a state of sel ves) so meth i n g about a ' l i fe takes the form of n arrative ; that i s , it is presented as a story l y usual it gstan tol d accord i ng to certai n convention s . Hence, there are strong arguments for unde rstanding our repertoire of narrat ive forms as fu ndamental ' frames of m i nd ' , to use Howard Gardner's ( 1 983 ) expression . There i s , h owever, an important qual i fi cation of this argument which we must not fai l to notice. To
present someth ing as a n arrative (that i s , for example, to te l l a story or a fragme nt of one) does not mean to 'external i ze ' some kind of ' i n tern al ' real i ty
and to give a l inguistic shape to i t . Both Wittgen ste i n and V y gotsky have
warned agai nst the view that l ang uage could be understood as a k i n d of
transformation, or even a tran s l ation, of pre l i nguistic mean i ngs i n to words and sentences, the surrogational approac h we critici zed i n C hapter
2. Fo l low i n g
this line o f argument, n arratives should n o t b e conceived a s presen ting a n
'external ' version of some particular mental enti ties float i n g i n a k i n d o f
presemiotic state . Rather, they are forms inherent i n o u r gett i n g knowledge
and that structure experience about the world and ourse l ve s . N arrative i s one amo ng many ways of fi n d i n g mean i n g i n an overwhe l m i n g l y crowded and distorted chronological real ity (Cronon, 1 992). But i t seems to be a p articu
larly potent one. In effect, the discursive order i n which we weave together the world of our � x perie nces eme rges only as the modus operandi o f the narrative process ll� elf. Th at is to say we are deal i n g not o n l y with a mode of represe n t i n g but
w uh a mode of constructi n g and constituting rea l i ty, as B runer ( 1 99 1 ) poi n ted o u t. Som etim es, the n arrator i s j ust one person, dominating the aud ience. B u t so m et im es, t h e tale i s created cooperatively, as Middleton a n d Edwards h ave de m ons trated in th e study of collective rememberi n g ( M idd l eton & Edward s ,
�990).
So i t i s quite surpri s i n g that i t w a s o n l y i n the
1 980s that psychologi sts
ec am e alive to this form of ' world-making ' . Yet, nei ther can the n arrative
r a ity b arded as an e ntire l y personal i nvention, as the subjectivist would ��at�m , nore regdoes i t simply represent the obj ective description of the ' things as
h appen ed ' , as the positivist wants us to think. Mode l i ng their ' ow n ' I S i on s of re ality, n arratives apply highly conventional l i nguistic forms (as,
v·e�
72
G R E E N S PEA K
for examp le, structures of plot or rhetorical tropes) that l i n k the story, its i n terloc utors and the si tuation in which it is told i n a more or less subtle w ay (mostly escap i n g attention) to an u nderl y i n g c u l tural - h i storic al w eb . Th
:
n arrative structure of stories is rare l y given expl i c i t attenti on even b y th o s
wh ose professional i n terest i t is in te l l ing of them .
The most general category of l i n guistic prod uctions is ' d iscourse ' . In this
c h apter we treat ' narrat ive ' , the writing and te l l i ng o f stories, as a type of
d i scourse . Other types of environmental d i scourse i n c l ude conversation and
other forms of symbo l i c i n teraction and communication, such as issuing
orders or i n struction s ; cogn i tive ac tivities, such as argumentation and per suad i n g ; expressive activ ities, such as s i n g i n g and pray i n g ; and so on. The
category of n arrative i n c l udes myth, fo l k tale, fai ry story, and the l i terary genre of the nove l . There are vari ous k i nd s of novel-for example, romance,
detective story, trave l saga or the
Bildungsroma11. We shall
be finding the last
c ategory o f talc exe m p l ified in many Green speak contexts.
Despite this see m i n g l y neat scheme, there are three reasons why it is not
so
easy to draw a prec ise bou ndary around the mean i n g of ' narrative ' . First,
the forms and styles o f n arrative are very v ari ous and many-col ored. Second,
we also find elements or structures o f narrative i n most other d i scourse types,
such as j u s t i fications o f act i o n , advert i sements, excuses, scientific or legal
texts and decl arations o f l ove and of war. And third , as we have grown into
the repertoi re of n arrative uses of language si nce early c h il d hood, and use
them in the same fam i l iar and spontaneous way as l anguage in general , the
n arrative aspec t is usual l y taken for gran ted . L i ke a l l kinds of ordinary
d i scourse i t i s u n iversal l y present i n everything we say and do, i ncluding the
experience of time. There fore, the ' taken - for-granted ' existence of narrative can eas i l y be seen as a ' natural ' existence. As a con sequence, it has attracted l i ttle cri tical attention u n t i l recentl y-apart from, of course, special ized stud ies of l i terary theory, mythol ogy and n arratol ogy.
Ye t there arc some features that near l y all narratives have in common an d wh ich j u s t i fy the use of t h i s term for analytical purposes. Draw in g u pon
) l i terary, l i nguistic, anthropol ogical and psychological research , B runer ( 1 9 9 1 y onl here tion men d i sti ngui shes l O characteri stics of n arratives. We s h al l ves some of them which are i m portant for our problem. To beg i n wi th , n arrat i e os lo e th is, at th , ' i n c l ude what B runer cal l s an ' i nten t i onal s tate entai l m ent le sib l i n k between the i n tentional states expressed by people an d th e ir pos an of ry sto or t coun ac subsequent actions. This is one reason why a narrative ry does event is rare l y a causal expl anation of it . The ' n o w ' and ' then ' of a sto not always refer to a causal sequence of cause and conseq uen ce . There i s also t h e w a y i n which narratives are presented , by that we mea
has
that the content of the n arrative is rel ated in various way s to the s trU ctu re
the work itse l f as a written or spoken text. For i nstance, as Fowl er
( 1 97 0)
�
0
arrarive.r Environmental N
73
-
the mid dle l i ne o f M i l to n ' s poem Lycidias mentions the h i ghest h own , i n . Th e org an i zation o f this particular narrat ive i n the second half i s a m 5 ou n ta of i ts organization in the fi rst. I n various other ways that poem irror i mage s o f the same period d i splay symmetrical patterns around about work r d othe ( Fowler, 1 970). The repetition o f pattern i n vari ous ways is nts poi he ir mid Green speak n arrative s . For example, i n one of the narratives of ture als o a fea i s repeatedly tested through the repet i t i o n of the same hero the ze we an aly -struggles-success ' . I n contemporary n arratives, formal and ' trials of pattern have l argel y g i ven p l ace to the more trad i t i o n al pattern structures cal m m etri sy
� �
of 'th e story ' , the structures of which we shal l use various tec h n i q ues to disp lay. Fin al ly, we must take account of the authorship of narrat ives. S tories d o
not j ust happen ; they are t o l d . They arc t o l d from ' positions ' , stand i n g s i n local moral orders . They must b e heard as the n arratives of ' voices ' , i f their signifi cance i s to be fu l l y appreci ated . B u t the very authority w i t h w h i c h
narrative presents i ts vision o f reality i s ac h ieved b y obscuring l arge parts o f that real ity, for example b y 'suppres s i n g ' or ignoring d i ssident voices (Cronon, 1 992). The extent to which i mportant pu b l i c documents can ignore
alternative voices through the ad option of a s i n g l e story l i ne h as been brought
out by Hughes ( 1 995 ), i n a study o f the s tory l i nes adopted by school and
un iversity texts for 'World H i story ' . These texts exc l u s i vely adopt a 'deve l
opment' and ' triumphal asce n t ' narrati ve format to the exclusion of other narrative forms . A well known alternative form c an be found i n the story l i nes
o f Navajo ' myths of ori gi n ' , which are based on themes o f 'ecological proce s s '
in which t h e human/an i mal boundary i s transcende d . A n imals a n d humans form a single coherent s oc i al and moral order in these stories.
Story Lines Proppian Plots The idea of the orderly and conventional plot or story l i n e is one of the main working concep ts of narratol ogy. We shal l begin with a general descri pti on of
one fam ous anal y tical scheme for iden t i fy i n g the e l ements of a story, that p roposed by V lad i mi r Propp ( 1 925/ 1 968) _ 1 Accord i n g to Propp, fai ry tales, we be l i eve, a great many other n arratives o f vari o u s genre s are based on , or pe rhaps we shou ld say rea l i ze , a common framework . Propp identified 3 1
and,
co nse cu tive
steps or features o f fairy stories and fo l k tales . He cal led them ' fu cti o ns ' . F uncti ons can be acts, episodes or the en trances of people of � v an ou s sorts. For example, we could set up a simple Proppi an structure as sh o w n i n T able 4. 1 .
74
G R E E N S PEA k
TABLE 4.1 Common Story Pattern
Story 1 Story 2
Any Villain
Any Confinement
Any Possessor
Any Valuable
King Bad Fairy
imprisons puts to sleep
Queen's King's
lover daughter
It's easy to see that we could construct a very l arge n u m ber of headed the c o l u m n s . The fu l l Proppian function l i s t is
narratives,
w h i ch we have more c om p l e x The 3 1
eac h of which exempl i fi e s the four consecutive fu nctions w i th
.
' fu nction s ' o f Propp 's ori ginal scheme are set out i n Table 4 .2.
TABLE 4.2 The Proppian Functions I II IU IV v VI
VII
vm IX X XI XD xm
XIV XV
XVI XVD XVDI XIX XX XXI XXII XXIII
XXIV
XXV XXVI XXVII XXVDI XXIX XXX XXXI
Absentation [Family member absents oneself.) Interdiction [An interdiction is made to the hero. ) Violation [Hero violates interdiction. Villain appears.) Reconnaissance [Villain or hero attempts reconnaissance.) Delivery [Information about victim is delivered to villain.) Trickery [Villain attempts deception of victim.) Complicity [Victim submits to deception.] Villainy [Villain causes harm to family member.] Mediation [Misfortune or lack is made known. ) Counteraction begins [Hero agrees to/decides on counteraction.] Departure [ Hero leaves home.] Donor 's first function [Hero is tested.] Hero's reaction [to donor) Provisional receipt of magic agent Guidance [Spatial transfer of hero is made to vicinity of object of search.) Struggle [ Hero and villain are in direct combat.) Branding [Hero is marked.] Victory [Villain is defeated. ) Liquidation [Initial misfortune/ lack i s made good.] Return [Hero returns.) Pursuit [Hero is pursued. ] Rescue [Hero i s rescued from pursuit.) Unrecognized a rrival of hero [at home/another place) Unfounded claim by false hero [Hero is at home. ] Difficult task [proposed by false hero] Solution [Task is achieved.) Recognition [Hero is recognized, often by brand. ) Exposure [False hero is exposed.) Transfiguration [ Hero is given new appearance or possessions.) Punishment [Villain is punished.] Wedding [Hero marries/ascends throne/ is rewarded.)
function s . H owever, whatever selection any
�
realize every one of the 3 0 story take s from th e fu l l set
I n Proppian analysis, not every story will
Narrati Env_ironmen tol
ves
75
ar in the order i n which they are laid out in this schem e . ct ion s wil l appe s e t expresses t h e temporal order i n w h i c h a narra tive can tion nc fu e total that the Proppian analysis c aptures someth i n g very b ieve bel . We to ld the k i nds of narratives which people of our general cul ture about tal en m f n da tory. fac tis fi nd sa f
,;;:' :
in their sequenti al order i t i s easy to see I f we c on sult Propp 's 3 1 functions thought of as a seq uence o f social ac ts. For example, i n be can y th at the t o a fam i l y member. In Function XVI , harm causes n i a l l i v the Vffi ion Fu nct and so on . We call these ' soci al combat, direct a in n i o j n ai l l i v the and o the her characters are rel ated to one another in terms of their role i n the cause ' be acts the s tory and their status i n the virtual world t h e story i nvites us t o imagine: fam ily mem ber, hero, v i l l ai n , and so on.
It is also clear from even a c ursory exam i n ation that aspects of Proppian acts can be j uxtaposed as opposi tes . For example, there are several oppos i n g ch aracters o r roles-for i n stance, good/bad , man/woman , hero/v i l l ai n , a n d s o
o n . In
Cinderella,
the Fairy Godmother i s j u xtaposed to t h e U g l y S i sters . Then
there are oppos i n g d i rections-for ex amp le, departure/return , confine ment/rel ease, and so on. I n Sleeping Beauty, the thorny thicket is breached b y
the Prince w h o releases t h e Pri ncess from h e r thraldom . Then there are
opposing appearances , such as masquerade/real i ty. In
Beauty and the Beast,
the tension i n the story ari ses throu gh the real ization that the Beast is perhaps
not so beastly after al l , but only at the very last stage in the story does the
masquerade end when the B east is tran sformed i n to the Pri nce.
Bildungsroman The term is drawn from l i terary theory, i n particular, from the theory o f the
n ovel. It incorporates three root ideas , analogous to the German concept of Bildung: ' formation ' , 'education ' and 'creati on ' . The subject of a Bildungs
roman i s the development of the protagonist's mind and character in the pass age from childhood to maturity. The hero suffers varied experiences, someti mes delusory. Through trial s and tribulations (often inc l ud i ng a spiri tu al crisis ), he or she reaches maturity and recogn i t i on of a true identity. Often,
yo� th is the m ost i mportant peri od for this development. As Moretti ( 1 987) po mted out , ' the youth ' i s t h e true hero of the Bildungsroman. It is a stri k i n g allegory for the human condition, which i s fu l l o f e nergy, dreams, projects and grand ide als. The entire n arrative scheme embraces the l i fe-hi storical d ev el op me
nt from innocence to d i s i l l usionment. The fas c i n ation of th i s n arrative model of development, as M . M . B akh t i n sh ow ed i n his analysis of Goethe's novels, lies i n i ts power to merge tn d t v t du al , cultural and h i storical processes into one story. We shall discuss
� � 9��)
76
G R E E N S PEA k
the threefold scheme-n atura l , cul tural and indiv idual-in o u r
anal ysis of the that th i particular fusion, which takes p l ace in the story of the Bildungsroman , seern to be one of the reasons why it is such an importan t n arrative devi ce i n gree n storyte l l ing. Refe rr i n g to his own earl ier work, Love l oc k ( 1 987), the o rigi n a tor of the Gaia hypothes i s , prov ides as c lear an example of the Bildung sroman
e nv i ronmental scenarios of time. Here we want o n l y to u nderl i n e
:
as we could ask for:
The human propensity to interfere was the plot of a doom scenario in my first Gaia book. The central character was an earnest, well-mean i ng agricultural biologist, Dr lntensli Eeger. He succeeded, where all other hazards had failed, in eliminating all l i fe by his meddling. He developed, using gene tic engineering , combined nitrogen-phosphorus fix ing microorganism. It was intended to im prove the yield of rice grown in the humid tropics so that the hunger of the Third World woul d at l ast be overcome. Unfortunately, his organism found a free-living unicellular alga much more to its liking than the rice plants. So su cces sfu l was this combi nation that it conquered the world. I t was a pyrrhic victory, because the bicultural world of the alga-bacteri al combination could not, on its own, maintain planetary homeostasis. ( p. 1 39) However the
Bildungsroman
ron mentalist wri tings.
is not the only story l i ne
exemplified
in
envi
Elsbree 's Five Narra tive Forms The analytical scheme for story l i nes proposed by Elsbree
( 1 982) uses five there are five main narrative forms: j ourney i n g , end uring sufferi ng, engaging i n a contest, pursu ing and consummat i n g and establishing a home. Finer-grai n classifications would y ield vers ions of the main categories. We shall fi n d that b o th upbeat and downbeat vers ions of t h i s essential l y romantic v i s io n of the human 2 race/nature story are to be found throughout Greenspeak literature. broad categories of plot. Accord i n g to his c l as s i fication ,
Some Applications of the Proppian Scheme Within the Bildungsroman The S tory of Human Evolution We take this example
from
an article by L an dau
categorie s appro x i mati ng the Proppi an
( 1 984). 3
functions to display
�s
L an dau u� the s i e n JC
c u
77
!J!lXirrmm�n tal Narra tives
e evo l u tion of humankind as a Bildungsroman. Accord i n g to ·cou nt o f th "begins with the hero lead i n g a relatively safe and u n trou story e th dau, al ly i n the trees . . . . He i s somehow d i fferent . . . [and] usu ce, ten bl ed ex is in s ."4 orig e mbl hu · from are with nu rsery n arrati ve s , we would expect this start i n g we as i ar l Fami
�:O ·
·
k now w e l l from t h e nu merous rags- to-ri ches stories o f w h i c h poi nt, one w e archety pe : an s i Cinderella
The hero is event ually expelled or dislodged from his home. [His descent from the trees) . . . can be linked to either a change of environment or a change in the hero . . . [and) is often depicted as the beginning of a journey or an adventure. ( p. 264) The hero escapes from h i s former exi stence, and he moves i n to a n ew real m .
I n th is new real m, a s i n s o many fol k tales and trad i tional n arratives, he is
subjected to a series of tests. These te sts bring out h i s special q u a l i ties-that is, his evolutionary potenti al-which o f co urse brings about h i s transforma
tion. Landau points out "that this trans format ion depends on a beneficent
power or donor" (p. 26 4 ) . The hero, humankind, suffers from a deficiency, h i s physical weakness. B u t
the hero acquires from t h e donor the u s e of a magical agent, perhaps a cloak, or a sword, or a ring. Similarly, i n human evolution the transformation of the hero . . . depends on special gi fts provided by his intelligence, tools (Osborn), reason ( Keith) a moral sense ( Darwin). ( p. 264) The gift allows him to triumph over adversity. However, as Landau
( 1 984)
po ints out, the hero is tempted t o u s e his g i ft wi thout proper con strai nt, a n d he succ umbs to ' pride or hubri s ' a n d is threatened w i t h destruction. Dar w i n
( 1 87 1 )
said ,
M an may be excused for feeling some pride at having risen, though not through his own exenions, to the very summit of the organic scale; and the fact of having thus risen instead of having been aboriginally placed there may give him hope for a still higher destiny in the future. ( p. 707 )
H?we ve r H u x ley 's conclusion is an extension of t h e narrative more i n keep i n g
w uh the tradi tion of t h e c l assical fairy tale o r heroic story. Accord i n g t o Hu x ley ( 1 88 9), 1 kn ow no study which is so utterly saddeni ng as that of the evolution of hu manity, man
emerges with the marks of his lowly origin strong upon him. He is
a
brute
78
G R EE N S PEA K
only more i ntel ligent than the other brutes, blind to creative impulses which often as not lead h im to destruction, a victim of endless illusion which makes his mental existence a terror and a burden and fi l l s his physical l i fe with barren toi l and battle. ( p. 256)
The hero has been caught up in the i ll-managed use of the gift the good fai ry Evolution has provided him with . In Propp 's Functions XXI-XXVI we find the hero subjected to a second rou nd of tests and difficul ties over which, after many tribulations, he finally triumphs and achieves the heroic status in which the story seems destined to culminate. If Landau is right, the story of evolution and its double cycle of trials and tribulations is ordered as much by the conventions of narratology as it i s by the empirical material on which the sc ientific story of human evolution is based . The narrative conventions and the paleoanthropological record lock together into a mutually supporting story. It is extremely easy to fit the tale as thus told i nto a Greenspeaker's discourse. Of course, it is exactly the missing intellectual capacities relative to the other primates that human beings possess that make them vulnerable to the excesses of environmental destruction that the rise of science, the ultimate gift which comes from intel l i gence, has made possible. In many Greenspeak narra tives, as we shall demonstrate, the second round of trials and tribulations is told according to the pattern of the first round, namely the appearance of a mysterious donor and the presentation to humankind of yet another gift, th e wisdom that is enshrined in the environmental ist movement.
The Environmental Education Story As an example of narrative analysis, structured as i n the secon d phase of the Proppian fol k-tale format, we shall take an article by S . Boyden ( 1 99 1 ) from the Australian Na t ional University Rep orter. Its ostensib le topic is new university courses that are intended to "save humanity and the planet." The article can be read as social history, as critical sociology, and no doubt in other ways as well . Like any text it is capable of many different read ing s. We sh �ll pay attention only to its qualities and structure as a story. Seen from th at p0 1 � t iS of view it takes the now familiar form of a Bildungs roman. To m ake th at reading more convincing, we shall identify the 'characters ' or ' vo ices' th le . appear in the article, read as a narrative, treating them someth i ng l i ke peop �r) , There is the Human Race, Gaia (the Planet Earth as Lovelock p res ent s h ry fru Industry (something of a v i l l ai n ) and Education, which plays th e ro le of godmother.
a Environmenta l Na"
tives
79
On ce ag ain, as in the Landau narrative, the story opens with a happy ween the Human Race and Gaia. The Human Race and the equ il ibri um bet in ecological balance. They have been living together con are arth Pl anet E very long time, tens of thousands of generations, says B oyden , a for ten tedly were hunter-gatherers. Their main culture-related im humans ich wh durin g s were probably those resulting from the deliberate use of ystem ecos p act on fire. The e ffect of this, he implies, was not very great. Then Industry, the villain, makes his appearance. His advent is described in the following way : "Th e Industrial Revolution . . . heralds another new phase in the ecology of the h uman species characterised by a massive i ntensification of the interplay be tween culture and nature" ( p . 4 ). Tempted by Industry the Human Race embarks on a way of l i fe that has widespread destructive consequences: "A single animal species is causing progressive ecological disturbance at the level of the planet as a whole" ( p. 4 ). There is an increase i n population beyond supportable limits. There is release of damaging gases. The Human Race indulges in all sorts of bad behavior, which in the third scene leads to a serious quarrel with Gaia. The use of psychological metaphors, like 'tolerate ' , highl ights the story line we are bringing out in our narratological reading: It is now well appreciated that the biosphere, as a system capable of supporting humankind, will not tolerate indefinitely the present patterns of resource and energy use and waste production by the human population. ( p. 4)
In true Propp ian fashion, B oyden ( 1 99 1 ) identi fies something that the hero lacks: "There is a grievous deficiency in our contemporary culture . . . . It is the lack of an understanding . . . of the sensitivities and interdependencies of liv ing systems" (p. 4 ) . The Human Race lacks this knowledge, and its igno rance makes it extremely difficult to bring about a reconciliation with Gaia. The Human Race is not really a bad character. It has been led i nto a l i fe of rec kless squ andering and profligacy in the use of resources by the temptations that Indu stry has put in its way. However, help is at hand. There is a donor, helper or fairy godmother in the person of Education . According to B oyden, "it is time to take deliberate steps to overcome this shortcoming i n our ed ucatio nal and researc h programme " ( p. 4 ). It is ce nainly true that it is more difficult to present a good rigorous . In tegrated course than a good specialist course, so accepting the gift is not so easy. However, although the task of rescuing the H uman Race is hard, Ed �c ati on can give i t true knowledge because she herself has a helper, the U n avers iti es. In the fi nal act of the story B oyden tells us that "our u niversities h ave a key role to play in the promotion of this understanding and should as
80
G R EE N S PEA K
a matter of urgency give serious consideration to the ways and me an s o f meeting this responsibil ity" ( p . 4). Why is it worth toying with a narratological analysis, imposing what m ig ht seem an artificial framework on a plain piece of ' scienti fi c ' repo rt ing ? We advocate t his kind of reading partly because it enables us to better understand the way in which the argument is laid out. It seems just plain common sense to suppose that conviction i s more l i kely to be achieved by a story that fulfills some of the requirements of the classical tale than a mere catalogue of problems and their putative sol utions. This type of analysis shows the Jinks lhat tie the discourse i nto an orderly and sequential whole, the mapping of the multidimensional real ity of organic existence on to the single story line of the typical Bildungsroman. Fol k and fairy tales and their descendent, the Bildungsroman, present a generally optimistic story l i ne . The hero usual ly triumphs over evil or, if not, returns home sadder but wiser. Lennox Honeychurch has pointed out to us that a tragic genre is also widespread in Greenspeak documents. Species have become extinct, and the stories of their destruction conform to a bleaker narrative convention. The tragic story l i ne, for example as it appears narra tives concern ing the blue whale, is not on ly bleak but i nvolves another l i terary dev ice, anthropomorphism. Green cartoons depict whales with human faces. In w ritings about dolphins, we note the use of expressions l ike 'mother and baby ' rather than 'cow and calf' . In some texts, 'seal pup' gives way to ' baby seal ' . Framed in the dimensions of a humanoid narration, the destruc tion of the blue whale is not j ust a d isaster but takes on the color of a tragedy.
in
An Application of the Proppian Scheme Within an Elsbrce Narrative To ill ustrate how Proppi an functions can be combined with Elsbree 's
( 1 982) story l i nes as a complex analytical tool, we shall analyze the Brit ish Green Party 's manifesto prepared for the 1 992 general electio n. Our firs t
analysis draws on the familiar talc of Frankenstein and his misadventures , t� e story of his m i splaced scientific researches and the monster he c reated . Th iS is a quest story in both an abstract and a concrete sense. It is the pursui t an d d consum mation of a great project which turns out not to be as the h ero plann e rm fo e it. It is also the pursuit of the material man i festation of that proje ct in th . sh al ) · 1 n th "IS ana1 ys1· s, we of the monster mto the frozen wastes of the Arct1c. e st o try to bring out the 1 1 Propp functions that are identifiab le i n th e man if gy lo ho rp mo in the order that Propp sets them out in h i s general account of the of fol k tales. ,
ratives Environmenta l Nar
81
-
The story, so to say, begins before the opening scenes of the mani festo. eryth ing that is said in this document is the abi l i ty of scientists A ssu med in ev create and deve lop processes that in profoundly fundamental s to eer n nd en gi way of l i fe. The assumption behind the document is that our ffect ay s a enstein that tries to create a new life form, a scientific l i fe Frank a is sc ience being that has been created , which was at first innocent has now the ut form . b nster. mo a o int tu rned The man ifesto begins with a section in which the main subheading is "The Power to Des troy." Th is power is identified with the development of science and en gin eering, which created the "present power producing systems" ( § I ) . Once benig n assistants to l i fe, they have turned into something that is destroy ing the plan et "by overheating the planet: . . . by increased acidi fica tion : . . . by increased radioactivity : . . . [and] by many other forms of pol lu tion and environme ntal degradation" ( § I ) . Like Frankenstein's ' unnatural creation ' the monster created by 'sc ience ' c ontinues to develop more threatening q ualities-nuclear energy and so on. The only way to save oursel ves, according to the brochure read as a story is to destroy the monster. A different kind of world is to be created. There is to be a green energy program , a benign entity, in sharp contrast to that which was first created by the appl ication of science and technol ogy to human l i fe . Although our ' Frankenstein and h i s monster' story i s schematic, the analysis, coarse-grained though it is, brings out a familiar story l i ne. However, this manifesto can be analyzed in a much sharper and closer manner by the use of the Proppian functions. Part of the man i festo labeled "The Real Issues" can be l ooked at from a Proppian point of view as exe mpli fy ing four of those functions. In the fi rst section, we fi nd Propp Fu nctio n II: The Hero violates an interdiction si nce he uses his scienti fic res ou rces in an unthinking and destructive way by creating ecological ly obn oxious power-producing systems. He does this in complicity with a confederate who is shortly to be unmasked as the vil lain. He turns to destruc tion, and in the first section we are presented with the story of his misdeeds :
:
Human health is equal ly threatened, . . . the economic costs are becoming intol erab le, . . . the social costs are equal ly unacceptable, . . . [and] the political price can no longe r be paid. (§ 1 .2)
I n al l o f this the power-produ cing systems harm the Hero 's fam ily. ·
In the second section , we fi nd Propp Function IX in wh ich the villain is u n m as ked. It is Old Con sensus:
�
Des p te t heir diffe rences none of the traditional parties is prepared to recognise th at nc h co untrie s such as Britain are going to have to cut their energy coat to a mu ch s malle r and diffe rent cloth . ( § 2 . 0 )
82
G R E E N S PEA K
Old Consensus consists of the Labour Party, the Conservatives, a nd th e Liber al Democrats, of which "neither the Labour Party nor the Liberal De mocrat s have the imagination to envisage a society radically different fro m tod ay 's" ( § 2 ) . When they have taken an interest in alternative energy propos als it has been in those that most c losel y resemble large-scale systems. W ith the vill ai n unmasked it becomes even more evident that the Hero, the Human Race, is in desperate need of help. In Section 3 of the man i festo we find Propp Function XII : A rescuer appears, the donor of a magic gift. The newcomer is the Green Party. "The ambition of the Green Party is to change the institutional framework and to open the door to energy systems that are i n harmony with both people's needs and . . . the wel l-being of the planet" ( §3 ) . The gift is ecological sensibility. However, it will cost money. So, in accord with the Proppian progress, the Hero is to be tested . It is evident, and the Green Party emphasizes this fact, that a great many painful changes are going to have to be made in the way we l i ve . In Propp Function XIII we find out that the Hero, particularly as exemplified by the people of B ritain, is very much inclined to ignore or reject the offer of the gift. B ut in Propp Function XV we have an offer by the Green Party to instruct or guide the Hero and to be at his side i n the struggle against Old Consensus, the vil lain, and his henchman, the Labour Party. Finally we come to Propp Function XXXIII, in which the v i llai n is defeated . We see by examples that green energy policies work. Of course, the Green Party 's manifesto, l i ke any document whether written in Greenspcak or a dialect of some other persuasive genre, can be read in many other ways. For example, we could pay attention to the rhetorical device s by which the authors of the manifesto attempt to secure conviction in their audiences and their readers. The main device, the use of 'scien tific' and 'economic' estimates and statistics that bolster the green argument, is one we looked at closely in Chapter 3 . For the purposes of this chapter however, we are interested onl y in displaying one of the possible story lines to be fou nd i mmanent in the discourse taken as narrative. It is unsurprising to us that there are plenty of examples of envi ron me� tal s d i scou rse in which the structures of contemporary environmentalist narratl v� 10 d isplay forms and plots that have survived through dozens of gen erati o_n � ng the form of fairy tales and other l iterary genres. They have an abl d� s. le attraction for their readers who are, after all, cast as the heros of th ese sto � . onau B ut stories are told by peopl e embedded m systems o f s h 1" ftmg soc1 a1 rel everal ships and with multiple layers of social meanings. In any actu al tell in g, � g e ak plots may be running at once. To investigate this aspect of Gree nspe m . must turn to positioning theory. . 1 On ce again we must remind our readers that our mterest .I S no t t n d tnm enta fi 1 green p olicies are sound or unsound, right or wrong, bene c1a or e ·
·
.
w . w hether .
a"atives ironmental N Env. -
83
�
od of the p l an � t, but how they e presented as such . To reveal some fo r the go . asive tec hmq ues o f a genre 1 s not to dent grate what we are to be rsu o f the pe
pers uaded of.
Posi tion and Narrative to S tory Lines Speec h Acts and Their Relation
A recent in novation i n soc i o l i n gu i stics h as been the i n trod uction of the idea
and of a 'speaking position ' . A ' position ' i s defi ned as a set of rights, d u ties g a n i occupy person a that statements of nd i k the to respect with ns atio oblig therefore s i ' to tion i Pos relative ' make. properly or legitimately can po sition t he anal ysis of some piece of discourse in term s of the speech acts, soc i a l l y mea ning ful acts, accomplished j o i n t l y by speakers a n d hearers i n w h a t they
say and ho w what they say i s responded to (Harre & van Langcnhove, 1 99 1 ) . For exam ple, someone who occupies a position i n which they h ave a rec
ognized obl igation and a corresponding right to j udge someone's work wi l l be heard t o be prais i ng it when they utter the sentence
"I
thi n k that work i s
v ery good ." Someone else, d i fferently positi oned i n t h e relevant soc ial order, could speak the same words and be heard as bei n g mere l y pol i te or even
sycophantic. Of course , a speech act becomes fu l l y determ i n ate only as and
w h en it is taken up as such by other mem bers of the conversati o n . It fo llows
that positions are defi ned relation al l y w i th respect to other mem bers of the local group, s ince rights, obl igations and duties arc themse l ves concepts that
can be understood only in terms of shifti n g pattern s of re l ations between the
people in some c ircu m scribed soc ial group. A third e l ement that completes the position ing ' triad ' i s the n arrative or story l i ne that can be fou n d in the speakings of th e various part ic ipants in the conversation by those who are
en gag ed i n it or w ho analyze conversations from the p o i n t o f v i ew of those e ngaged . More th an one such story l i n e may be bearab le i n the same form of words spo ken by the same people o n the same occas i o n . How the conversati o n wi l l be interpreted as a narrative depends on t h e positions that people arc taken to o cc upy and th e speech acts they are jointly heard as prod u c i n g . For e xamp le, w e might hear a conversation as the rea l i zation o f a heroic narrative 1. f we see the spe ech acts o f one o f the speakers a s defiant responses t o the thre ate ni ngs of another positioning onese l f as the dom i n an t character and the o t her as the subo rd i n ate . The c onc ept of ' voice w i l l also prove usefu l . The voice we are heari n g i n ' c ertai n sp eec h actio n i s an i mportant assumption of o u r i nterpretive proce , d ure s Th e vo 1ce o f a speaker may not be defi ned by the overt personhood o r so c·. a i l po sition of the apparent speaker or wri ter. One may be speakin g w i th
a
•
·
84
the ' voice' of another or using some collective ' voice ' . Bet wee n the noti o of ' position ' and ' voice ' we have the wherew ithal to provid e an analy s is some i ll uminating refinements of the essentially one-dimensio nal Proppi an _ analys1s. When we consider an utterance as a speech act, it must he taken as the j oi nt product of speaker's intention and hearer's uptake. The social force of the utterances that make up conversation is evident in words su ch as 'com plai nt' , ' greeting ' , 'answer' , ' i nvitation ' , 'threat ' and so on. Every speec h act is not only the individual performance of a social action but the joint creation of a social act. We must emphasize that the role of the in te rl o c u t or or hearer is quite crucial in making what someone said determi nate as a speech ac t . Furthermore, an utterance is determinate as a speech act only if we assume the speaker has a certain position vis-a-vis the hearer. For example, "I' l l help you up" could be an offer of help. But it could be an act of commiseration, condescension and so on. Imagine the various things that we might hear as the meaning of the utterance "You can see that the party has your welfare at heart, can ' t you'!" M uch depends on the relative pos it ion s of speaker and hearer and the context in which the utterance occurs. It is also evident that the story li ne readable in a text is sensitive to the imputed or claimed positions of the participants, be they people or voices. Since we can take positions, be positioned and so on, the re is always the possibility that positions can be challenged . A challenge can be accomplished by deny ing someone's right to issue a certain kind of s tateme n t . For example, we may declare that someone is not, as their discursive style implies, author ized to speak with the authori ty of science. This way of challenging a position was a common moti f of environmental discourse between representatives of the Western nations and those of the Third World . In these challenges, the overt social act in what is said is denied (a warn ing of the ecological dam age of unbridled industrial ization is reinterpreted as a deception to mai ntai n power), and the narrative l i ne is thereby transformed, say from stewardship to nco-imperialism. Vario us al ternative concepts have been proposed for capturing the id ea th at we have used the notion of 'position ' to express. For example, Goffm an ( 1 9 8 1 , p. 1 28) talks about having a footing in the conversation , or more g e n e ral ly a footing in an interactive episode, and of course that means havi ng a righ t to take part, to intervene, to say things, to be li stened to when those thin gs are said, and so on.
:�
Position and Rhetoric
In Chap ter 3 we discussed some of the rhetorical devices used by Gree ns pe ak . sty l e ers . Prom inent among them was the use of a vocabulary and pres entatio n
arra tives §!!Yironmental N
85
al scie nces. Our point was not to deny the relevance of scientific 0 f th e natur shaping of environmental policy but to look at 'scientism ' in ese arch to the � persuasi ve aspect as rhetorical . How do choice of rhetorical style and act m . G reenspea k?. • · ng mter • • J ts di sc ursi ve pos1 t10m of speaking in the scientific voice? Positioned as al force soci the is Wh at are prefaced with an implicit "trust me." Trust is clai ms e's on tist, a sc ien say, but we are strongly scientists what ke i l not may We lity. eliabi r to elated matters in their domai n of write or speak they when them ve ie bel to nc lin ed be scientistic, but using not may or may language fic scienti use To e. rtis of expe person with a certain trustworthy and reliable a as oneself ion sit po it is to . of fact ters mat on auth ority Sc ientifi c discourse and environmental discourse using the vocabu lary and rhetorical techniq ues of the presentation of scienti fic matters are related through the positioning that the one induces on the other. Grecnspeakers wish to position themsel ves as scientists and hence obtain the characterological stand ing and moral force of bona fide members of that c luster of professions. The stron g relation between rhetoric and narrative has been pointed out by others, for example B runner and Oeschlaeger ( 1 994 ) . All this, we recollect from Chapter 3, must be considered in l ight of the fact that some Greenspeak ing is indeed well-authenticated science.
�
Examples of Analysis Using the Concepts of Narrative and Position
Disc ourses with the environ ment and ki ndred matters as topics are not con fined to the writings and speeches of 'environmentalists ' , such as the members of Gree npeace and the S ierra Club. 'Greenspeak ' as a l i nguistic genre must in clude the dialects of both radicals and conservatives. We turn now to the detailed analy sis of a Greenspeak text in the conservative interest. We shal l be u sin g both positioning and narrative structure t o reveal some o f the sources of its persu asive powe r. A
' Con serva tive' Text: B ritish Nuclear Fuels Brochure The docu ment we shall analyze is a publication by B ritish Nuclear Fuels
(B �) titled Nuclear Energy, and subtitled Don 't Be Left in the Da rk. It is not
wnuc n by those we would immediately identify as Grecnspeakers, but it is neverth el ess an important document in our arch ive of environmental dis course. The overall structure of the pamphlet is organized around a certain Pat tern of p ositioning. The voice or position from which BNF speaks i s always presented anti phonally to another contrasting voice and position. We shall repre sent thes e as +P and -P for simple reading. The positive position, +P, is
86
G R E E N S PE A K
occupied by the voice of B NF. The disreputable, morally ambi gu ou s and sel f-deceiving position , -P, is occupied by the voice of Env iron men tali s m whose programs and plans wou ld be disastrous. The E-voice appears in th i s' quotation fol l owed immediately by a commentary in the B-voi ce: [E] renewable forms of energy too have an i mponant contribution to make; [B ] however it is likely they will only meet a smal l proponion of energy needs, and considerable research and development work still needs to be carried out to determine their reliability and economic and environmental suitability.
The E-voice is positioned as unreliable, as overoptimistic and without the right to make declarations with the authority of science. The utterances of that voice should not be taken seriously. The second, or B -voice, is positioned as follows: "The Nuclear Power Industry on the other hand has over thirty years experi ence of electricity production and in Europe more than thirty percent of elec tricity is provided by nuclear power." As such, the B -voice is occupying a position in which it has a unassailable right to make prophecies and to be trusted. Thus, in the opening sections of the publ ication we fi nd the defining of positions and the assignment of voices. One has the right to comment on the dangers and the future of nuclear power; the other does not. As we look more closely at the text we can begin to draw out features of pronominal use that are strongly i ndicative of speaking positions. For in stance, we have the fol lowing: "Fossil fuels will not last forever and it is vital that we do not waste them" ; "Oil should be conserved for our transport needs"; etc, etc. Here the 'we' is inclusive: <speaker, + hearer>. In another section of the text however, we find ' we ' used rather differently. The heading of a large-scale flowchart describing the procedures for recovery of n uclear fuel is "How We Operate." The ' we' here is BNF, and we should understand that pronoun as <speaker, -hearer>. Throughout the document ' w e' is used so that the reader is doubly positioned as one of the public and, by the multivoiced use of ' we' , invited to see the world as one of the BNF people. There is a fasc inating rhetorical device employed in thi s text : n amel y, t� e positioning of machines, processors and equipment. We have an ex ample 10 a photographic montage in which a uranium centrifuge is presented ne x t t� a simple domestic spin-dryer. We notice that the i ncredibly h i gh- tech mach ane is depicted i n a common context and so as, by implicatio n, belon gin g �o �e same type as the good domestic clothes dryer. This is a famili ar devic e 10 commercial advertising brochures, in which family cars are presented nex t a castle, a certai n brand of cigarettes in the landscape of the Wild We st , an Oxford colleges display their ' B rideshead ' profi le to the came ra.
1�
Narratives £mlirontnen tal
87
The use of imagery to reverse the subsumption of the domestic and der o ne type also appears in this brochure . There are examples of tee h ni cal un . ht c all a contrast context. A c 1 ean, pretty young woman IS shown ig m w h at on e a ' nice ' nuclear pellet, small and tidy. On e aring ru bb er gloves and holding is a di rty old coalman weari ng photograph contrasted the in and, h e other coal sack. The caption "One old dirty a humping and gloves ther lea clu msy roughly equivalent to 1 .25 tonnes of coal" refers to the ellet is p l AGR fue rhetoric i s in persuasive the course of but involved, tances subs of q uanti ties s. th e pi cture Positioned together, BNF are people l ike us, the sensitive, sensible people, and we are people l ike them, the well-informed and scienti fically l iterate peop le. The story line is too simple to need Propp 's functions to unravel . It is the Fairy Godmother and the Ugly Sisters a l l over agai n .
;
A
'Radical ' Text: Elsworth 's A cid Rain
For our second example of positioning and narrative we shal l use Steve Elsworth's ( 1 984) Acid Rain. Looked at from the point of view of positioning, we find three voices, that of the Central Electricity Generating Board (CEGB ), that of the Environmental ists and that of Steve, the common man with uncommon powers of reason . The positioning that we are suggesting domi nates the narra tive structure of the work appears explicitly only i n the fi n al paragraphs of the chapter on which we are focusing, through the use of the expression 'victim' . Previously, the dominant voice of the text is that of the imparti al scientist (Elsworth , 1 9 84, p . 79) . The position of the voice of the CEG B in the argument can be determined by whether or not it fee ls itself to be affected by air pollution. If it is a victim of acid destruction it w i l l want to do some thing to reduce industrial emissions of sulphur and nitrogen oxides. If it is not a victi m i t will want a preferably lengthy program of research into ac idi fic ation before committing itse l f to action. Here we h ave two positions. e disc ourses of those occupying these an tithetical positions will be d i fferent 1 0 vari ous ways, in particular heard as expressing di fferent speech acts. Alt hou gh for those positioned as victims the request for lengthy program s of researc h by th ose posi tioned as victimizers w i l l be read as prevarication , those posi ti oned as v ictim izers w i l l read the complaints of the victims or those �osi tioned as victims as at best winging and at worst some kind of prevarica ti o n. The effect of thi s positioni n g , which is covert or implicit for most of the chapte r, is to give every statement made by or on behal f o f the voice o f the CEG B a doubl e i llocutionary force. As uttered by voice 1 in position I the
!h
88
G R E E N S PEA K
illocutionary force is expressed in the phrase "You can take it from me th t . . . " The same voice from position 2 is now being heard as the vo ice procrastinator, a liar and a dissembler; that is, the il locution ary force of th a e statement is something l i ke this: "I admit i t 's wrong but I ' l l fix it l ater · Characteristically, there are two story lines that can be h eard in th� ��ry same sentences uttered by the voice of the CEGB : one as it i s interpreted fro m the position of victimizer, the other as it is interpreted fro m the pos iti on of victi m . We can see very clearly in these cases how the i l l oc u ti on ary force of the utterances is determined by the position from which they are thou ght to come. However, the author, Steve, has already positioned himself as a th ird voice-that is, the voice of the people, the voice o f reason-and so h e legitimates his positioning as that by means of which he presents the two versions of the voice of the CEG B , first in one position and then in another. So his interpretations or glosses on the utterances of the CEGB voice depend on his sel f-positioning. Why should we accept his pos i t io n in g ? For withou t the acceptance of that. his criticism of the scientific s t atus of voice 1 in position I falls down. I t is very important to emphasize this feature of t he use of the voice of science or the criticism of it in Grccnspeaking. The conclusion we wish to draw from the analysis of Elsworth's chapter is that the issue between Elsworth as the third voice, the voice of reao;on, and the CEGB seen in one posi tion or another is not really a matter for scientific research at all. This is not a discussion of the scientific merits of a c ase. Th at job could only be undertaken by two voices, both positioned within the framework of the scientific communi ty, each prefi x ing their remarks with the i nvisible trus t me" and each having faith in the trustworthiness of the other. Fo r the Elsworth 's gloss on the CEGB 's speech actions, what we are observ ing is a matter of positioning. That is, the CEGB's position o f itse l f in position 1 as speaking with the voice of science is being challenged by Elsworth from position 3. He repositions the CEGB in position 2, namel y the posit ion of procrastinator not of scientist. From then on the force of what the spokesper sons of the CEGB say is not that of someone speaking with the voice of scie nce but rather the typical di shonest utterances of the procrastinator, the l i ar or th e prevaricator. Elsworth 's text is not as it appears at first sight, a text in environmental science. It is a much more interesting document. It is l i ke the Briti sh N uclear Fuels brochure, which is not a scientific docume nt eithe r. In these tw o documents we see quite overtly by the time we come to the end the �he� om� non of posi tion ing: Interestingly in the El s w ort h text the p osi u on m g . vis-a-vis the voice of reason , and very much the same can be said of the vo a e of B NF in its account of the reasonableness and good sense o f tho se 0 generate electricity by the usc of nuclear power.
0/ ..
"
w
�1 5
es
!J!!Xironmental Na rrativ
89
summary
1be n arrati ve s tructure of a passage of Greenspeak can be very complicated. On a bas ic n arra tive plan that compl ies with Propp's functions there are to other narrative conventions. To im bric ated layers of structure conforming of science is not just to adopt a certai n vocabulary and voice the with speak to structure one's story within a Proppian framework, or one so ut al b ric rh eto traditional narrative form , such as the heroic q uest. Yet some lizes rea wh ich elaborations must be taken note of, as the positioning of the ural struct further various voices that can be ' heard ' in the narrative shifts and changes with its development. The social force of the utterances of the various authors of documents and parties to disputes depends very much on how their 'voices' are positioned in the moral order or orders taken for granted i n the material we have looked at.
Notes I. There has bee n much development and fi ne-tuning of Propp's ideas since they were first proposed, for example by Bat ( 1 985), Greimas ( 1 987) and Toolan ( 1 988). Such amendments would need to be taken into account when more fi ne - grained analyses than those we attempt here are made. For our purposes, largely illustrative, the original 3 1 Propp functions will do very well. 2. The topic of narrative has been very popular. We are wel l aware that there are several other analytical schemes of merit, for example t ha t of Labov ( 1 972). For the purposes of illustrating the narrative aspects of Grcenspeak, we make usc only of those of Propp and Elsbee . 3. We note that Landau ( 1 984) follows the once common convention in use among paleontologists of failing to refer explicitly to the female half of the human race ! 4. We use traditional expressions for llomo sapie11s in this section. The species name in English is 'Man'. Readers are reminded that the grammatical gender of species terms in English is masculine. The species term comprehends members of both biological sexes.
92
G R EE N S PE A K
disease, nuclear power and genetic engineering, among others-are tal ke d about from the three macropcrspcctives of science, econom ics and moral ity. The conclusions arrived at in this chapter are l i kely to hav e more general appl icabi l ity than to environ mental issues alone. Al though these issues are not new to our generation, they exhibit the massive d iscrepancy between what we know and what we need to know that has always been a feature of philosophical reflection on the human condition. The "one universal truth about al l cognition : the abi l i ty to deal with knowledge is hugely exceeded by the potential knowledge i n man 's environment" ( B runer, 1 979, p. 65 ) . The h istory of thought discloses a succession of new heuristic metaphors in every attempt to push back the horizons of knowledge. Environmentalist discourse is no exception. This process has been subject to two conn icting interpretations: (a) that metaphor is a convenient interim research tool that, ski l l fu l l y employed, will reveal objective reality and (b) that al l of our worlds are constructed by our linguistic and social practices, or more modestly, that all our perceptions are thus con structed. B oth positions call for an exam ination of the role of metaphor, a less ambitious task than tack l i ng the question of the general nature of human cognition . We begin with a brief survey of some recent writings on metaphor and environment. Central to our argument in th is chapter is the thesis that the boundary between the l i teral and the metaphorical uses of language is group and culture spec i fi c (Muhlhliusler, 1 985). Under this view, the notion of l i teral meaning loses its status as a direct representation of universal truth to become, instead, the agreed mean ings a cul ture regards as unproblematical at a given point in time and indeed in a given communicative exchange. Note that, accord ing to this v iew, the boundary between what is l i teral ly true and what is not can differ greatly from time to time and from cul ture to culture. The term 'languag e fam i l y ' in l inguistics or 'plant community ' in biology started off as metaph ors but have come to be accepted as literal concepts picking out real , natural kin ds by many practitioners of these disciplines. That humans and apes are 'relat ed ' is taken for uncontroversial knowledge b y some scientists but reje cted by sizeable sections of Western societies. That humans and pigs are closel y related , or that humans are pigs in disguise and vice versa, is reg arded as a fact by some communities in the M iddle Sepik of Papua New Guinea. where � in our society to call a person a pig is seen as a pejorativ e metaph or. I� IS n important to emphasize that we arc concerned not with the scient i fic ques� J � iC of whether Darwinians or creationists are correct but with the l ing Uist question of the metaphors by which such views are presen ted. atte r Term s such as 'community ' , ' family' or any linguistic sign for th at m ac ar have trad i tionally been treated as capable of definitive sem an tic ch to r:" u terization, that is, characterization as decontextual i zed units. Let us ret s g em b sentences such as "Human bei ngs and apes are related " and " Hum an
'[!!! Power of Metaphor
93
" As we poi nted out in Chapter 2, the interpretation of such a e n ot ape s. trU depen ds on their accreditation . U ttered by a scientist they are tions c ns when used as a remark about someone who has a crav ing for from i ffere nt rejection of scienti fic biology by a Jehovah 's Witness or i n a a i n or b an anas amoral ity. In other words, whether or not such statements ut human abo p oem metaphorical depends on contextual factors. When there is l or litera ar appe the accreditation of a statement (for example, between two about ict nfl no co conviction), it is taken to be a literal description . Where same the of tists scien arises ( for example, between a fundamentalist Christian and an ict confl such evolution ary biologist), the statement is taken metaphorically. Speaki ng about environmental issues can i nvolve scienti fi c , economic and moral concepts borne by the characteristic vocabul aries of each domain of d i scourse. The tensions between these di scourses and the conflictin g views of those who engage, for instance, in a moral debate about the environment thus are a rich source of metaphor. The integration, as we put it earl ier in this vol ume, between the 'as if' and the ' as is' can take a number of forms and can do a number of different jobs.
� �
Metaphors for Nature and the Envi ronment
Thinking, speaking and writing about environmental matters employ, as do other genres of cognition, a huge range of metaphors. We cons ider in what follows some of the more widely used 'displacements of concepts' . M i l l s ( 1 982) identified three core metaphors of nature that Western societies have lived by for the past I , 000 years and that have defi ned distinct stages i n the development of Western thought since the M iddle Ages : •
In lhe Middle Ages, nature was seen as a book wri tten by God.
•
In the Renaissance, nature was seen as a reflection of the human body : Microcosm corresponds to macrocosm .
•
From lhe Enlightenment onward, t h e world is seen as a machine: first as a clock, then as a kind of steam engine and more recently as a computer.
Alth oug h e arlier metaphors h ave coexisted with each newly dominant one for cac pe riod, particularly among non ! iterate people, the principal metaphor by � • ch the major i ty of educated people lived were the ones j ust l i sted . Not only d Jd th ey guide people 's everyday behavior, but they were systematized and fo rm alized as theories and guiding principles for deal ing with nature . Ce ntral to the book-of- nature metaphor is the assumption of its divine � uthor. Nature, like the B ible, had been given to humankind as a means of Ins tru cti o n . The prin cipal task for humans was to discover the signification of
"':
�
94
G R E E N S PEA K
every single sign i n this book, not to rewrite it or improve on it. Cen tral als is the idea that the B ible and the book of nature were written for hu man ki n d Just as the B ible offered spiritual salvation, nature offered remedies for th e body, a theme profusely illustrated by writers such as Thomas ( 1 98 3). The idea of an intimate relationshi p between the human b ody an d the external world in the shape of animism or sympathy is encountered wid ely i n prescientifi c thought-for example, in the mystical geomancy of St. Hilde gard of B i ngen. I ts systematization was an achievement of Renaissance science. It prov ided a coherent framework for the study of phenomena such as the aging of Earth (the transformation of the once smooth surface into the wri nkled face of older Earth). The semi nal principal implied, among other things, that minerals, l i ke plants, origi nated from seeds and eventually ripened into gold. The microcosm/macrocosm rel ationship explained the i mportance given to the discovery of Earth's circulatory system, its ' veins ' , which ex plained why there were so many spri ngs high up in the mountains, volcanic activity and other previously puzzl ing phenomena. In contrast with the metaphors of the previous age, which encouraged passive understanding, the nature-as-body metaphor engendered aux iliary metaphors for healing, improvement and control. As Mills ( 1 982) put it, "To know the world people have only to know themselves, and to change it, change themselves" ( p. 245 ). Perhaps the most i mportant difference between the machine metaphor and those it displaced is that where both the divine book and the human body were givens, whose essential nature could not be altered, machines can be invented, refi ned and manipulated in order to transcend existing l i mitations. Nature is the raw material that can be changed into what the human mind wants it to become. Of the many impl ications of the machine metaphor, we can only single out a few. Machines are made of parts , an observation that encourages the atomi za tion, "the thinking nature to bits," as some contemporary environmental criticism cal ls it, of complex machines into their components. Mach ines are created. Although th is insight apparently reinforces the view of an almi ghty creator, it can also lead to a v iew that has become increasingly do minant: Go d as a ' retired engi neer' , with human beings taking over and playi ng the divi ne role . Most important, the metaphor suggests the legitimacy, ind eed de sirabi l ity, of control ling nature and consequently is hospitable to the con cep� �f progress . Progress is manifested i n the emergence of i ncre asin gly soph l � ll ne cated machines ( mechan ical c lock, steam power, internal com bu sti on en g � e and computer), eac h of which in turn has led to the redefiniti on of the machm metaphor. ated The very concept of ' nature ' itself can be looked on and criti cal ly eval u ak . spe as a metaphor. A l though the term is pervasive i n most dialec ts of Green
�
J1¥ Power o(Metaphor
95
ot on ly does it have very different mean ings in the di scourses in which it is of its complex h istorical ori gins, it also remains vague ccred ited as a result discourse. That virtually all existing metaphors of nature vidual indi y with in an omings is argued by Meisner ( 1 995 ) who advocates the need shortc vere h ave se that should be "provocatively powerful and cognitively hors metap for n ew must evoke positive feel i ngs about nature and suggest a they al ; practic t l eads to humil ity, respect and non-exploitative ways of living" tha tion con cep 1 6). 5, p. 1 99 er, isn ( Me
:
Some Metaphors From Economics Mills's ( 1 982) analysis is concerned mainly with the scientific discourse and, in particular, approaches to geography and geology and has l ittle to say about economic metaphors, which, though partially deri ved from the other three core metaphors, have become increasingly sel f-contained , as i l lustrated by Worster ( 1 985). The idea that nature produces for human consumers has shifted from its agricultural roots (nature as a larder) to resourcist and managerial perceptions. Agai n, such a shift is typically interpreted as a refinement of progress, and ecological management has been hai led as a solution to the problems created by the unmanaged growth of science. This notion of progress is currently under attack in environmental dis course. It is argued that perceived progress is merely a reflection of the successive adoption of ultimately arbitrary metaphorical interpretations of the world, not the replacement of inferior tools of inquiry by superior ones. Equally important , there is a growing awareness of the limitation to what humans can know about nature. As one can only control what one knows, there are principled limits to contro l . This has two consequences. On the one hand , it is essent ial to understand the l i mitations of the prevai ling scientific meta phors for gaining knowledge ; on the other hand, it is desirable to minimize the damage that can be caused by living by a single metaphor and to pool the in sights fro m as m any alternative metaphorical proposals as possible. Thus it is this last postmodern insight that explains the recent replacement of a framew ork based on a single metaphor by a proliferation of competing metaphori cal systems, the search for insights into the metaphors of ' primitive ' or pre tech nol ogical societies and the search for explanations for what has caused our current environmental crisis in past metaphors . This ins ight must be developed with great care. It is easy to slip into the as sumptio n that there is no real scientific progress, only the replacement by one pop ular picture or story line by another, between which no rational choice can � made. B ut metaphors, story lines and so on are not neutral when cons tdered in relation to the tasks that they facilitate. For the task of under-
96
G R E E N S PE A k
standing the causal structure o f nature, the machine metaphor is b e tter th a n ei ther the microcosm/macrocosm picture and the tropes of the book of nature . But for the task of creating a world worth living in, other metaphors th an th e machine and its current derivatives may prove more val uable. Th ere is no good ground for those extravagant developments in postmodernism p h i losophy th at have surfaced as an attack on science as the domi nant way of k nowi ng ( Rorty, 1 989). We must always ask the question "The dominan t mode of kn ow i ng what?" If the answer to that question is "the best place to site a vi neyard," chemical soil analysis and attention to geology and lie of the land is th e be st way to proceed . If the answer is "the best way to bring up chil dren," develop mental psychology may have less value than the fol k wisdom of the ancie nts. Criticisms of Some Entrenched Metaphors Our survey thus far has drawn attention to attempts by environm ental scientists, philosophers of language and the l i ke to understand the metaphori cal roots of certain scholarly practices. Such writings are complemented by a body of other work criticizing the dominant Western metaphors . A recent summary of such critical literature is given by Meisner ( 1 995). Like other environmental ists, Mei sner is particularly scathing about the mechanistic and cybernetic metaphors with their visions of repairing the ecosystem, biocom puters and Spacecraft Earth. Similar criticism is directed at economic meta phors of the environment and attempts to redefine environmental problems as an exercise of weighing fi nancial costs against benefits for human consumers. Meisner, li ke many other critics, is dismissive of the anthropocentric character of Western metaphors. He is pessimistic about attempts to change the current state of the environment by promoting more benevolent anthropocentri c metaphors (in particular, the redefi nition of nature as a woman) as, in his view, they perpetuate the nature-humanity dualism. To overcome this dual is m, it is fel t necessary to search for metaphors that promote a holistic visio n, m eta phors that emphasize the place of human beings as part of nature . In th ese critical writings we can see the importance of judging metaphors in rel ati on to the tasks that fac ilitate or obstruct. The pri ncipal obstac le blocking attempts to establish a more h olistic d iscourse is the prevalence of a small number of l argely uncon sci ous meta , phors that most speakers of Western languages live by (Lako ff & Joh ns on r, o 1 979). Particularly important in this connection is the reification metaph fo r which turns temporally bounded processes into timeless abstract obj ect sm sy instance, ' speaking ' and ' writing' i nto ' l anguage' , ' l iving togeth er' i nt o ' e biosis' , the metabolic process involving the breakdown of food an d rel eas � f red J n energy into 'digestion ' , and so on. Two rei fications frequen tly enco unte
97
'!11! Power o(Metaphor
are the terms problem and solution. B y virtue of being nouns Green speak ing existence of entities that can be changed , fi xed or removed . the st gge th ey su blem fi x i ng, troubleshooting, problems that can be drowned, pro get we Thus , get a gri p on, an s on. Sol utions arc similar:ly seen as can one s probl em _ anent obJects, as m the motorcar t_ s the solut t on to our i-perm quas static, transport prob lems, or, as it was once hailed, the solution to horse manure poll uti on in city streets ." A more realistic view would be to consider that ' the prob lem ' is much more l i ke a verb that can be predicated of objects, a verb (Zeitwort) that means ' to be problematical ' . for which the ugly neologism ' to prob lematize ' might be a suitable synony m . Moles are not intrinsical l y a prob lem any more than are baldness or hunger. Moles can be problematical for a short pe riod of time i n a certain area (say, a gol f course) and hunger can be pro blem atical if it is involuntary suffering for a long period of time by a group of people, unless they are ascetics such as the Desert Fathers. That something is problematic thus turns out to be in many instances highly transient. This is even more true of 'solutions ' . O n e of the many subsidiary 1 laws derivable from Murphy 's Law is "today ' s solutions are tomorrow 's problems." Replacing horses with motorcars in big cities has turned out to be a rather costly and largely transitory solution to the problem of unpleasant was te products. DDT, once hailed as ' the solution ' to ' i nsect problems ' , had slipped not many years after its invention into the problem category i tself. The construction of motorways, the green revol ution, the bu ilding of nuclear power stations, using introduced spec ies to control pests, such as the cane toad in Queensland, the giving of development aid to poorly managed Th ird World regimes, and many more former solutions are similar candidates for a new problem category. The green revolution, the application of Western science and technology to traditional agriculture, was hai led as a solution to the problem of persistent food shortages in developing countries (a metaphor itse l O . It was said to be the 'biggest gun ' i n the worldwide war on hunger. Its critics have pointed out that the victory has been a very temporary one and that rel iance on monocul ture and ferti l izers has a high cost and is not sustai nabl e . The metaphors appl ied to the green revolution have shifted (see Wh arton, 1 989) from ' c or nuc opia ' to 'Pan dora's box ' . Paddock ( 1 970) presents an argument that, in a si m ilar form, has since been appl ied to green busi ness, green tourism and gree n cons umerism :
� ?.
Th e revolut ion i s green only because i t i s being viewed through green-coloured gl asses. (Reme mber the Emerald City in the Wizard of Oz? It could be seen only when you put on a pair of green glasses.) Take off the glasses, and the revolution proves to be an illusion-but devastating i n the damage it can do to mankind's tardy efforts to limit the world's horrendous population growth. For opti mism
98
G R E E N S PEA K
about man's abi lity to feed himself as today 's rate of population growth continues is precisely what we do not need and cannot afford in the race with the population bomb. ( p. 897)
Here we have the fasci nating phenomenon of one metaph o r, ' the green revol ution,' in conflict with another, ' the population bomb' . How the argument will turn out must depend in large part on the balance between the power of the metaphors at work here. We i l lustrate our point with a further instance of metaphorical reification: the notion of noise easement. An easement is a well-defined right of way over private land (e. g . , for the council to have access to a 'water supply pipe ' ) . The concept was extended metaphorically to the flight path of airplanes o ver private property i n the United States and elsewhere. B ut, as B axter ( 1 974) has pointed out, extending the notion of easement in this way does not provide a sensible solution : On the basis of this descri ption, the system may not sound dramatically different from the system of noise easements that we have today. But there are two important differences. Under our present law in most parts of the country, the airport is not required to obtai n a noise easement unless airplanes physically pass directly over the parcel of property involved. Under this absurd rule, which is a tec hnical hangover from ancient concepts of trespass, adj acent properties each affected in precisely the same way by exposure to noise are treated very differently. The one that happens to be directly under the flight path is compensated because a noise easement must be obtained; the adjoining parcel not under the flight path receives no compensation at all. That rule should be eliminated. But a second major defect in our present system of noise easements is that the easement is perpetual . Once an casement has been acquired, the airline industry is entitled to go on making the same amount of noise forever without making any further payments. This makes a certain amount of sense, because the airline is required to pay, in the very first easement proceeding, the entire amount by which the value of the noise-exposed ownership interest has been depressed by noise exposure. The great di fficulty caused by this feature of the system is that once the aviation industry has acquired a pattern of easements, no cost attaches to mak ing noise in the future . ( pp. 55-56)
the
In this passage, we see the metaphor as a displaced concept, clash ing wi � h framework in which it has come to be embedded, in rel ation to a parttc ular task: namely, that of ameliorating the noise of aircraft. The very term ' environment' is a metaphor, particularly reveal ed i n t tendency that goes with its use in expressions like ' the env i ron me n separate human beings from nonhuman n ature. The poin t has been by several writers , whose views are summ arized by Rowe ( 1 9 89 ).
th�e t debate The meta'
T.!!! Power o( Metaph or
99
by routinely, and without anyone having to account for them , phors we live d critically, particularly when it comes to the relationship tudie be s eed to ngs and the 'built environment ' . Not only is this last phrase bei an u m h et ween it tends to suggest-falsely-that only i n cities is the or, but taph me itsel f a ult of the work of people. There are hardl y any areas of res the l ive pl ace we display the results of tens of thousands of years of not do that face ur Earth 's s . use and tion upa h um an occ
�
Heuristic Metaphors Metaphors and the Genesis of Knowledge That metaph ors are one of the most powerful tools in the generati on of new knowledge has been known for centuries. Th is general insight and i ts appli cabi lity to environment al matters has been com mented on, for i nstance, by Hardin ( 1 974) : Susanne Langer has shown that i t i s probably i mpossible t o approach an unsolved problem save through the door of metaphor. Later, attempting to meet the demands of rigor, we may achieve some success in cleansing theory of metaphor, though our success is limited if we arc unable to avoid using common language, which is shot through and through with fossil metaphors. ( I count no less than five in the preceding two sentences). Since metaphorical thinking is i nescapable it is pointless merely to weep about our human limitations We must learn to live with them, to understand them, and to control them. 'All of us,' said George El iot in Middlemarch, ' get our thoughts entangled i n metaphors, and act fatally on the strength of them.' To avoid unconscious suicide we are well advised to pit one metaphor against another. From the interplay of competitive metaphors, thoroughly developed, we may come closer to metaphor- free solutions to our problems. No generation has viewed the problem of the survival of the human species as serio usly as we have. Inevitably, we have entered this world of concern through the door of metaphor. { p. 56 1 )
Ex amp les of He uristic Metaphors H ow the lexic on of English can be used to enter the world of environmental m atters w ill now be discussed in more detai l . We can i l l ustrate th is with an x am ple . There is a certai n amount of agreement on the mean ing of the terms . sp�ce s h 1p' and 'carpet' . B y predicating ei ther of these two terms of the e nv tro nme nt, as in "the environment is a spaceship" or "the enviro nment is a c arpe t," one has created a mental device for exploring aspects of something un k now n-in this case, the environment.
�
1 00
G R E E N S PEA K
Let us first highlight the Spaceship Earth metaphor, first posi ted in Bo ul d as follows:
i n g s ( 1 966) writings and interpreted by Hardin ( 1 97 4 ) '
It is time, he says, that we replace the wasteful 'cowboy economy' of the past with the frugal 'spaceship economy ' required for continued survival in the limited world we now see ours to be. The metaphor is notably usefu l in justifying pollution control measures. ( p. 56 1 )
That there may also be a downside to this variant of the machine metaphor has been pointed out by a number of writers : Unfortunately. the image of a spaceship is also used to promote measures that are suicidal . One of these is a generous immigration policy, which is only a particular instance of a class of policies that are in error because they lead to the tragedy of the commons . These suicidal policies are attractive because they mesh with what we unthinkingly take to be the ideas of 'the best people' . What is mi ssing in the ideal istic view is an insi stence that rights and responsibilities must go together. The ' generous ' atti tude of all too many people results in asserting inal ienable rights while ignoring or denying matching responsibilities. For the metaphor of a spaceship to be correct the aggregate of people on board would have to be under unitary sovereign control. A true ship always has a captain. It is conceivable that a ship could be run by a committee. But it could not possibly survive if its course were determined by bickering tribes that claimed rights without responsibi lities. What about Spaceship Earth? I t certainly has no captain, and no executive committee. The United Nations is a toothless tiger, because the signatories of its charter wanted it that way. The spaceship metaphor is used only to justify spaceshi p demands on common resources without acknowledging correspond ing spaceship responsibilities. ( H ardin, 1 974, p. 56 1 )
We note that such mechanistic metaphors are widely employed i n the current debate about the optimum size of Austral ia's population and in the policies to be adopted toward asyl um seekers in Western Europe. Even though we postpone judgment on the rel ative merits of these two opposed interpretations, we use them to point out an import ant as pect of metaphor. As a tool for explaining the unknown, the metap hor su ffers fro m limitations, particularly its property of selectivity : highlighti ng som e aspe cts of the world and excluding others. These limitations are compou nded when it. metaphor is mistaken for an icon of reali ty rather than a tool fo r ex plo ri ng el y ur p no are There Its virtues, of course , should not be underestimated. objective discovery procedures for anythin g. We are not equ ipped w ith �he n or gift of im maculate perception . What we perceive is in part detennin ed by p wn no conceptual preparation and expectations. Those who look for the un k
phor The Power ofMeta
101
fi nd i t . B ecause o f this pervasive feature of perception and the wi ll som etim es of perception, metaphors are thus highly usefu l de ticipation an al th eoretic ess of helping people make sense of new states of affairs. busin the vices in against self-deception i n the short run, but without guarantee no is The re our possibi lities of perception and cognition there is no enlarge to ors metaph in the long run . knowledge our of gement enlar e th f hope o force of several metaphors is particularly valuable in trying the ing bin Com of biodiversity has been sense aking M concepts. complex and erst to und in terms of metaphors such as "green glue" (Ehren discussion its by helped "rivets or passengers of an aeroplane" and "insurance policy" 86), feld , 1 9 (Digard, 1 993). The heuristic power of metaphor is brought home by the fact that it is now possible to conduct empirical tests of these metaphors with the help of the study of miniature biosystems, in the "ecotron" project at Imperial College's biological studies center at Si l l wood Park (Cherfas, 1 994 ). The Commonplace as a Metaphor for the Sophisticated We can illustrate the productive use of the most commonplace domestic objects as metaphors with the analysis of a metaphor deliberately created for this chapter: "The environment is a carpet." Carpets have a number of properties that it would seem profitable to apply to the environment via the disp lacement of concepts from one semantic field to another that the metaphor opens up. There are, for instance, the fol lowing: •
Both carpets and environments can b e a complex mixture of natural and arti ficial fibers.
•
E xpensive carpets and crucial environments do best when not subjected to too much human interference.
•
Carpets and environments are used. They are trodden on, made dirty, and they need occasional cleaning.
•
Carpets and environments are finite in area and life span.
•
Both carpets and environments have patterns and structures.
•
For both carpets and environments, only the surface i s visible.
•
It takes more time to make a carpet and an environment than to ruin either.
•
Different types of carpet are suited to different environments.
C arpet is a term related to a number of other terms that could be used as subsidiary metaphors (e.g., the verb weave, the notion of tapestry of life, and 50 � n ). So me of these have indeed been successfully employed in discussing env iro nmental matters. Consider, for instance, the notion "tapestry of l i fe" in the fol low ing quo tation :
1 02
G R E E N S PE A K
Like a child tugging threads from some enormous piece of tapestry, we c on tinue to tear at the web of l i fe with little if any knowledge of the possi ble im pac t Perhaps those who dug l imestone out of caves near Kuala Lumpur and recl aim ed land from swamps up to 40 km. away realized that they were de stroyi ng th e roosting sites and feeding grounds of a bat, Eoynycteri s spelaea . But t here was one thing they did not know: this single bat species is responsible for pollinating one of Southeast Asia's most highly prized fruit crops, derived from th e durian tree. The annual duri an crop, worth some $ 1 20 million, i s now at risk. (Myers 1 985, p. 1 5 5 ) ,
It highlights the complex interdependency of the various threads that make up a tapestry and in doing so draws attention to s i m i l ar interdependencies in nature . The metaphor powerfully alerts the reader to the possibility that l ocal tinkeri ng can h ave consequences of a very d i fferent order of m agnitude. Another metaphor from the c arpet family is the environment as a doormat, a worthless object, used to c lean one's shoes, to be trampled upon. This metaphor can be used negatively, as i n "the environment is not a doormat," i l l ustrating the more general poi nt that the identi fication of dissimilarities and boundaries can be equal l y productive as a heuristic process as the identifica tion of similarities-for example, "surgeons should not be butchers " and "human be ings are not machines." Another metaphor drawn from the everyday objects of the household is that of certain parts of the environment being a 'sink ' . There is now wide spread skepticism over the dispersal of pollutants in water or air as a sol u tion-for instance the idea that the ocean can absorb a l imitless quantity of effluent-and scientists are looking for innovative ways of d isposing of noxious substances. In this searc h , they are inspired by the metaphor of a ' s i n k ' -a place where one can 'safely' d i spose of harm ful substances: For i nstance, forests or swamps can be made to serve as sinks for a ran g e of pol l utants. To what extent the model of the soil and rocks as a sink for carbon monoxide and oxygen appl ies to the absorption of man-made substances remai n s to be seen. Th i s discussion of the metaphors 'carpet' , ' sink' , and so forth shows how the use of metaphor can h i gh light interesting aspects of the environment, more complex than the usual household item. Put differently, a new metaphor affords a new frame or perspective but not the whole solution.
The Management of Metaphor
tel y Our analyses suggest that there are several ways i n which a predo m i na ad es l i nguistic study of the d i scourse of environmentalism, in many of its sh
r e The Power o(M tapho
1 03
and divisions, can help bring c l arity and depth to m atters of fundamental human importance. We think that there are at least four major ways in which hor can serve as a val uable resource : the st ud y of metap •
•
To make an i nventory of metaphors that have helped or hindered progress i n discussing environm ental matters To devise new metaphors to create additional perspectives, along the slightly playful lines of our 'carpet' metaphor
•
To determine which metaphors have been regarded by their users as heuristic tools of exploration or ways of describing icons of reality
•
To make a careful assessment of the principled limitations of metaphor in various contexts-for instance, to discern the role of metaphor based on the use of the notion of anthropocentrism, of the concept of deep time, of the notion of expo nential growth, of the concept of feedback relationships, of development changes, and so on. We are inclined to believe that the current unclarity on these matters does not make any of them, as yet, a reliable basis for a metaphorical extension.
Let us begin by enlarging our col lection of environ mental metaphors. Metaphors for Our Natural Environment We can recognize several different polarities that give rise to d i fferent metaphors.
Open Versus Closed Systems This distinction is extremely important. One could argue that the greatest conceptual c hange i n human views of environmental matters came abou t with the transition from Earth as a practical ly i nexhaustible resource to a concep tion of its strict fi nitude. Consider H ard i n 's ( 1 974) commentary : Man for too long has considered himself apart from nature rather than a part of n ature. Nature is governed by one set of rules, he thinks, and he by another largely of his ow n m aking. A n d therein lie s th e reason for th e ecological problems. Man has looked upon the earth as an infinite source of materi al s . But there is a growing , even if not universal, awareness that perhaps man does fit somewhere Wi thin the large r framework of natural processes and has managed to upset or im pair them to his own disadvantage. Man has app roached the planet earth as an open ecosystem. There is a constant flow of inputs of energy and raw materials and outputs of products and waste th at ulti mately are lost to the system. But all the while man has been treating the eanh as an open system, he has in fact been operating within a closed system
1 04
G R E E N S PEA K
which he has been constantly short-circuiting. Except for the energy of the sun all the materials available to hi m-air, water, space, and collective resources_: are those that already exist or within limits can be biologically renewed. The earth , which has been regarded as infinite, is now being discovered as finite. And if man is to exist in a finite world then he has to work with nature's rules, under which he evolved. Man has to operate within a complex of dynamic interrelated systems of which he is an integral part, and the existence of which modem man is just beginning to comprehend. Man needs to develop an ecosystem approach to the management of his world. ( p. 565; © I974 A merican Insti tute of Biological Sciences, used with pennission )
The notion that the earth is finite has, of course, led to a range of metaphors such as that of the l i fe-boat. Th is metaphor is enlarged by Hardin as fol lows : Le t us look a t an alternative metaphor, that of a lifeboat. I n developing some relevant examples the fol lowing numerical values are assumed. Approximately two-thirds of the world is desperately poor, and only one-third is comparatively rich. The people in poor countries have an average per capita G N P (Gross National Product) of about $200 per year; the rich, of about $3,000 . (For the Uni ted States it is nearly $5 ,000 per year). Metaphori cally, each rich nation amounts to a lifeboat full of comparatively rich people. The poor of the world are in other, much more crowded l i feboats. Continuously, so to speak, the poor fall out of thei r l i feboats and swim for a while in the water outside, hoping to be admi tted to a rich l i feboat, or in some other way to benefit from the 'goodies' on board. What should the passengers on a rich lifeboat do? This is the central problem of ' the ethics of a lifeboat' . First we 2 must acknowledge that each lifeboat is effectively limited in capacity. The land of every nation has a li mited carrying capacity. The exact limit is a matter for argument, but the energy crunch is convincing more people every day that we have already exceeded the carrying capacity of the l and. We have been living on 'capital ' -stored petroleum and coal-and soon we must live on income alone. ( p. 566)
I t is instructive that the l i feboat metaphor gives way at a crucial point in the argument to a commonplace economic metaphor, that of natural ' capital ' ·
Powerful Versus Vulnerable Environment We contrast the vulnerability of a l i feboat with the powerful i m age o � Gaia. ary the goddess, who will, if sufficiently provoked, get rid of that evolu tt on t ntras co n i nds sta m i stake: humankind. The vulnerabi lity of the environm ent . me to human power. The human power of creation has been a long-sta n d m g the
ho Ifte Power o(Metap r
1 05
. Western disc ourse, as has been i l l ustrated by Thoma" ( 1 983) in a chapter Jed ''The S ubjugatio n of the Natural World":
��
Plants were equally malleable. A large range of cultivated plants had been inherited from remote antiquity, but continuous breeding and experi mentation opened new vistas . Agri cultural wri ters described the great i mprovements which could be made by 'altering the species of such vegetables that are naturall y produced. totally suppressing the one, and propagating another i n i t s place ' . A gardener declared in 1 734 that man now had the power 'to govern the vegetable world to a much greater i mprovement, satis faction and pleasure than ever was known in the former ages of the world' . An infinity of exotic trees, flowers, fruits, vegetables and industrial crops was waiting to be introduced . I t was a plastic world, ready to be shaped and mou lded . ( p. 28)
Very much the opposite view is found i n Lovelock's Gaia hypothesis ( 1 987, 1 988, 1 992) in which Earth is portrayed not "metaphorically as a synonym for humans" (Lovelock, 1 992, p. I 06) but as a powerful planetary-size eco system capable of self-regulation and survival as a fierce maiden rather than a benevolent mother. Humans, under this metaphor, are parasites or irritants that Gaia can shake off. Lovelock scorns the notion that humans are capable of regulating Gaia, suggesting on the contrary that the best we can do is to regulate our own behavior so as not to prompt Gaia to shake us off. Lovelock's greatest strength is to have successfully combi ned a moral and a scientific discourse. His metaphor of Earth as a superorganism is a development of the 1 8th-century geologist Hutton's theory. Unlike Hutton 's superorganism meta phor, which could not get accredited in mainstream scientific thinking, Lovelock has inspired a sign ificant number of research projects l ooking for conceptual connections or parallels between ' living' organisms and the bio sphere, which earlier research had neglected . This project i s plai n l y metaphor driven . An example of the parallel is the following: The clouds over t h e world's oceans owe their existence t o t h e microscopic algae th at live in the sea. The discovery that these organisms release a quite unex pected gas, dimethyls ulphide, from the ocean surface was a direct prediction of Gaia theo ry. (Lov elock , 1 988, p. 3 8 )
L ovelock 's Ga ia metaphor has been widely debated and just as widely mis u nderstood, p artic ularly by those who failed to see its metaphorical character. One of the recu rrent and more ill-founded criticisms is that the portrayal of E arth as a hu m anlike body has led some Gaians to conclude that the human ce could be equated to the brai n. There is nothing i n the metaphor as ovelock deploys it that would license such a return to the microcosm/ macroc os m p icture popular i n the Renaissance .
�
1 06
G R E E N S PEA k
Anthropocentric Versus Nonanthropocentric Sources of Metaphor Muc� �f environ mental ist lang age critique ( i n p articular discussions by � _ ecofe m m 1sts and deep ecolog i sts) 1s focused on the anthropo c e n tri c nature of human d i scourse about the environment. Anthropocentri c metaphors
are one attic and storeroom . That Earth as a home is the basi c idea of the very n ot i on o f ecology ( from oikes, the Greek term for home) has sli pped the attention of many such of the targets of such critici s m . We fi n d Earth as home, s p ac es h i p
,
cri tics. A s observed by Meisner ( 1 995),
This metaphor has mi xed values. I t can connote an ethic of care for when we recognize the Eanh as our home we may be more inclined to take care of and respect it. Funhermore, on a cognitive level it expresses the panial truth that Nature is where we live. However there is a difference between feeling at home ( rooted, having a sense of place) in your community or in Nature, and feeling that it is your home. The dominant image of home in this society is that of house or apanment, and not everyone bothers with housekeeping. Funhermore, it is potentially an anthropocentric metaphor i f it implies that humans are the owners of the Eanh, si nce the Nature Home is the place where humans live. If the rest of Nature is our home, then presumably we can do with it what we wish. Arguably, the remodelling and redecorating are already underway, making the resourcist dimensions of the metaphor evident. Similarly, the metaphor is dual istic and rei fying in that it constructs an idea of Nature as a physical structure within which humans reside, and not something that humans themselves panially consti tute. In addition to these problems, or perhaps underlying them, is the likelihood of this metaphor being literalised: home is w here we live and so is Nature. Finally, the notion of Nature as home may be related to the problem of the i ncreasing domestication of Nature by humans. The home is a tame place and domestication itself means bringing into the home, so if all of Nature is home, will all of Nature become managed and domesticated? ( p . 1 4)
for m e tap h or, not men house because of the n fu ncti onal l i nks between i ts human and nonhu man inhabitan ts. The rela tio A e. ship between occupants and neighbors, its having a history and such lik st � m � 20th-century urban apartme n t or su burban ' sem i ' may indeed not be th 1ts . With suitable basis for this metaphor. A trad itional Black Fo rest ho use str alian s e l f- s u fficient economy of people and animals under one roof or the Au pe op l e ere Western Desert concept of nguaia (camp, home, country, place wh A more pos i tive con notati on of ' h ome '
as
a source
tioned by M e i s ner, i s that a home d i ffers from a
�
tapho are stay ing or could stay ) might be more suita b le exemp lars . Th e me
ligh te ne h ome and the derived metaphor attic can be used to argue for m ore en er on th e apt home m an agement, as M yers ( 1 979, pp. 57ff. ) has argued in a ch
']]! Power o( Metaphor
1 07
of species preservation. Myers and many writers after him ti li tarian bene fits rld is sti ll an incredibly rich storehouse (our only storehouse). e wo th old that with nature and not outside it, provide all of us with all we Jive e w It c an , if tions need . But we must learn to manage it intelligently. genera ure and fut metaphors of nature, we find Fox 's few nonanthropocentric the Am ong ( 1 990, pp. 26 1 ff. ) nature as a tree, which is made up of functionally inter rel ated parts, both living and nonliving. And as a rather complex metaphor, invol ving both anthropomorphic and nonanthropomorphic elements we have nature as a healthy organism threatened by cancer. The resulting image of humans as planetary can cer is d iscussed by Forencich ( 1 992).
�
The Environment as Purpose-Made for Human Needs Versus the Environment as Indifferent or Hostile The notion that nature was made to satisfy human needs is a theme commented on already that manifests itself in metaphors such as nature as a larder, a repository of economically useful biodiversity, and the l ike. That nature is a partner expresses a simi lar sentiment. Nature as an enemy has been expressed by a number of metaphors over the years: in the ideas of 'domestication ' of ' wild nature ' , of 'hostile environ ments' , of 'destructive natural forces' (see Armstrong, 1 995 ). We also find it in the practice of label ing nature amoral . An information leaflet d istributed to landholders in Numerella (New South Wales) in 1 99 5 is titled "The Wi llow-Friend and Foe," and l ike other 'weeds' or 'pests' , the wil low as a foe is being attacked in an eradication campaign. In the foll owing extract from an article titled "Should Nature Be Out lawed?", Barry ( 1 995) comments on the entrenched war metaphors in ac counts of interaction between animals and people: MIA M I -Once again we are forced to ask ourselves, as a society, whether nature shou ld be legal . Cons ider a story from the June 22 M anchester ( New Hampshire) Union Leader, which stales that, on June 20, a Laconia, New Hampshire, police officer was called to the municipal water treatment facil ity in response to-and as you read this colu mn, please bear in mind that I am not making ANY of these news pape r qu otations up-- " a report of a suspicious-acting woodchuck that woul d not let people out of the building." The officer si zed up the situation and, acc ording to the story, "determined that the animal needed to be euthanized and tried to run it over with his cruiser." So far, so good . Law enforcement experts will tel l you , after they have had a few belts, that in a situation where a member of the marmot family is holding peop le host age i n a sewage plant, the textbook response is to drive a police car over the alleged pe rpetrator, then, if necessary, advise it of its rights.
1 01!
G R E E N S PEA K
U n fortunately, things did not go exactly according to plan. The story q uote s plant employee as saying: "When he [the officer] got out after running over it ( the woodchuck ) , I think he thought it was dead, then the thing sprung up and attacked him." At this point the officer-and if you have never been attacked by a Wood chuck, then do not second-guess this decision-pu l led his 9mm pistol and commenced fi ring. The story states that during the battle, the officer, seeking to escape the woodchuck , '1umped up on the cruiser and injured his knee." Fortunately, before anybody else could be hurt, the woodchuck went to that Big Burrow in the Sky. ( p. 70) a
The stand-off between humankind and nature is a perennial theme of environ mental discourse. Humankind Versus the Natural World
There are several sources for the metaphors that express this dichotomy. We sec it vividly illustrated in ecofeminist portrayals of man 's treatment of nature as 'rape ' (e.g . , Collard & Contracci, 1 989). The l ist is extensive, i ncluding control ler versus controlled, with various degrees of strength of control, as expressed in metaphors such as caretakers, managers, stewards and captains. Then there are owner versus i nhabitant, cancer versus doctor, manager versus v ictim and exploiter versus caretaker. Let us briefly comment on thi s last dichotomy. A particularly powerful metaphor concerned with exploitation is that of ecological i mperialism, the process by which European animals, plants and d iseases replace indigenous species native to other continents. Ecological imperialism, as is illustrated in Crosby 's ( 1 986) excellent book with the same title, paral lels and supplements other forms of one-sided exploitation and i mperialism. The devastation of the Australian fauna and flora by introduced spec ies such as rabbits, feral pigs, goats, sheep, horses, clover and lantana is no less devastating to the environ ment than the destruction of the deepl y conservationist Aboriginal culture, to mention just one example.
Metaphors at Work
In the Advancement of Science eren t As can be seen from the various quotations we have gi ven, the diff re nt fe metaphors each afford di fferent perceptions from whic h , in turn, dif em th ng actions might result. Studying them carefully rather th an employi
'!]! Power o[ Metaphor
1 09
suggest, a necessary condition for exploiting their power nthi nk ing ly is, we engender to policie s. nd a de a persu to arbitrate on which of the many metaphors we have brief our not It is or ' better' and which ones 'wrong' or ' worse ' . We hope to ght ' 'ri e sh ow n ar that it would be quite inappropriate to j udge metaphors in clear ade h ave m ories. They arc tools meant to help us explore the u nknown categ se term s o f the are either useful, harm ful or useless but nei ther right nor they ol s to an d as great time scale i n which environmental processes take the en Giv wro ng. eneral ignorance, i t is not al ways easy to d i fferentiate between g d our an p l ace, . phors meta ss usele and useful It seem s a lot easier to get to know one 's own human nature and motives than the nature of nature, as Giambattista Vico ( 1 976) poi nted out. It is here that metaphors may have their most immediate appl ication. Thus we need to beco me aware of the highly tentative nature of our views of the environment; we must continually question and examine the metaphors that express our interactions with the environment; we have to identify those metaphors that have caused others and oursel ves to ignore important aspects of this relation ship. Most important, when consideri ng metaphors we must question the job that they do, in particular how they can advance our i nsights into the workings of nature. Metaphors that achieve this-for example, those of the ' flow ' of electricity or of the glaciers as a ' memory ' of past climates-should be distinguished from ' hot air' metaphors, such as the reduction of carbon emissions causing 'pain and anguish ' to the economy or 'green consumerism ' . It can certainly not be denied that there arc m any hot air metaphors and that more hot air is added to them as they become popularized . One also l i kes to see as many metaphors as possible turn i nto productive research programs. However, we cannot help wondering whether the issues we have touched on here may make the distinction between hot air and the genuinely hel pful exceedingly difficult. We arc not deal ing with laboratory conditions but w i th much more complex phenomena governed by an indefinitely large number of p arameters-not a single phenomenon i n control led conditions but a global sy ste m. One can bring to the analysis of this system a number of approaches. On t he one hand, there is a bottom-up approach that seeks to explain smal l aspects of reality. On the other hand, there is a top-down approach that aims at maki ng se ns� of a v ery complex whole. Knowing that a metaphor is useless is rel ati ve ly eas ier in the former domain than i n the latter. When i nvestigating th � nature of e lec tricity the metaphor of flow can be shown to be a powerful UJ �e to P art of the answer, but i n the environmental domai n, we are far from av mg form ulate d even the most central questions, let alone being at a stage wh e n we can ans we r them .
�0
�
1 10
G R EEN S PEA K
Thus, one o f the jobs that metaphors have done and can continue t o d o is to help researchers-be it i n natural science, the social sciences or applied areas-formulate better questions. Better questions are dependent, one might argue, on constant awareness of the wider sociocultural and linguistic forces that provide the background to such q uestions. Getting closer to under standing involves, among other things, control over an ever-increasing num ber of parameters. That must involve control over and awareness of some of the less felicitous metaphors that are widely used (humankind as the final cause of evolution, human beings as the managers of c l imate) and have prevented researchers from asking better q uestions. Compare with this an analogous situation in linguistics. The metaphor of language as a self-contained , closed natural system precludes asking a large number of questions about the interdependencies between areas of communi cation, the participants in communicative events and the situational context in which language occurs. Once metaphors of closed systems or fi xed codes are given up, a new research program emerges. We briefly mentioned Kuhn's observation that the essence of most success ful scientific revolutions is that they lead to a shift in the boundary between what is natural and what is not. Let us consider one candidate for such a shift: the so-called natural disasters (earthquake, fl ood, drought, etc.). It is only recently that scienti sts have begun to consider the possibility that human agency is crucial ly involved in natural di sasters. Logging in Nepal can cause floods in Bangladesh , overhunting of beavers can lead to flooding in Canada, nuclear testing in Moraroa or Nevada may be a factor i n earthquakes, and B ritish agricultural workers ' Jack of care may have brought about drought conditions in parts of England ( for detai ls, see B utler, 1 980). Thus, Nix ( 1 993) discusses both the deficiencies of the concept of disaster as a punctiform event rather than a slow-onset phenomenon and the mistaken view that disasters are simply natural . The capacity of humans to create disasters has incre ased greatly over recent years, but the development of mechanisms to cope with them has lagged behind. A recent study in Austral ia on the boundary fence between West Austral ia's wheat belt and South Austral ia tel ls an interesting story about the role of human agency in cli mate change . The larger areas cleared for whe at farm in g have created a new minicli mate that differs markedly from that fou nd i n th e forested parts j ust across the border, where rainfall levels are sig nifi can tly higher. ure That the redefinition of the relationship between human bein gs and n at has led to quite startling d iscoveries is seen in the followin g ex am p_Ie. �e versJ ty development of a ' seei ng' (metaphorical) microchip at Adel aide U m as th e i l l ustrates what can result if one abandons the human seei ng proces s
etaphor '!!!! Power o(M
Ill
of seeing and takes insect vision as more basic (optical m odel of all forms cesses i n the si ngle 'chip' ). A report by Pamela Lyons i n the pro and rs detecto of Adelaidean ( p . 7) states, issue 993 1 8, er No vemb "Insect eyes do a lot of processing before the i mage gets to the brain. The human eye transmits the image directly to the brain, which does the processing," said Derek Abbott, part of the retina chip research team which blends the Centre's microelectronics expertise with the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering's signal processing know-how. "Can you imagine a little fly flying around with a great big eyeball hanging off it? You can ' t . The human eye needs all that focusing gear and the iris, but insects don' t. With the insect, there i s no focusing and no i ris." Using a similar system, the retina chip determines the presence, bearing, range and speed of moving objects using the ultra-high-speed, very large-scale integration technology for which the Centre has become i nternationall y re nowned. By incorporating optical detectors and processors on a single chip, there is no need for a separate 'brai n ' , or computer. The applications for such a simple, compact artificial vision system are potentially staggering, and the research has attracted i ndustry interest and substantial government backing for international collaboration.
The fact that we have recognized 'seeing' when pred icated on insects as an anthropocentric metaphor has made i t possible to overcome the metaphor's limitation. There is, one can see, quite a bit of mi leage in unmasking the conceptual displacements that make metaphors. A very similar process can be observed in Konrad Lorenz's ecological metaph or. Rather than using the human home as the basis of his studies, L orenz chooses the aquarium as the canonical case of an ecology. An aquarium can de monstrate much more quickly and neatly than a family home can the interdepe ndencies between species, the cataclysmic effects of very small changes i n the small ecology and the important role of all rather than a few pri vil eged members of such an ecology. We have alread y commented on the work done by the metaphor of memory for the i nvestig ati on of past climates. A comparable example of this is the use of the c oral reef as a ' memory ' , as the fol lowing report notes: Unl oc king and i nterpreting the coral records provides a stunningly accurate W ee k-by - week record of weather changes that may be extended back many th usands of years. This work is being undertaken by Dr Allan Chi vas and Dr � Mic hael Gagan of the Environmental Geochemistry Group at RSES, with Dr Peter lsdale at the Australian Insti tute of M ari ne Science in Townsville. (ANU Repo rter, 24, No. 9 , 1 993 , p. 1 )
1 12
G R EE N S PE A K
A final job that metaphors can do is to motivate certain actions or activities on the part of scientists. They highl ight perceived problems (greenhouse effect, nuclear winter, ozone depletion) that subsequently become the focus of investigation-although we note that there has been a tendency to regard them as literal descriptions. Problem recognition, so philosophers o f science argue, is the most basic step in any scholarly i nvestigation, although whether a percei ved problem makes any sense at all is not always easy to determine prior to an extensive program of research.
The Reconcil iation of Conflicting Discourses In consideri ng Lovelock's Gaia hypothesis, we noted that its success derives in part from i ts abil ity to resol ve, metaphorical ly, the conflicting claims of scientific and moral discourse. It is accredited, o n the one h and, in environmentalist moral discourse with its images of Mother Earth and i ts warning against the rape of one 's mother by ma scu l i n is t scientists. On the other hand, Lovelock's idea of Earth as a supcrorganism has become accred ited in scientific d iscourse, fol lowing the reformulation of the origi nal me ta phor as an empirically testable theory. This double accreditation not unexpect edly has attracted criticism from ecofeminists who have accused Lovelock of misappropriating their metaphor (see Armstrong, 1 995). The role of metaphor i n reconci l ing confl ict i n discourses c an be i l lustrated particularly wel l with examples from environmental advertising. B y environ mental advertising we mean the promotion of green products rather than awareness campaigns such as the ones by the S ierra Club or Gre e n pe ac e . The pri ncipal problems of reconciling econom ic and moral and green d i scourse are the following:
•
The notion of production itself is a metaphor for conversion, which typically involves converting valuable substances into com modi t ies that will gradually become less valuable (e.g. , through rusting and other forms o f dete ri orati on ). The metaphors of more is better and bigger is better are not easily made co mpati ble
•
Green products are often more costly to consumers than those that are nongree n .
•
with environmentalists' ideology.
Consumers i ncreasingly are motivated by moral as well as eco nomi c ch oices, st and this motivation can be appl ied in advertising products that "do not c o the earth" or by natural izing products by m eans of metaphor. . se The message that good business is green business is conveyed in ad verti le b ua al ments such as the one for water conservation, where drops of water (v
TJ!! Power o(Metapllor
1 13
n at u ral res ource) are equated with money dripping out of a tap-saving water equ als saving money. The theme that saving time (which is regarded widely as equivalent to savin g mon ey) helps save the environment is developed in the advertisement for a lawn mower whose cycl ical motion o f its blades at the same time recycles th e grass, thu s having the add itional quality of not putting a strain on land fi l l . Natural ization of factory prod ucts is achieved in a number of ways-for in stan ce, in an ad vertisement for the milk substi tute Soy L i fe, by visual ly converti ng the container into a plant with roots and the verbal reinforcement of th is metaphor: picked fresh from the fridge. A final example is that of the mineral water enterprise, Evian, who, in their recen t advertisement, equate a factory with the French Alps, suppressing any m ention of bottl ing plants, bottle cleaning detergents, the dubious practice of shi pping European mineral water to the southern hemisphere and similar co nsiderations . Many similar examples of such ' green wash ing' can be found when walking through the aisles of any contemporary Western supermarket. Case Study: Metaphors in Monitoring the Environment
New and Old Tropes When looking at the contributions to the volume called Mon itoring the Environment (Cartledge, 1 992) from the point of view of their use of models in Chapter 3 , we analyzed only the role of sc ientific models and term i nologies as a rhetoric of persuasion. In this section, we return to those essays to examine them from the more general point of view of their use of metaphor and the du al ity of accreditation on which so much of the rhetorical force of Green speak depends. We should note that none of the contributors is a linguist and so the metaphors used arc seldom analyzed or even reflected on. These meta pho rs are used for a number of purposes : the creation of heuristic tools, ju sti fica tion of pol icies or moral positions and reconciling discussions. Al th ou gh many of the metaphors they usc are highly conventional , a number of con tri butors have introduced new ones-for example, J. Ph ill ipson 's ( 1 992) metap hor of the global casino: In matters of the environment we can never presume that the people and governments of nations will be like-minded. Alti tudes differ dramatically; at one �xtreme there is concern only for the interest of people like oneself; at the other, Idealistic dreaming of a world that is never to be. Attitude-either of individual , institution, or government-naturally varies according to the environmental
1 14
G R E E N S PE A K
problem under review and is largel y determi ned by the adjudged rela tive i mpor tance of facts such as economics, scienti fic knowledge, social conscien ce, pu blic opinion, international pressure. Subsequent action based on what is eup he mis ti cally termed 'informed opinion' docs not invariably produce adequ ate safe guards: frequently, the reverse is the case. M an is demonstrably gambli ng with the planet 's natural resources and it is not unreasonable to think of the bio sph ere as a betting-shop or, perhaps more sophisticatedly, as a global casino. (pp. 1 97 1 98)
B u t it should be noted that few, if any, of the contributors to this v o lu m e , with the exception of Lovelock, pay any specific attention to the linguistic proper ties or the communicative function of such metaphors or i ndeed the question of what job they do in understanding green issues. Th is, one might wish to argue, constitutes a problem, in the sense that some argu ments could have been strengthened and others avoided had more attention been paid to the role o f metaphor. As we tried to show in earlier chapters, metaphors are not the fuzzy edges of scientific arguments nor undesirable detractors from the truth but, in many instances, heuristic tools that, when applied skil l fully, knowingly and i n the ful l knowledge that they are tools and not mirror images of real ity, can considerably advance the knowledge and understanding of environmen tal m atters. I n the few cases in this volume where metaphors are deliberately scrutinized and criticized, more powerful arguments result. Lovelock's ( 1 992) dismissal of the metaphor of humans as managers of the environment is an excellent example: Everyone these days is or aims to be a manager, and this may be why we talk of managing the whole planet. Could we, by some act of common will, change our natures and become proper managers, gentle gardeners, stewards, taking care of all of the natural life of our planet? I think that we are full of hubri s even to ask such a question, or to think of our job description as that of stewards of the earth. Originally, a steward was the keeper of the sty where the pigs lived: this was too lowly for most humans and gentil i ty raised the ' Styward' so that he became a bureaucrat, in charge of men as wel l as pigs. Do we really want to be the bureaucrats of the earth? Do we want the ful l responsibility for its care and health? I would sooner expect a goat to succeed a� a gardener than expect humans to become stewards of the earth. and there can be no worse fate for people than to be conscripted for such a hopeless task: to be made accountable for the smooth running of the climate, the compo sition of the oceans, the air, and the soil. Something that, until we began to dismantle creation, was the free gift of Gaia. ( p. 1 2 1 )
The new metaphor Lovelock introduces is a n anthropocentric on e , h um ans as shop stewards, that together with his subsequent metaphors of "planetary
The Power o(Metaphor
1 15
1 2) and the mechanistic "forests as air conditioner" ( p. 1 1 7 ) medi c ine" ( p. 1 ock has been criticized for not having provided a consistently vel y Lo sh oW wh Earth. of tri view c bi oc en The "Ins urance" Metaphor
Southwood ( 1 992), like other contributors to the Carl edge book, begins with an attack on the deeply entrenched notion, reinforced by the label environment, that there is a d ichotomy between the natural world, on the one hand, and human beings, on the other. He repl aces this notion with the metaphor environmental pictu re, of which human beings arc a part. In the l ight of what follows, a more dynamic metaphor l ike environmental movie would be preferable to the static picture, although that belongs to a long tradition of talking about nature as landscape. It is a movie that has been going for millions of years and where humans have become actors only recently. I n contrast to all other actors, "in tenns of speed and scale man's i mpact is now without precedent" (Southwood, 1 992, p. 6). Southwood 's main concern is with the exponential growth of such i mpact, the fact, for instance, that every child born in the United States has 200 times the impact on the environment that the hunter-gatherer child has. There must, it seems, be controls on the human impact. Southwood makes a number of very interesting observations about the order of importance of such control measures. He rates public debate and public awareness, political and legal measures as more i mportant than scien tific evidence, without arguing of course that the fanner shoul d not be inspired by the latter. 3 His suggestion of the way to bring about public awareness, interestingly, takes the fonn of a metaphor-that of an insurance pol icy. If humans can be convinced to l ive by this insurance metaphor, much could be achieved. We need to point out here that the concept of insurance is not a universal one and that very considerable research is needed to procure cul turally sensitive translations. The problems are, i n order of magni tude, com parable to those discussed below i n connection with saving the forests in West Afric a. L ike Sou thwood , Tickell ( 1 992) uses the insurance metaphor and recom �c nds that one "should consider pre-emptive action of a modest kind, rather h �e pay ing the premium on an insurance policy against relatively unl i kely d 1sas ter" ( p. 98). The " Bud get" Metap hor . �o hn M ason's ( 1 992) chapter on the greenhouse effect and global warming, 10 hn c w ith the practices of other hard scientists, makes use of metaphors and
1 16
G R E E N S PE A K
models as a deliberate strategy for exploring the unknown. The rhetoric of hi s chapter, however, relies on the use of measurements and e s tim ates based o n them to convi nce the reader. His main use of metaphor is from econom ic discourse: the budget metaphor. B u t it is not developed in any detail . We h ave a global ' budget' of carbon dioxide consisting of a large atmospheric reservoir and a smal ler one for the terrestrial biosphere. These two bi ospheres interact. The question he asks is how added man-made carbon dioxide i n fluences this interaction by adding un specified amounts to these budgets . The "Memory" Metaphor We have already come across the metaphor memory as the abil i ty t o retain information over a great length of time. Scientists can make predictions of weather, c l imate, and so forth only insofar as they c an gain u nderstanding of natural systems that store information over time. Thus, Woods ( 1 992) states, Attempts are now being made to construct models of the climate system that can be used to forecast the way in which the climate will change during the next century. If such models are to have any predictive ski l l , it can only be because the climate system has a memory extending over decades. We have seen that the memory of the atmosphere is less than one month. The land has a longer memory, but it is disturbed by man 's use of land and water. The polar ice-caps have a very long memory, but they do not change sufficiently over decades to form the basis for climate forecasting. The only component of the climate system with the potential for a long memory is the ocean. ( p. 1 44)
The argumentative force of the essays i n Cartledge ( 1 992) is, we suggest, c arried in considerable measure by metaphors such as those we have pi c ke d out for comment. There remains the question of their i ntegration into a coherent frame of thought with which to approach environmental matters. Obviously, a further research project beckons at this point. A massive study of the metaphors of Green speak is needed, with a v iew to how they mi g ht be brought together i nto a single, powerful image.
Summary
ate Our anal yses of cases of the 'displacement of concep t s ' show that the de b ta me about environ mental issues continues to be dominated by n um erous e bl ila v� phors-a sign of the re latively underdeveloped conceptual s yste ms a e � t e l ct in this area. They also show attempts to use metaphors to recon iC om on c seemingly incompatibl e accreditation s of scientific, moral an d e c ohere n t discourses. Not unexpectedly, these met aph ors do not add up t o a
'[!¥ Power o(Metaphor
1 17
between metaphors that set wh ol e. For in stance, there is a continual conflict 4 and others that display them as from the environment gs apart bein n up hu ma of the world system, a state of affairs referred to by J. a n in tegral part ) as "the false dichotomy . . . of nature and man" ( p . 1 97 ) . ( 1 992 n Ph illi pso considerable variation in conceptions of w h o controls o r seen ve ha We -the persistent argument of politicians and economists that whom manages we have to m anage the environment; agai nst Lovelock's view that such a notion is preposterous, the metaphors of gl obal manager and global doctor con flict. As for the real ities that should inform the environment debate, we have meas urement and numbers, but these are more metaphorical i n nature than direct i mages of real ity, as Woods ( 1 992) reminds us with regard to oceano graphi c data: Nowadays, the process of plotting can be automated with the help of statistics packages available for computers. Note that in producing oceanographic atlases, the values of temperature, sali nity, and so on, are treated as nu mbers. But that does not do them justice. Actually. they are not merely numbers: they are samples of a dynamical system which obeys the Laws of Nature. Treating the data statistically ignores that fact, with the result that much of the information contained in the observations does not reach oceanographic atlases. ( p. 1 28)
But the matter is not so simple. Intervening between the hu man capacity to think about such matters as the environment and the n atural world as peopled by those very thinkers are languages, relying for much of their force on systems of metaphor. If at any time there was a view among scienti sts "that real ity could be precisely described through the medium of language in a mann er that was clear, unambiguous and, in principle, testable-real ity could, and shou ld, be literal ly describable" (Ortony, 1 993, p. I )-th is assumption of log ical po sitivism can no longer be a roy al road to knowledge of environ me ntal matters any more than it can ful fi l l this role in psychology, l i nguistics or any other branch of knowledg e. We have tried to argue from a different perspective : the Whorfian thesis, ch aracterized by Ortony ( 1 993) as fol lows : One o f the dominant presuppositions o f our culture i s that the description and explanation of physical reality is a respectable and worthwhile enterprise-an enterprise that we call 'science ' . Science i s supposed to be characterized by precision and the abs enc e of ambiguity, and the language of science is often thought to be correspondingly preci se and unambiguous-in short, literal . . . . However, a different approach is possible-an approach i n which any truly veridical epistemological access to reality is denied. The central idea of this approach is that cognition i s the result of mental construction. Knowledge of
1 18
G R E E N S PE A K
reality, whether it is occasioned by perception, l anguage, memory, or anything else, is a result of going beyond the information given. It arises through the interaction of that information with the context in which it is presented, and with the knower's preexisting knowledge . . . . In this kind of view-which provides no basis for a rigid di fferentiation between scientific language and other kinds- language, perception, and knowledge are i nextricably interdependent. (p. 1 )
We note, agai n, the emphasis o n interdependence, which throughout this boo k occupies a key position in our analyses. In the chapters that follow, th is theme is extended to the interdependency between linguistics and natural diversity.
Notes I. This famous law can take many fonns. Our preferred version is "what can go wrong will go wrong." 2. For a study of the 'social ' grammar of 'we ' , see Miihlhiiusler and Hllf'n5 ( 1 99 1 ). 3 . He does not address, however. the important question of the medium of environmental discourse. There would seem to be ample scope for the study of newspapers, cartoons, computer programs, architecture, T-shins, greeting cards. stickers or chocolate bilbics (invented in Australia as a replacement for chocolate Easter bunnies) . 4. We note that the meaning of 'environment' constantly shifts in Grecnspeak. A panicularly crass example found on the label of a green product in Australia proclaims, "Deadly on insects-safe for the environment."
Temporal Dimensions
I
n t h i s ch apter, we turn to the ex press i o n of t i m e in e n v i ro n m e n tal d i scourse s . More prec i sely, we e x a m i n e how e n v i ron mental d i s
courses re flect a n d bri n g i n t o be i n g new temporal ideas a n d v i e w s . New perspectives of time and tempora l i ty are opened u p by the attempt to come to grips with the ecological c r i s i s , w h i c h is, as a l ready noted in C hapter
1 , also
conceived o f as a cri s i s o f time. W e w i l l t r y to bring out the w ay te mporal
concepts are woven into the very fabric o f environmental d i scourse, o n l y some of which appear exp l i c i t l y in a l e x i c on of t i me con cepts .
Discourse and Time Exp l i c i tly temporal d i sc ourse may look as i f it h i g h l i g h ts one top i c among othe rs i n env ironmen tal debate s , as i f t i me and temporal i ty could be regarded as a speci al subj ect matter i n d i sc u s s i o n s , for e x am p l e , o f the gree n h ouse effec t or the destruction o f g l obal b i od i versi ty. But, as we w i l l see , t h i ngs are
� ore com p l i cated . Temporal concepts do not express j u s t an aspect or d i me n S i o n of the way i s s u e s are presented . Rather, t h e temporal d i me n s i o n s d i s p l ay s � dy namic of its o w n t h a t has an
impact on t h e c o n tent and for m o f a l l o t h e r I ss ue s . Mo reove r, temporal d i scourse i n t h i s fi e l d i s i tse l f c o m p l ex-a m u l t i l ay ere d c ons tructi on of natural , c u l tural and i n d i v i dual t i m e s . How com p l i cated t h i s construction can be becomes evident i f we t a k e i n t o ac c o u n t th at m o s t environmental discourse grapp l e s w i t h c o n trad i c t i o n s t h at 1 19
1 20
G R E E N S PE A K
stem from the fact that natural and cultural developments march to different ti mescales, partly independent of one another. Furthermore, the temporal d i mensions of both natural and cultural processes are d i ffe rent from those of an individual l i fe and the horizon of experience that is opened up in a single l i fe span. These di fferences determine a spectrum of contrasts and contradic tions that has far-reaching signi ficance for the unde rstandin g o f both the environmental crisis ' as such ' ( i .e . , as a global problem) and our discursive accounts of it. To sum up this point, as devel oped in the previous analyses, environmental discourse is almost al ways temporal di scourse : To talk about the environment is to talk in temporal terms . A static and unchanging environment would hardly stir our interest, let alone our passions. To tal k about nature requires us to formulate assumptions or presuppositions about the temporal order(s) in which we believe ourse lves to l ive (or we believe we once lived in before the ecological crisis 'broke out ' ) . Al though all discourse unfolds in time, the temporal content of what is said or written can by no means be taken for granted-neither i n discussions and debates about envi ro n mental issues nor in metadiscursive disciplines like linguistics. Rather, these disciplines dem onstrate how it is possible to see even the most complex systems of human interaction in a ' ti meless' fashion. Even the laws of physics are j ust those general propositions that are claimed to be indepe nd e nt of spatiotemporal transformations. In contrast, most writings on environmental topics shows a twofold per spective on time. This is the presupposition of what we have called the 'recal ibration of times ' . It leads to various attempts to reconcile the temporal orders of two di fferent processes, strongly influencing the way environmental issues are presented . Some Temporal Dimensions Implicit in the Vocabularies of Greenspeak
Temporal Dichotomies Several temporal contrasts are discernible in the content of environm e n ta l wri t ings. We can identi fy at least the fol lowing: •
�
r
of natu Natural and cultural time. The contrast between the tempo ral patterning · of thell' ring rd e o e th for gs by human bem processes and changes and those created . natu re �· 11 lives can be seen everywhere in environmen tal writings. "In the en d, . . poor are goa ng be, m one way or another, the wmner. We, whe ther we are nc h o r t nature wa. 11 be tha ught to be the loser." I mplicit in this passage is the temporal tho there after people have done their best or worst. ·
•
TemPoral Dim
ensions
121
-
•
Natural/cultural and individual time. "There is no individual way out, no green
•
Objective and subjective time. "We have been living and producing goods all too
•
alternative for privileged drop-outs in Thscany or Provence. The ecological time bomb will not permit any exceptions." The li fe span of an i ndividual is not immune from the temporal necessities that emerge from interplay between the time of natural processes and the cultural temporal ity imposed upon it. long under the illusion that we can continue for ever, that the future is open and will ever be so. Now we must painfully recognise that there are objective li mits of growth, and most of our trouble has emerged from ignoring this." The unlimited future is a subjective illusion. Objectively there are temporal limits to what is possib le.
Historical and personal time. "It would be much better for us, and certainly for our children and grandchildren, if the leaders gathered in Brazi l show more courage and wisdom. if they go farther and faster. than they seem l ikely to do. In delaying we are only storing up greater hardship for the next generation or two." "When I was a child, I grew up with new record increases in productivity rates almost every day. They invented televi sion. everybody began to travel , even abroad. All the time new successes in science, medicine. You remember? Man was conquering space. Where were the limits? When I was young, I didn ' t sec any limit, you know. everything was open . . . . The growth of what they called progress seemed to me as natural as my own growth, like the sunrise every morning. Now, not even within the time span of one l i fe-well, you can say, more or less overnight-this frantic course somehow has come to a standstill. Isn't it crazy? Now everybody talks about a global disaster. . . . There is a sort of, well , ' running out of time angst' ." The scale of historical time, once greater by far than that of the individual life, has shrunk so that both now have a comparable scale.
These dichotomous patterns are ubiquitously present in all temporal dis course. In each, one pattern of temporality is imposed upon or ' recal ibrates' another, 'open' becomes 'closed ' , 'long' becomes 'short ' , 'cosmic' becomes 'hum an ' . Temporal Hierarchies The second environmental ist perspective on time, which like the first is as much implicit as explicit, i nvolves a threefold hierarchy of ' temporal ities' . Comple mentary to and overlapping the tirst one, this model sheds light from a d iffe ren t standpoint on the way we deal w i th temporal phenomena. Like the dualit ies, it is not specific to the language of environmental ism i n general, but, � we s hall see, it will prove to be especially useful for the analysis of this k tnd of te mporal discourse. We can differentiate three levels of meaning, rep�esen ting i mplicitly three levels of knowledge, by which we express our be l iefs ab ou t the seq uential pattern ing of events .
G R EEN S PEA K
1 22
•
Natural time. On this level we map astronomical and physical event seq uences using above all th present da orldwide- ominant systems of chronology � ! � � calendar and clock ta me. Begmrung m the R emussance and then decisively shaped
;
�
by the achievements of mechanical technology in the 1 8th century and by the corresponding Newtonian conception of absolute time, this idea has determined the concept of a natural linear order of time-the arrow drawing a continuous line along which all moments and al l singular events find thei r location. This level of order is al so implied in both teleological conceptions of development like those of Judea-Christian Heilsgeschichte or Marxist philosophy of history and anti teleological conceptions like that of Darwi n's ( 1 87 1 ) approach to natural history that does without an end towards which all nature strives. •
Cultural time. On this level we find historical and social conceptions of time, such intellectual , anistic, religious and geistesgeschichtliche ideas about temporal
as
processes and developments. In this catego rical framework we deal not only with all kinds of societal organizations (and thereby definitions) of time by countless social scientists, but we must also examme the grounds on which natural time orders-for example, the Newtonian time concept and its ubiquitous symbolic representations in clock and calendar-could have gained their theoretical hege mony and their status as a seemingly natural and transhistorical construction. To understand these grounds, we must spell them out i n terms of cultural-historical condi tions (e.g., Adam, 1 995; Young, 1 988), social and moral imperatives (e.g., Elias, 1 992; Nowotny, 1 994), and 'historical semantics'-that is the historical context of linguistic meanings in which all this took its philosophical form (e.g., Koselleck, 1 985). Essentially, we must distinguish the time of narra tion from the time of what is described or foreshadowed in that narra tion. Sometimes, things take longer to tell than to do, to debate than to implement. •
Individual time. This is the psychological and discursive domain of an individual 's
construction of his or her 'own ' time: the individual 'time synthesis' that people express, among other ways, in their various life-stories, of which each of us has a more or less extensive repenoire. Of course, thi s personal time synthesis is always related to natural and cultural ways of creating time orders. But it is not entirely reducible to them. Individual , cultural and natural time orders are meshed together, dependent on each other. The degree and nature of this mixture is itsel f highly dependent on cultural constraints, such as the preferred narrative forms by which we give meaning to complex experiences of development and chan ge (B rock meier, 1 995). In this process, different times are merged into a synth esis of the three modalities of ti me: past, present and future. Every individual has conti ?u ously to construct and reconstruct this synthesis, according to the ch an gmg ·grammar' of the changing present-that present in which these cons tructions and reconstructions always take place ( Harre , 1 997).
es
Si nce the outcomes of these formations are as unstable as the circum stanc are under which they develop, their analysis is rather c omplic ated . ory d iscursively represented in frag ile and transient c onstruction s such as mem e to reports, autobiography, or other forms in which people try to give sh ap
They
1 23 -
their 'l ife -histori es' (e.g., B runer, 1 99 1 , 1 99 3 ; M iddleton & Edwards, 1 990; van Lan gen hove & Harre, 1 993). In these processes also, the ' time-self' of an indi vi du al develops, closely linked to the forms of self-accounting of one's own life cour se as continuous in time. Mu ch recent research has exam i ned the discursive devices by which these constructions arc carried out. They have shown that in framing ourselves in time we make use of narrative techniques. We shape different temporal lines, transforming them by telling them , as Ricocur ( 1 984- 1 99 1 ) pointed out at length. This level of individual time will become particularly i mportant for our study of environmental discourse because it is here that individual envi ronmentalists, green campaigners and their ' subjective commitment' enter the scene and a moral tenor comes to the fore, the passionate engagement, so characteristic of most radical and even some conservative environmental writings and debates. For example, in the most recent pronouncements by world leaders, meeting in New York in June 1 997, much use was made of the phrase 'our grandchildren ' , through which individual time orders were tied into both cultural and natural time. We are thus situated in a world that presents us, whether we like it or not, with a puzzling multiplicity of natural, cultural , and individual reference systems of time, 1 which can also be represented in different sets of multilay ered models or 'chronotypes' (e . g., Bender & Wel lbery, 1 99 1 ). Th is multi temporal situatedness is, of course, part of the general human condition. B ut there are some aspects of th is picture that particularly stand out i n environ mental discourse. Studying these different temporal references, ram ifications and overlaps, apart from the explicit use of the concept of time, we find a great variety of examples which make evident that th is discourse, in fact, tends to operate on all three levels. Let us formulate our thesis more precisely. Linking at least two and usual ly all three of the time levels that we have identified, environmental discourse attempts to bring together different times on different levels. It tries to con fro nt, to com pare, to combine, and eventually to reconcile events or processes th at are temporally i ndexed in quite different respects. We i llustrate this with an other select ion of examp les. Some Examples of the Synthesis of Time Levels
�e Popul ar Treatmen t of B iodiversit y � n th is ex ample we show how temporal concepts are crucial ingredients in a d isc uss io n that, at first sight, gives an impression of atemporal ity. One aim
1 24
G R E E N S PEA K
of t h e R i o summit o f 1 992 was t o discuss and eventual ly sign th e so-ca lled Biodiversity Convention. This was the first international agreement which provides for a flow of funds from the rich northern count ri es to save the di verse life in the tropical forests before their secrets are lost to science and medicine. ( The Guardian, June 6, 1 992, "Heal ing Force of Evolution")
What we find striking and precarious in the d iscussions of biodiversity is the enormous uncertainty and the amount of spec ulation that resu l ts from i t. This is reflected in a wide spectrum of contrasting opinions of outstanding authori ties d i ffering in terms of rapidity, extent and , thus, the temporal dimension of the entire process. Evidently, the fundamen tal problem of th is debate is that nobody real ly knows the exact number of species that exist or have existed on Earth. All scenarios and predictions therefore depend on vague assessments and speculations. As we wi l l see i n a moment, these assessments cover indeed a wide range of (even contradictory ) options, as the number under discussion varies from 1 m i ll ion to 1 00 m i l l ion species. So how many spec ies do we have to take into account when defining the degree to which biodiversity is real ly in danger? How big is the part of life that is threatened with extinction or has already been destroyed? How much time, if any, is left? 40 years? 400 years '? 4 mil lion years? This may seem an argument about figures, but it was crucial for the justi fi cation or rejection of the convention as it is for all political (that is, legal) decisions to be taken in this tield. This, however, is not the main concern of our analysis. Our focus is the 'construction of time' in the biodiversity debate. We can i ll ustrate the relation between numerical estimates of species loss, time cal ibration and the rhetorical of conservation in Figure 6. 1 . How many species do inhabit the earth '! The d i fferent options we are offered in this presentation range between "between 8 and 80 million" speci es. Then comes an exact prediction for the year 2052. In the shadow of the 'arrow of time' we are told, "In 60 years half of al l species al ive today could be lost forever." Th is is il lustrated by a symbol often used in enviro nmen tal debate : a clock that displays 5 mi nutes to 1 2, an al arming signal that 'time is run nin g out' . Here we have an expl icit link between an i nteractio n of cultural tim e an d a natural time (human environmental depredations led to loss of spe cie s at e. tim idual greater rate than Nature could replace them) with i ndiv . As far as the format of newspaper articles is concerned, we can take �· s z article as quite representative of the arithmetical rhet orics that c harac ten k. l 0 much environmental writing-i n scientistic rhetorics, green science ta which th is text represents one mathematical variant. f th e The U . S. Republican administration was the strongest opp onent 0 biod i versity treaty. As most analysts pointed out,
�
T!.mporal Dimensions B i od i v e r s i t y
•
1 25
the A t o Z of l i fe on earth
In the decades ahead, species are likely to become extinct at an accelaratJng rata. Only about 1 .8million have been described and namad. Thera may be anything from &million to 80mllllon spades on the planet. Hall ol them could have gone before we knew they wera !hera.
Agreed
so
far
A The North mus1 help the South financially to protect plants 81 and animals.
A Which countries will V sign?
A Beneficiaries should be local communities and Indigenous 81 people who have protected them lor years.
A Status of genetically v modified organisms .
8 All aid must be In addition to current aid.
• Global Envtronmant Facility to handle cash.
A All oountries wlllcll ratify the trealy will prapara lists ol 81 prolaCI8d areas.
I
The loss of
1
plant specieS can cause the loss ot
Fig ure 6.1 SOURCE: "Healing
Force of Evolution," i n
G Finance.
141la---�-
30
Tire G uardian ,
rinal llld i1sec1 species dial dlplnd on •
I
June 6, 1 99 2 . Used with permission.
The US p ulled out of the treaty be c a u s e t h e B u s h a d m i n i s t ra t i o objects to n dev e lo pi n g countri e s ' i n s i stence that they s h o u l d s h a re i n the we a l t h c reated from the b io-tec hnolo g y and drugs e x t racted from t h e i r territories-a payment fo r p re se r v i n g t h e i r g e n e b an ks. B ri t a i n h a s no prob lems wi th t h i s , but shares the US fear t h a t fu n d i n g t h e conv e nt i on w i l l cost devel o ped n a t i o n s t o o m u c h . Ambi guous w o rd i ng m e a n s i t m i ght he di fficult t o prevent an open-ended financ i al commi tment. ( The Grtard ian , J u ne 6, 1 992, p. 6)
The fu n dame ntal u ncertai nty in the biod ivers i ty assessments is reflec ted i n
the un derl y i n g ti me scale s . I n c o n sequence, one c o u l d observe e x ac t l y t h i s
1 26
G R E E N S PE A K
argument emerging over the debates on the treaty. As the New Specta to r ( Ju ne 6, 1 992) reports , An official US source, quoted in the summit newspaper, also cited scientific uncenainty about the loss of biodiversity as a reason for not s i gning. These uncertai nties ' related to such fundamental issues as numbers of spec i es and rates of extinction' , and meant that 'there was little justification for concluding a strong treaty' . ( p. 6)
Notice again the melding of cul tural/natural and individual time orders. In the former, species extinctions occur, whereas in the l atter, treaties are signed by real, livi ng people. B iod iversity i n a Technical Context S o far, we have referred only to the genre of newspaper articles. One might object to our focus on the complex interweaving of time orders as typified in one popular presentation. Newspapers represent an institution that has never claimed that its primary function is to publish detai led research on specific scientific issues. So let us probe deeper into these arguments and study a text from the other end of the spectru m . We chose a highly technical firsthand ar ticle published in a well-renowned scientific journal and written by one of the lead i ng international experts in the field, zoologist and taxonomist Robert M. May, who has dedicated his research to the very q uestion u nder d iscussion . The article we examine is titled "How Many Species Inhabit the Earth?" (Scientific American, October 1 992, pp. 1 8-24 ) . There are some structural fea tures in this article that exempl i fy the main characteristics of the construction of time i n environmental di scourse. We will poi n t out these features by exam ining in detail the structure of the temporal re ferences impl ied i n this text. Undoubted ly, the view on time and times that emerges i n May 's text is more complicated than that given in newspaper articles. Whereas we had, for example, just one ' arrow o f time' in the article from The Guardian, we are now confronted with a number of time frames presenting a mu ltilayered picture of different natural and cultural orders and thus giving us the pos sib ility to apply the time schemes pointed out before. . . Examining May ' s text from the point of view of its exp lici t and im � h clt ht, repre sen tations of time, we find a quite d i fferentiated structure . A t fi rst s 1 g nd. e e th in we recognize the twofold scheme of natural and cultural time . Yet o we will see that the underlying temporal conception is threefold si nce i al � IS iOn uct str incl udes the time level of the individual. In fact, th is threefol d con . an essential struc ture of environmental discourse. That is to say, its fi n al ey fee o f reference is the moral motivation by which i ndivi d uals act. Th j ud g e th reatened and outraged or satisfied and complacent and so on. Th ey can
�
P01 0�
Dimensions '!r!!"po a l
1 27
h oW thin gs are and possibly decide to intervene or to bring pressure on others to do so on their behal f. Wh at is the structure of time evoked by May ? The main levels of temporal strUcture are represented by two 'arrows of time ' : natural and cultural time. The p oint of departure is marked in the fi rst sentence by the i nvocation of a nonh um an point of view with the image of the "extraterrestrial explorer." We follow his view directed by its taxonomist interests in the natural time order. Consequently, the first approach to the time situation of the earth is to its natural time, more prec isely to its "physical attributes" deriving from "uni versal and essentially deterministic laws" govern ing a planetary universe with "countless similar worlds." Th is is the first move of temporal reference. The second move adds to the picture the time of organic matter-the "warp of evolutionary forces" that crafted the unique "rich tapestry of l i fe on earth," still within the natural order of time. The next move adds a cultural time to create a further temporal differentiation: the "rapid rate at which wild h abi tats are being destroyed." Interest ingly enough, in the scheme outli ned so far, habitat destruction appears as if it were simply another process within the whole of evolution, even if marked with a personal val ue-"d istressing"-indicating i ts linkage to moral motivations that come with individual time. Before looking closer at this process, we should, however, notice the way in which cul tural time is introduced. This takes the form of human knowledge about and scientific research on biodiversity, more precisely "250 years of systematic research ." As the author states, despite al l our knowledge accumulated in th is period of time we do not even know how many spec ies we have already identified ( i . e . , how many have been named and recorded), a s announced b y the subtitle o f the article-''The Sad Truth Is That No O n e Knows." Th is w i l l , by t h e way, rem ain the final word of the whole article, at least as far as the overt rhetorical strategy of the author is concerned. From the point of v iew of our time analysis, i t is more interestin g to ex amine the arguments that back up th is result than to complain that they are, indeed, rather modest. B ut before presenting a schematic summary of the time scen ario th at has emerged, we must add some further temporal m arks. A l l th ese temporal indicators ar e found in t h e fi rst three paragraphs. In the fol lowing paragraphs, some h istorical i l lustrations and biographical colors are added to fles h out this picture. We encounter Aristotle and the beginning of an ordered system of the organ ic world, Linnaeus and the beginning of modern taxo nomy, and Isaac Newton representing a further mi lestone i n this chronol o gy of scie ntific research, itself based on a long h istory of science, that is to say, o n "centu ries of detailed astronomical observations." As far as the history of �ax ono my is concerned, only the "Victorian times" saw a short period i n Wh ic h the discovery and classification of species flourished .
1 28
G R E E N S P EA K
This introduces some new parameters of time, the rate of d iscovery of new species related to d i fferent epochs and di fferent species of birds, mammals arachnids, crustaceans, insects, fungi, and so on. For example, we learn tha; the average increase in the number of known species of birds from 1 97 8 to 1 987 is 0.05 % a year. Of course, other species display other rates. This leads up to a proposal for a "taxonomy of taxonomists" (Gaston & May, 1 992). This metataxonomy is based on the d i fferential relations between distinct species of taxonomists, the numbers of the taxonomist workforce, from 1 0,000 in North America to a global total that is "perhaps three times greater," different regions and countries, d i fferent methods of classification and different rates of progress. One of the outstanding specialists in the field confirms the huge variation i n the range of estimates of how many species there are: from "upward of 5 m i l lion species" to "six to seven m i l lion," "all the way from three million to 30 million" to a figure that "could potentially exceed 1 00 million ." What is temporal about th is numerical rhetoric'! It presents the scenario of a tragedy that can only unfold historical ly: "The number of species may be declining at a rate greater than that at which new spec ies are recorded and classified, which is itse l f a function of the number of tax onomists at work on the 'Linnaean ' project." Here we have two cultural time orders intermeshed, w i th one taking on some of the character of the natural time order, that revealed from the point of view of the "extraterrestrial traveller." This intermeshing can be seen best in a graphical representation (see Figure 6.2). Temporal Constrai nts: A Reasonable Time In the article we have just analyzed , the author reaches his "tragic" concl usion by i ntroducing a new temporal concept into the disco urse of taxonomy. The effect of this is to translate taxonomy into a new dialect of Greenspeak. He infers from his overview of the "taxonomy of taxon om ists" that even the lowest estimations prove that present methods w ill not suffi ce to discover and catalogue all species "within a reasonable time." This ex pres sion i n trod uces a new temporal focus, unambiguously indivi du al . To un de� stand what a reasonable time is, we have to take i nto acco unt the con tex t m which i t has been introduced . D iscovering this way that a time span appears to be reasonable i n as far as it allows taxonomists to do th eir job, we can even m say what this job consists of: to classify new species before th ey beco t� extinct. Thus, reasonable time is a conjunction that correlates the ra nt cie suffi is there discovery of species with the rate of their extinction . If le to catalogue a species before i t d isappears, then this time is to be cal "reasonable."
� 0 urn:
nsions �ral Dime
1 29
Number of Species
10 - 100
aWJioa
+. Most odYIIICI
/
,:
50 m
/
/
t.l m
Asoessecl number of species,,•-'/' ---- --- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
/
���:::�
. Gram
� l======----2���� •..... L 1758 L)'llllaeiiS
Figure 6.2
Rae of arimsioa ---- ::: :::,_ ;;;:=; ;;;: ; ___;;;;;
___
The Problma Fu!d: "Raaonabbe time" (clisuaa: ._._, ,_ of dopjfjccjm oad rore of CXIin
.,_
___
+
__
1992 Rio Summit
Rate of Extinction Against Rate of Classification
What seems to concern May (Gaston & May, 1 992) above al l is that the rate of extinction of species could catch up or even exceed the rate of their classification. Hence, he addresses here for the first time the problem of the extinction of species and raises the issue of the loss of biodiversity in the very context of argumentation. To be sure, there is reference to the "rapid rate at which wild habitats are being destroyed" at the beginning of the text, but it only serves to hint at what we could call 'moral motivations' . The way the temporal process of extinction of species is referred to leads to a pi cture of this process as i f it were l i ke any other natural process. It appears e ntirely taken for granted that the extinction process and its charac teris tics are counted among the natural parameters to be represented on the le ve l of natural time. There is not a trace of a connection or reference to events on the level of cultural time. Once the problem is so presented and the cultural and soc iohistorical dimension of this time scenario is obscured , the author does wh at every scientist is supposed to do. He takes it into account as a given "re ality of nature" and examines its relations to other natural time processes.
1 30
G R E E N S PEA K
B oth "reasonable ti me" and the correlative "strict ti me li mit" reflect a constant feature in almost all environmental discourse : the evocation of dramatic time pressure. We have already mentioned (and shall come back to) th i s self-local i zation of environmental discourse within a process that "runs out of time." The vision of this "shri nking time horizon" is a crucial element of the temporal in Greenspcak. It endows the tentative discourse with a characteristic dramatic undertone. Surprisingly however, in the text under discussion we fi nd no apocalyptic outlook. Although the "reasonable time" seems to tend irreversibly towards zero and despite the more and more threatening "strict time l i m it," we are offered a c learl y defined solution. How is such a solution possible in face of both the increasing rate of destruction of biodiversity and the extent of "scientific uncertainties" in assessing this development? From the beginning, the text has been shifting the defin ition of the target problem to be inquired into away from the issues of destruction of biodiversi ty. Hence, the author can now suggest a solution to a newly framed problem. In a nutshell, the new problem is this: How c an we i mprove the cataloguing of sti l l unknown species in a way that al lows us to study them more rapidly than they become extinct? The taxonom ist's solution is to quanti tatively and qual i tatively accelerate the rate of c l assi fication in relation to the rate of extinction. In practical terms, we have to develop efficient programs to "cross-check a species against an organized data-base, thereby revolutionizing the time-consuming task of separating and c l assifying new species ." We can now see c learly what "new reali ties" are discursively created . It is as if the rate of extinction of species were given, inevitable and immune from the implementation of any human pol i cy. It is j ust there, l i ke "natural time." Cul tural and natural history interlock in such a program . The Application of Diverse Temporal Rates as an Argument Format With this proposal , the underlying strateg ic goal of the text i s even tual ly exposed . In one word, it is about money : more money for taxonom y. By study ing the l ast sentence, we find this solution summarized both in a k in d final synthes i s of the several thematic li nes developed before and exp ress's verbis. Certai nly, the author-an experienced expert in th i s fie ld2-d �es simply demand more funding for his discipline. To effectively make th iS and cen tral point, he outlines a picture of times that is anyth ing but sim pl e. r picking up the threads of the precarious historical paral lel s bet wee n natu e h istory and physical sciences-"Linnaeus continues to lag far beh i nd : n ton"-he simultaneously takes up the position of those "future gen erauo s
�f
n: fin1 �
��
TemPoral Dimensions
-
131
Paper. In this, he li nks orig in ally m entioned in the British government's White th e m ove to the "moral space" marked at the beginning and furthermore as soc iate s the entire outlook with the temporal perspective of the extraterres trial exp l orer who, once again , recognizes that the man i fold forms of l i fe are "th e earth's uniq ue glory." B y th at m ove, the whole text appears to be framed in a moral context that is percei ved i n a transhistorical l i ght. But by thoroughly analyzing this moral con text, we discover that it consists only of this rhetorical evoking of some th ing l i ke the aura of a moral space, whereas the actual content of thi s space--t he nature o f "our moral duty"-has changed substantial l y. Now the "future generations" no longer represent the "moral duty to look after our planet and to hand it on in good order," as the White Paper claims, but they "wi ii find it i ncomprehensible" and "may also be saddened" that our society has devoted so little money toward taxonomy. In other words, the moral space is in passing being transformed into a space defined in fi nanci al terms and research programs for taxonom ists. The strateg ic objective of this text on biodiversity is, first of all, better funding for the academic i nstitution of taxonomy. The message is that only more and better equipped taxonomists can c l assify more species-before they become extinct. From the very beginning of the text it is taken as given and indisputable that more and more species are goi ng to be destroyed. Even if the assessment of the rate of increase in this process varies remarkably, the process as such-symbolized by the "extinction curve"-is accepted l ike any natural parameter and an extinction as an event on the level of natural time. In this view, only the "c l assi fication curve" appears to be vari able, dependent on human i nfluence and thus located on the level of cultural time. M ay 's ( 1 992) article begins with reference to the general moral duty to protect the biodiversity of our planet and to hand it on in good order to our chi ldren, it ends by suggesting we should hand on, at least, a catalogue of extinct species in proper order. The co mplex fusion of mul tiple ti me orders we have revealed is directed to a human project. It cal l s on a kind of imperative . B u t it seems to stand outs ide the moral imperatives of environmentalism . Linear Versus Circular Time
We have examined the case of the taxonomist's fund-raising strategy in which eve ry thi ng was presented using a green makeup. One of the upshots of our an � ly sis was that the use of an 'environmentalist' vocabulary can serve several u ue di ffe rent functions. However, the argument that in more or expl icitly gree n te xts ' usually follows from a d i scussi on of biodiversity usual ly adopts
�
1 32
G R E E N S P EA K
a much more critical stance toward the technical, economic and cu l tural background of the sketched development. We find numerous expl icit and implicit references to the 'powers ' , 'struc tures' and 'causes' beyond the phenomena. These ' forces ' are addressed as causing or driving the i ncreasing divergences between nature, culture and the individual processes of time. These 'powers ' are all too often 'anonymous structures ' , h idden from everyday perspective. They offer a perspective on history that is strongly historicist. One claim of env ironmental discourse is to unve i l these murky and ambiguous potencies and to name them 'Western civil isation ' , ' i ndustry ' , ' capital ism ' , 'mul ti national companies ' , 'techno complex ' , 'automatism of technical progress ' , ' belief in li near develop men t and growth ' or in ' i ntensification and acceleration ' . and so on. Now, they come to the fore, identi fied as "heading on a deadly coll i sion course," whether it be consciously or not, deli berately or not, will ingly or not. Representing the protagonists of the "unleashed and re lentless dynamics" of cultural time, they have "dominated" and "overrun" natural forms of time which, in tum, are embod ied in the"organic cycles" of nature, such as the self-regeneration of water, soi l , air and other natural resources. In the course of this process, dramatic temporal events take place supporting this usurpation: Linear and accelerating processes not only repress but also replace some of the funda mental "rhythms and cycles" of nature. Agai n , it is not d i fficult to recogn ize that the words, metaphors, colloca tions and narratives (or narrative fragments) by which these conflicts are represen ted, evoke a contrastive setting of different forms of time . Abstract ( ' artificial ' , ' mechanical ' and 'unfeeling ' ) time has suspended natural ('or gan ic ' , ' l iving' and 'rhythmic ' ) time. As a consequence, we face what appears as the "revenge of nature." It has been the circular, self-organized and autoreproductive rhythms of nature that so far have prevented the big catas trophe. B ut now, humankind is going to destroy this "maintaining and pro tecting rhythmicity" of l iving matter, and by that, extinguish its own te m poral resources." In summary, this presents an abbreviated phenomenological survey of the temporal scenario of disturbed rhythms and cycles of nature that we can find in the language used in many green documents. Concepts l ike linear and rhy thmical time are not only used in this scenario as temporal indicators but as c iphers of a particular system of symbolic cod ings. "
The Search for a New Temporal Balance
ha
Against this background we may be sensitive to an observati on on wh ic ave further thesis of our exploration of environmental di s co urse is bas ed . We h
Tempora l Dimensions
133
pointed out that the underly ing concern of many environmental debates is to come to terms with the fundamental changes i n the (two- , three- or even manifold) relations between nature, cul ture and the ind ividual . These changes are at the very cen ter of the "ecological crisis." It is not very d i fficult to argue that, for example, what we discovered to be the taxonom ist's solution in the debate on biodivers ity cannot be convincing for everyone, although the idea to substitute an exhaustive catalogue of nature for nature itself may seem to be one of the most elegant options i n the biodiversity debate . To understand these changes and the crucial role of temporal concerns in environmental d iscourse we must take into account the cul tural - h istorical background against which this discourse emerged . In em bedd ing the green discourse into a broader cultural-historical framework in Chapter I , we focused on models of time and development, of cul ture and nature that characterize what has been cal led the discourse of modern i ty. It is an integ ra tive part of Western cul tures that has determi ned not least their visions of, and practical attitudes toward , the environment. Let us consider, for example, the conviction that over the past century Western cul tures have lost any stable natural or cul tural model capable of offering a transcendent conception of time and h istory. Thi s assumption i s an essential feature of the discourse of modern ity. S i nce the second part of the 1 9th century, l i terature, arts, philosophy and humanities h ave brought into relief the feel i ng that we cannot any longer be certain of any rel i able rel igious, intellectual or social order. There i s no historical model anymore to be universal ly taken for granted . The time of modern ity, as h as often been remarked, consists of countless divergent orders of time. There is no single Weltanschauung nor any metaphysical framework for sense and meani n g of time in general . For this reason, there is no preg iven meaning to any concept of time. It is important to bear this in m i nd i n order to u nderstand some basic constraints of the temporal discourses of environmental ism. These are all the more cultural constrai nts, si nce the ecological crisis does not confine itse l f to a wel l-demarcated domain n amed the 'environment' . It man i fests itse l f not only as a special problem i n the relationship between society and nature but is fused with the crisis of fundamental values and be liefs of Western culture as a whole. As a part of t h i s cri s i s , standards and convictions, w h i c h h ave b een deeply anchored in the temporal orders of our (natural and cultural and even indivi dual) existence, disintegrate. Disappeari ng with them is the sense, and the hope, for a prestabi l i zed worldview, a metaphysical order we could refer to in the troubling world we fi nd oursel ves in today. In this sense, we can call this outlook postmetaphysical thinking, fol lowing Habermas 's ( 1 992) an aly ses .
1 34
G R EE N S PEA K
Consideri ng matters in this perspective, we discover that environm e ntal d iscourse grapples with a series of problems emerging from this highly c ritical vision of both nature and cul ture. Again, we face the question how can the picture of these d i fferent times and temporal scales be rebalanced ? How can the divergent processes be readjusted and reconciled? How can a new propor tion be found? And l ast but not least, how can we construe our i ndiv idu al tim e syntheses, our ' t ime sel ves ' , under these global spatiotemporal circu m stances? These questions and their wider cultural-historical context have a strong i mpact on the underlying deep structure of concerns of most environmental d i scourse. We have already studied some concrete examples of them. Now we want to look at them from a different point of view to investigate what makes them such an essential part of the ulti mate concerns of environmentalism. Historical ly, environmentalism is first of all a social movement that e merged at a certain moment in cultural time. The one and universal time of earl ier epochs has become pluralized and fragmented, like our social life and, as many bel ieve, our individual selves. An extensive l iterature in the social sciences of time has demonstrated that both modern soc ieties and modem forms of time strive at d i fferent speeds, at cross purposes, in multiple direc tions. From th is vantage point, i t appears to be only one tendency among others that the time of the natural environment and the calendar of society are fel t to be drifting apart. For this reason, we could emphasize the complex nature of our multi temporal approach to diachronicity. To use the B akhtinean term , even h uman temporal i ty is multivoiced. However, this entire process mu s t be conceived to be d i alectical . All these i ssues become more and more pressing as the social awareness of the extent o f the ecological crisis grows. That is to say, environmental discourse, with all i ts i mpl ications and consequences, has become a central theme in the d iscourse of modernity. In most general terms, this discourse consists of the theoretical and aesthetic reflection on the material and ethical foundation as well as the h i storical perspectives of modern Western civil ization. As Haber mas ( 1 989) poi nted out, since the late 1 8th century, mode rn i ty has bee n e levated to a philosophical theme in theoretic and aesthetic debates. Haber m as 's studies emphasize that the philosoph ical discourse of mode rnity touches upon and overlaps in manifold ways with developments in literature and the arts and with debates in the public sphere . We believe th at th is fus on o f philosophical, aesthetic and moral discourse i s central to the und ers tan dm g of the environmental debate in the late 20th century, too. The po int we wa nt to make is that the general developmental trends in the disc ours e o f m od er d n i ty-which has al ways been the discourse of the crisis of m ode m ity -:-an o the pub l i c perception of the environmental crisis magnify each other rect pr eascally. More cautiously put, questions of this interdependen cy bec ome i n cr
�
T!...mporal Dimensions
1 35
in gly una voi dable as over the course of this process our cultural standards of acceptanc e of environmental constraints diminish, as does our entire cultural conceptio n of ' nature ' . Th is is, after al l , a moral and aesthetic problem, in se parably linked to questions of the Zeitgeist and of l i festyle.
Tim e Synthesis
To better understand the importance of appl ied ethics and questions of lifestyle for environmental discourse, one has to shift the focus to a different angle: to the individual interlocutor. Yet we w i l l remain within the same field of inquiry, since the di fficulty of our individual order of time only reflects (and transforms) the general d i fficulty of rebalancing our troubled relation ship with the various natural and cul tural frameworks of time. That is to say, deal ing with individuals and their particu l ar views, we do not leave the social system of mean ing but only concentrate on semiprivate parts of this discursive fabric. In general terms, what is at stake in the individually framed temporal discourse is the very personal bal ance of that multitude of d i fferent temporal references with which every human being must come to grips. It is this balance that we call time synthesis. Psychologically, the construction of a time-syn thesis means the intertw ining of the three modal ities of past, present and future along the lines of one 's individual activities and experiences (Brockmeier, 1995, 1 996b). Although the actual process of this fusion always takes place in the present, it is a continuous and unend ing task. No doubt, i n the domain of human temporality there is only the present and the continuous passage from one event to the next. This unstoppable passage constitutes our very experience of the passage of events. So one cou l d raise the question, on this even more basic level, where should rel i able stab i l i ty come from , as its construction is itse l f a fu nction of time, a function of change and passage? Although th is synthesis is an individual process and thus takes its form to a large extent on the ground of a personal phenomenol ogy of l i fe, it also can be understood i n the Vygotskian ( 1 97 8 ) sense as a "higher psychological fu ncti oning" of the i ndividual . But that does not mean that the development o f a time sy nthesis is an exclusively ind ividual business. The psychological too ls and the (symbo l ic , iconic and coactive) forms of construction, which we use in shaping o urselves in time, are not individual units. They arc not private pro perty. They are part of the " cultural tool kit," to borrow B runer's ( 1 990) ex pres sio n , w hich the members of a society have disc ursively acquired duri n g he ir psy cho- ontogenesis. Th is becomes particularly evident when we study 10 gre ater detail the narra tive forms and rhetorical dev ices we adopt in org an iz ing our individual time experiences and by means of which we weave fro m the stori es of our lives our life stories.
�
1 36
G R E E N S PE A K
In constructing in these ' l i fe hi story texts ' , explicitly or implicity, our individual time sy ntheses, we create particular i ndividual versions of the temporal discourse regarded as canonical in a particular culture. In doing so, we necessari ly deal with problems that pri m ari ly emerge within the social context of cul tural and natural time orders. Transformed into individual terms or, as we may say, into i ndividuali zed story schemes, these transindividua problems conseq uently man i fest themselves as problems of individual time synthesis. They are experienced and handled as issues of one's own time: in the time of work, l ove, memory, death and in the narrative life history that is meant to make all this coherent. What we have outli ned as the search for a new temporal balance between natural and cultural coordinates, which ap pears to be so characteristic for committedly green environmental discourse, is therefore often rooted in this very personal concern of many people so passionately invol ved in green issues.
i
Summary
Greenspeak displays a tension between three quite di fferent time orders, but this is ex pressed in the duality of accreditation of many environmentalist narratives. The natural time order i s embedded in natural science as the accrediting med i u m , whereas i ndividual time i s accredited within some or other framework of moral (and aesthetic) considerations and imperatives. M uch of environmental science is framed i n the modernist language of the open future , to which arc juxtaposed the antithetical expressions of time running out. The sense of crisis, as we have remarked at several points in these studies, is sharpened when a personal time synthesis is inserted into the natural time order. B ut med i ating the natural and the i ndividual t i m e orders is cultural time, the time in which human activities. be they explo ita tive like mining or amel iorative l ike declarations and the issuing of communiques, occur. We have shown in the example of the preservation of biodiversity and in the context of rapid (both in the cul tural and the natural time frames) species destruction that the sense of "time running out" may be invoked for such mundane aims as getting more funds for a scientific program.
Notes -that is. I. We have concentrated here only on a discursive reading of human temporali ties h uman· time as refe rred to in human discourse-and do not discuss questi ons of different. 99Z). 1 • i ndependent, ontological forms of temporalities, as does, for example, Fraser ( 1 9 87 one 0f his 2. The shon biography added to May 's article in Scientific American refers to . previous positions: Vice President for Research at Princeton University
Ethno-Ecology
G
ree n spcaki n g , and part i c u l arly when i t i s moral d i scourse, c h aracteristical l y contains a considerabl e amount of s e l f-criti
c i s m . In the e x treme case, the W h i te , Wes tern, C h r i s t i an m a l e worldview is portrayed as the root cause of e n v i ronmental degradat i o n and m i s u n d e rstand ing of environmental i ssues. C h aw l a
( 1 99 1 ), for i n stance, c o n c l udes t h at
"English l anguage h ab i ts arc n ot very c o n d u c i ve to a h o l i s t i c and c are fu l atti tude t o t h e natural e n v i ronment" ( p .
25 3 ) . I n con tras t , A m eri n d i an l a n
guages, accord i n g t o her, promote a h armonic coexi stence between people and
the l and . An obvious c o nsequence o f such a v iew i s the searc h for better langu ages and p h i l osoph ies i n the exotic l an g u ages of n o n -We sterni zed peo
ple around the g l obe . There are prob lem s with the be l i e f in noble savage s , i nc l udi n g t h e i mperi a l i s m i m p l icit i n s u c h a n approac h . Exoti c cul tures and l a n g u ages are ransacked selectively for ideas and in si g hts capab l e of curi n g Western i l l s . Pro b l e m atic also i s the view that i ns ig h ts i n one l anguage can be sel ectively tran sferred to other l anguages. Late l an g ua ges capab l e o f promoti n g environ mental l y sen s i t i ve perspecti ves have
if not abs o l u te properties e n v i ronmental l y re levant abstract nouns or causa li ve s th rou gh their h av i n g become adapted to the enviro n m e n t al c o n d i t i o n s o f � P art ic u l ar area o v e r l o n g stretches o f t i m e . A l though i t i s t r u e that i n a p l ace h k e N ew Ze al and the White settl ers h ave c reated , i n a short time, a great deal of po l l u tio n and destruc t i o n , i t i s by no means cert a i n that a Maori i nvas i o n of En g l and would not h ave res u l ted i n a s i m i l ar environ m e n tal de grad a t i o n th e re as the settl ers strove to recreate a Pol y n e s i an w ay o f l i fe i n the nort h ern
1 37
1 38
G R E E N S PE A K
hemisphere . It must be remem bered that the Eastern Polynesians who settled New Zealand about I ,000 years ago, did for the fi rst 300 years or so, cause considerable environmental destruction, particularly among the species of fl ightless birds, arguably because their l anguage was adapted to the biolog i cally impoverished environment of Eastern Polynesia, not to the rich diversity of Aotearoa. The environmental adequacy of present-day M aori thus is the outcome of a long process of adaptation to the particular circumstances of a new environment, not any absolute i nherent properties. Conversely, the often l amented destructiveness of English would re flect its transportation to unsuit able environments rather than to any absolute deficiency. A lthough such considerations lead us to have considerabl e misgivings about the search for li nguistic wisdom in decontextual ized abstract grammati cal properties, we nevertheless feel that a great deal can be l earned from l i nguistic diversity i f i t is seen as referrin g to adaptation and interdependence of two l anguage environments in d i fferent places. Indeed, one way of adding to ecological knowledge i s to explore how speakers of other languages talk about their environments. one of the basic assumption in this book has been that d i fferent languages offer d i fferen t perceptions of real i ty. We rej ected the view of total effabil ity, the view that anyth ing can be expressed in any language . Th is idea, of course, is not ori g i nal ; i t was expressed, for i nstance, by Wharf ( 1 956): Western culture h a s made, through language, a provisional analysis of reality and, without correctives, holds resolutely to that analysis as final; the only correctives lie in all those other tongues which by aeons of i ndependent evolution have arrived at different, but equally logical provisional analyses. (p. 244 )
It does not follow from this that l anguages are systematically opaque to one another. Fi nding a form with which to render an exotic 'take' on the world is both the problem and the art of translation. However every such act c an only be provisional . Wharf's ( 1 956) writing also contains several oblique references to envi ronmental matters, one o f which is this: To exc lude the evidence which their languages offer as to what the human mi nd can do is l ike expecting botanists to study nothing but food plants and hothouse roses and then tell us what the plant world is like ! ( p . 2 1 5)
�
We note that Whorf does not wish to privi lege any particular pers pe c �e an e ge he might well have shared our misgivings regarding attempts to fin d pr1 v ll
:
�-Ecology
1 39
solutions in the languages of peoples perceived to l ive in perfect harmony with nature: We maintai n , however, that the diversity of conceptual systems encountered in the world 's languages offers a unique opportun ity to learn from a diversity of perspectives. Environmental studies and language studies, as has already been pointed out, share the problem that the observer is part of what is to be observed . As a speaker of l anguage, the language observer is an insider; as part of the environment, the observer at the same time i s part of the observed. This state of affairs precl udes the possibility of a wholly objective observation from the outside and, at the same time, privileges the observers in that they can have insider knowledge. By pool ing a d iversity of insider knowledge a great deal can be learned. The first theme of this ch apter, then, is the diversity of perspectives to which access can be gained through the study of alternative semantic systems . Non-European Ideas of Biodiversity and the Link With the Diversity of Languages Before offeri ng a small selection of the kind of knowledge to be gained from inspecting alternative semantic systems, let us briefly comment on an important aspect of conceptual diversity. M uch h as been written on the history of the Anglo-Saxon view of biological divers ity (e. g . , in Thomas , 1 983) but comparatively very little on non-European views of biod iversity. The realiza tion that such diversity was not necessari ly created by an almighty creator to meet human needs (including that of punishing si nners) i s fairly recent. S t i l l , in the current ecological l iterature a very sophisticated understanding of biological diversity is beginning to emerge (Mol l ison, 1 99 1 , pp. 24ff. ) , in particular the realization that order and tidiness do not stand in any privi leged relationship. That the apparent disorderly variation in l anguages such as English is considerably more orderly than imagi ned by those l inguists who have rel egated most variation to the dustbin of performance has been dem onstrated in the writi ngs o f l i n gu ists such as Bailey ( 1 972, 1 996). Bailey's key obs ervation that contemporary diversity reflects diachronic development, as we l l as the practice of those who reconstruct l i n guistic prehistory to identify areas of greatest diversity with the putative home land of a language fami ly,2 bear wi tne ss to the perceived usefulness of this pri nciple. Diversity, i n a rather crude and mechan ist sense, reflects time, and for the present-day diversity of th e 6,000 cu rrentl y existing human languages to develop, agai n applying the very cru de g lottochronological formu l a that each language splits i nto two l a nguag es every 1 ,000 years, more than 1 3 ,000 years of development are requ ired.
1 40
G RE E N S PEA K
Language diversi fication, of course, was not simply driven by a crude formula or 'principle of nature ' , but more importantly re fl ects cultural adap tation to environmental ( i n the widest sense of the word) c i rcumstances. Over long stre tches of time, speakers shape the lexical re s ources and grammar of their language in such a way that it can help sustain their continued well-being. Spec ial ist knowledge of the natural environment, such as knowledge of useful and harmful pl ants and an imals, seasons or tides, i s re flec ted in a specialist lexicon in very much the same way that the lexicons of p ai nt i ng, farming or computing in our society re flect the knowledge needed t o sustain and develop such special ist activities . Life in a particular human environ ment is dependent in part on people's abil ity to tal k about it and to use langu age to m anage it. Access to nature is a hazardous business, and d i fferent groups have tried to capture the relationship between humans and the env ironment in quite d i fferent ways. These can be grouped into three prcthe o retical classes of ideologies: (a) H umans are controlled by nature ; ( b ) humans are part of nature ; and (c) humans control nature. For each of these ideologies , particular ways of tal king have developed and have become fos si l i ze d in the lexicon and grammar of individual languages. Causative words (to k i l l , to cure, to teach, to plant, to fill and many more) arc dominant in languages of group (c) which means most modern European or, as they have also been called, SAE lan guages , a'l well as new national languages such as Indonesian that were designed to be intertransl atable with them. In such l anguages, humans are the prototy pical agents in structural utterances, the most animate, ' transitive ' beings (for further detai ls, see Hal l iday, 1 992). Lex ical and grammatical dev ices to e x pre ss the cause-e ffect type of causativity are much less i n evidence in languages where spe akers subscribe to a worldview of type (a) or (b) and animacy is not an attribute reserved for humans and useful animals. Div e r s i ty, in our view, reflects neither regressive compartmentalization nor ' progress' in the We s te rn sense but a large number of progresses (as well as m i sread i ngs). Prehistory, as alre ady mentioned , is ful l of ex amples of lan guages and cultures dying out as a result of hav ing misread their environ ment. Diversity i s also a reflection of the i nteraction and exch ange of ideas between speakers of languages, something which the supporters of th e di ver s gence view of l anguage d i fferentiation have tended grossl y to negl ect, perh ap y el wid not are ideas because two-way l earn i ng an d e q uit ab le e x c h ange of The found in s ocieties subscribing t o a si ngle Western notion of prog res s . as abil i ty of this phil osophy to help the s urv i v al of mankind is com i n g in cre ve ha on ati ic mun com ingly under scrutiny. Pres e n t d ay notions of intercultural re tu s tended to be largely predatory-u sing knowledge of aspec ts of oth er cu l to obtai n economic, m i l i tary or other gains. -
§!!Jno -Ecology
141
Lan guages as Memories Diversity of languages in the view we have presented emerges as a vast repository of accu mulated human knowledge and experience, or, to use a term which is becoming fashionable in many branches of knowledge, a ' memory ' . By this we mean that i n a way comparable to that i n which sea curren ts or layers of ice are 'memories ' of short- and long-term c l i m atic changes and books are memories o f l iterate cultures, human languages are memories o f human inventiveness, adaptation and survival skil l s . The most superficial layers of th is memory are words (lex ical items) . Underlying them are much older layers such a s ethnoc lassification systems and other morphosyntactic structures and language-specifi c pragmatic strate gies for obtai ning, negotiating and transmitting knowledge. Regarding lexical inventories, these reflect (a) what people know (what they have names for) and (b) the central ity of a concept to a particular cul ture. For instance, the names for d i fferent k i nds of trees in a language spoken in New Guinea can be regarded as a strong indication of the speaker's botan ical knowledge, a fact explained by the growing ranks of ethnobotan ists. When consulting one of the few reasonably comprehensive dictionaries of a Papuan language, Lang's ( 1 97 5 ) Enga dictionary, we note that the compiler l i sts a number of tree names for known species, such as the following: breadfruit (Ficus dammaropsis) : breadfruit ( wild) : casuarina
cedar (papuacedrus
kup£. wiCJilu.l, yaklite. yongdte
(T)
yolwpdti
( Casuarina oligodon ) : kupiama. yawcile
Papuan ) :
aytipc1
She also has a long l ist of tree names not yet descri bed by expatriate botani sts, a list which i n all likel ihood i s considerably longer: tree , kind of: andaita, anguana, auki, bona, gii, kdepu, kendu, kipondu, kumu, kUII g u,
laikitaki, Iomba, lydka, lyakati, lyunguna, matopa. naipi, naka, ndpu. opaka, paid, sangu, sapo, sukU, suu, wayape, wahame, wano, yandtile, yoke
patepa, peke, pelepele, pulaka,
� t is not inconceivable that the massive logging program currently carried out
tn Pap ua New Guinea will lead to the disappearance of species whose names are kn ow n only to the peoples who used to l ive among them . Fro m an anthropocentric and uti l i tarian perspective, the perspective that . I nev itabl y drives human perceptions of nature, most prominent among the E nga n ames for plants and pl ant parts arc those that this particular culture h as
1 42
G R E E N S PE A K
identi fied a s bei ng of use a s food s, medici nes, building materi als and so forth . The Enga dictionary contains a long list of entries naming plants that fal l i nto this category, a smal l sample of which fol lows: tree bark (used as rope): light wood dngewane (PJ. wanepa tree bark (used as string): endmbO, komau, kotale tree bark (used in leprosy cure): dilay tree (used for throwing stick) : kongema tree (where possums are found): mina tree (seeds eaten): dmbea mdnga, kita, tapae. waima, yombuta tree (seeds used for hair dye): mflya tree (wood used for spears): mtindi tree (used for arrows): mama. yupi tree (used for arrows/bows): black plum ( ?) kupi, mimti
tree (used for clubs): kulepa
tree (used for drums): laiyene
Knowledge of these plants is now considerably threatened as the Enga become dependent on foods i mported in tins and containers, as their children have to attend government schools where they are expected to acqu ire nontraditional knowledge (which leaves l ittle time or opportunity to acquire the full tradi tional knowledge), and as the habitat of much of the indigenous fauna and flora is destroyed to give way to coffee plantations and gardens in which introduced food p l ants are grown , to roads , to towns and to airstrips. Studies of many other languages of the New Guinea area point to very much the same development. Thus, with regard to the domain of colors and dyes, Senft ( 1 992) reports the fol lowing changes in Kilivila, the language of the Trobriand Islands: Another l i nguistic change i s observed i n connection with the manufacturing of so-called ' grass skirts ' ; it affects Kilivila colour terms which undergo important processes of l anguage change. As noted elsewhere, Western chemical dyes were easily available to Trobriand I slands women in 1 983 . These dyes have now completely replaced traditional natural dyes that were prep ared from certain plants. This has resulted in the loss of the traditional knowledge of folk-botany with respect to the dyeing of ski rts. In consequence, the folk-botany terms that were used to refer to the respective colours of these natural dyes are dying out now. ( p. 72)
�
id r What is happening here on a smaller scale is an examp le of a m.uch .w • m worldwide trend. The following newspaper story i l l ustrates the w t de r t P cations:
§!o!Jn -Ecologv
1 43
Ra re and useful food chain being neglected
WASH I NGTON : Thousands of tasty, useful plants and ani mals are being neglec ted for world food and are threatened with extinction , a UN study says. The w orld was full of little-known species humans could use to increase and impro ve food supplies, said Jose Esquinas-Aicazar of the UN Food and Agricul ture Organi sation. With up to 50.000 edible species, humans ate only 250-300 kinds of plants, acc ording to international agriculture studies. "Today, most of the world's fann ed terrestrial food comes from just 20 or so plant species, eight animal species and five bird species," said a summary of the report. In its report, Harvesting Nature 's Diversity, the UN agency says some 40,000 plant species could be lost by the middle of the next century. Europe already has lost half the domestic horses, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs and poultry breeds it had in 1 900 . More than 85 per cent of the 7000 apple varieties once grown in the US are gone. Large-scale commercial breeding of domestic animal s posed the worst threat to animal diversity, said the report, because they often are bred only for max i mum production. ( Adelaide Advertiser. October 2 1 , 1 99 3 , p. 30)
The examples discussed here suggest the importance of havi n g a variety of linguistic resources that (a) are capable of making a l arge number of d i st i nc tions and (b) serve as a reposi tory of knowledge of natural species and human p ractices. The knowledge base of any individual language is quite in sufficient to meet the requirements of a civilization that claims to be capable of ' managing' the environment-even a language such as English, for which it has been claimed, Our language stands pre-eminent even among the languages of the West. Who ever knows that l anguage has a ready access to al l the vast i ntellectual wealth which all the wisest nations of the earth have created and hoarded in the course of ninety generations. It is l ikely to become the l anguage of commerce through out the seas of the East. ( M acaulay, 1 83 5 , cited i n J. Phillipson, 1 992, p. 1 36)
Some Aspects of the History of the Engli sh Lang uage W hat can currently be observed on a global scale-the loss of biological . div ersity and the loss of the l inguistic diversity needed to preserve the know led ge of it-is not a recent phenomenon but dates bac k to practices that arose out of the so-cal led Enlightenment, with its separation of popular and sc i� nti fic views of the natural world . Thomas 's ( 1 983) study of changing att itud es tow ards nature i n England again bears out the l i n k between the loss
1 44
G R EE N S PEA K
o f popu lar names and the dec l ine i n n atural diversi ty. Thomas of stages in the process :
lis ts a number
I . Local and regi onal forms were deliberatel y suppressed and
replaced by forgotte n al together or declined in status to survive as the makeshift equipment of the rustic and the amateur" ( p. 86). In some i n stances, the streamlining of the d i verse dialect nomenclatures no doubt resul ted in improved intergroup com mun ication, but in many other i nstances , it meant that fewer people would talk Latin botan ical name s : "The old vernacular n ames were e i th e r
about fewer distinctions.
2. An unbridgeable gap developed between tradition and
scientific knowl
edge:
Vulgar names were an obstacle to science. 'Those who wish to remain ignorant of the Latin language,' said John Berkenhout in 1 789, 'have no business with the study of botany.' A decade or so later, the farmers who s t il l used 'vulgar, provincial names ' to identi fy the pests which attacked their crops found them selves unable to communicate with the naturalists, who did not know which species they were talking about. In the nineteenth century there was a b ri e f, sentimental attempt by John Ruskin and some other garden i ng wri ters to revive or invent English names for garden flowers and wild plants. But by t h at time the learned world had permanently discarded the language of ordinary discourse. ( p. 87)
3. A devel opment analogous to the introduction
of Western foods and the wake of
medicines into Th ird World countries occurred in B ri tain in modern medical discoveries:
The enormous influx, from the early decades of the seventeenth century onwards, of new drugs from A merica and the East made learned doctors increasingly indifferent to local herbal remedies. As early as 1 656 the art of the herbalist was said to have grown ' contemptible' . The use of simples, said a mid-eighteenth century wri ter, was now much neglected; native plants had ' made way for a farrago of exotics imported and pal med on us' . It was among country folk and the poor that the usc of the old herbal remedies would survive. In the late nineteenth century the rural classes were said still to use the old herbals and. 'in the north of England at any rate ' , to 'collect vast quantities of medicinal plants ' · But, for scientists, plant-names which preserved the memory of fanc ied potenc i e s and resemblances had long become unacceptable. ( pp. 84-85)
�
1 7th -cen tury natural worl mul ate to the present-day lack of attention to the diversity of knowl edge acc u owled ge in the disappearin g traditional l anguages, and belief that scien tifi c kn
One can observe the continuity of thought from the e arly sc ientists and their dismissal of traditional know ledge abou t the
of a Western type can be a l l-embracing.
§!!�no-Ecology
1 45
We certai nly disagree with the fol l owing pronouncement made by C. F. Hockett ( 1 954 ), one of the leading fi gures in American structuralism : The hierarchy of tenns for specific items and various more inclusive classes of items. illustrated here in th e fi e ld of fruits a n d nuts, is in any given l anguage the product of a vast number of hi storical accidents; identical coverage of generic tenns in two unrelated languages would be a second-order accident. There is a special idiom within the general framework of most Western European l anguages in which the effect of these accidents i s removed and categorization i s based on actual structural similari ties. This is the idiom of science-for fruits and nuts, the tenninology of botanical taxonomy. B otanical l y speaking, the class of items which in everyday parl ance are called 'berries' does not constitute a meaningfu l category. The idiom of science constantly replaces haphazard classifications b y more objective ones. I t is to b e doubted whether any one language equips its speakers better than any other for the kind of semantic puri fication which the scientific approach necessitates. The Whorf approach suggests the value to an individual of learning a language of a type really alien to that of his own as a "second wi ndow" through which to view the universe. One may suspect that scienti fically oriented study of the world about us is a more fruitful and enlight ening experience of this sort than any study of a second language. ( p. 1 1 4)
Linguistics of the Lexicon
Inventories Let us return to our discussion of the lexicon. The cul tural central ity of a lexical concept is manifested i n two way s : (a) in Zipf's law, which postulates that what is culturally central w i l l be expressed by means of a short word ; and (b) in the presence of densely populated semantic fields containing numerous subordinate terms. For i nstance, most ordinary speakers of English have a short word 'duck' , a form which reflects that ducks, unlike cassowaries or hummingbirds, are widely known, central and easily identified by English speakers. However, what such speakers actual ly know about ducks may be very little indeed. In contrast, duckshooters will not only distinguish between surface feeding and diving ducks but w i l l also know a wide variety of n ames for differe nt subspecies. Beauford ( 1 887/ 1 987), in his guide to shooti ng in Britain , devotes no fewer than 30 pages to information about ducks of interest to the shooter, listing among other names those of sheldrake, pintai l , gad wal l , shoveller, teal , garganey, porchard, scaup, scoter, merganser, and smew. On the porchard , he remarks, It is one of the rarest ducks that now and then visit our islands. Its appearance here has not been recorded a score of times during the present century. We were
1 46
G R E E N S PE A K
most fortunate in procuring, just after it had been killed, the only specimen ever shot in I reland . ( p. 1 87)
Knowledge of, among other things, names, numbers, behavior and taste needs to be regarded ao; separate from either exterm ination or preservation. The very knowledge that in the past led to the selective pursuit of rare birds could in the future be used to preserve them . The duckshooters most likely to cause harm are the ones for whom a duck is simply a duck. B ecause of the c lose connection between perceived cultural usefulness, knowledge and names, the l i nguistic coverage of nature is rather uneven in traditional societies. Names corresponding to English terms such as weed and scrub are widely documented in traditional societies, as are some of the associated behav iors. The Eipo of West Irian , for instance (sec Hicpko & Sch iefenhoevel, 1 985 , p . 6), distinguish between koineneng (cultured plants) and faneneng (wild plants) and also have a term malya meaning "something useless, a weed ." Malya , like English ' bug ' , ' weed ' or ' scrub ' , signals a lack of further specific knowledge of this aspect of nature as it is not perceived to be useful to humans. However, on the principle that one group's weed is the next group's edible plant, to study as many di fferent groups and their lexicons as possible would seem to be desirable. Crosby ( 1 986) comments on a number of case histories of weeds having become cultivated plants and vice versa: Weeds are not always unlikeable. Rye and oats were once weeds; now they are crop plants. Can a crop plant shift the other way and become a weed? Yes. A maranth and crabgrass were prehistoric crops in America and Europe, respec tively, both treasured for their nourishing seeds, and now both have been demoted to weeds. (Amaranth may be on its way back to respectability in the crop category agai n . ) Are weeds, while in that category, always a bane and torment to everyone? No, indeed. Bermuda grass, one of the most irrepressible tropical weeds, was extolled a century and a hal f ago as a stabi lizer of levees along the lower Missi ssippi at the s ame time that farmers not far from that river were call i ng it devilgrass. Weeds are not good or bad ; they are simply the plants that tempt the botanist to use such anthropomorphic terms as aggressive and opportunistic. ( pp. 1 49- 1 50)
S i m i l arly, Sapir ( 1 985) comments on the fact that not having a name for a p lant leads to the perception that it is a weed : One who is not a botanist, or is not particularly i nterested for purposes of folk ess medicine or otherwise in plant lore, would not know how to refer to nu m berl s erea wh . s' eed plants that make up part of his environment except merely as 'w of seeds , roots wild on supply food its for an I ndian tribe very largely dependent
§!jlnO-Ecology
147
wild plants, and other vegetable products, might have precise terms for each and every one of these nondescript weeds. In many cases distinct terms would even be in use for various conditions of a single plant species, distinct reference being made as to whether it is raw or cooked, or of this or that colour, or i n this or that stage of growth. In this way special vocabularies having reference to acorns or camass might be col lected from various tribes of Cal i fornia or Oregon. (p. 92)
Extensive lexical graphical l ists in ethnobiological analyses have become available in recent years. It i s imperative that research in this area be acceler ated because the maj ority of smaller lan guages are under severe threat of extinction and because the ethnobiological know ledge of speakers of surviv ing languages often d isappears before other knowledge.
Classification Let us now proceed from the discussion of lexical inventories to that o f classification. Classification essentially is about how speakers of a language group together what they perceive as similar into formal ly distinct classes, such as gender. Classes thus constitute a folk theory of sameness and d i ffer ences. Languages such a'i English h ave only reflexes of nominal classi fications. The d i fference between culturall y edible and inedible an i m als, for instance, is formally marked by the 0-plural in the former class, or in the absence of a grammatical plural : Edible
Inedible•
two deer two grouse two pike two skate pork deer veal
two sharks two snakes two grasshoppers two guinea pigs two horses two grubs two frogs
a. Note that all of these animals are regarded as edible in some countries.
Conti nen tal European l anguages have 2 or more grammatical genders, B antu lang uages have around 8 , and some languages of Melanesia h ave between 50 and I 00 o vertly marked gender classes. Markers for a class of edible animals or plants are common across lan � uages. Thus, in Arremte (Central A ustralia), a classifier kere ( meal creature) Is pre fi xed to words such as nyengke (zebra finch, see Wilkins, 1 98 8 , p. 82),
1 48
G R E E N S PE A K
with other kinds of food and nonfood items marked b y di ffe rent affi xes, as shown in Table 7 . I : What i s much more i mportant than the number of classes a l angu age distinguishes are the perceptions of sameness, similarities and a ffinitie s th at class systems can promote (for a detailed discussion, see Lakoff, 1 987 ). Ethnoc l assi fication studies have addressed a number of question s, only some of which arc of relevance to our specific pro blem ( for a det ai led discussion , see H icpko & Schiefenhoevel , 1 985) . A common l i nguistic con cern is to determine universal pri nciples underlying the organization of c l assifications. Thus, Brown ( 1 977 and in numerous other works) has pro posed that fol k taxonomies across the world show input properties in the area of naming plants: Rcccntly, l have assembled data from 1 05 global ly distributed lan gu ages showing that folk botanical life form terms arc also added to l anguages in a highly regular manner. Botanical life form terms designate the most inclusive, comprehensive classes of plants (apart from the ' plant kingdom ' category) regul a rl y discovered in folk botanical taxonomies. I have shown that five life form t ax a roughly glossed 'tree ' , ' herb ' , 'bush ' , ' grass ' , and 'vine' , are labeled in languages spoken in every major inhabi ted ecological zone. The distinctive mo rp h o l ogic al features possessed by plants which determine their i nclusion in the latter five categories are of such a general nature that botanical organisms found in all of the world's plant-bearing environments manifest them. These features are the following. tree : larger plant ( relative to the plan t inventory of a particular environment) whose parts are chiefly ligneous ( woody). herb : smaller plant ( relative to the plant inventory of a parti cul ar environment) whose parts are chiefly herbaceous (green, leafy, non-woody). (This definition provides for the inclusion of grasses w i thin the class. However, in this paper, unless otherwise indicated, 'herb' is used to refer to a class so defined, but excluding grasses. ) bush : plant of intermediate size ( relative to the plant inventory o f a particular environment) whose parts are either ligneous or herbaceous. grau : smaller herbaceous plan t (relative to the plant i nventory of a particular environment) with narrow, often blade-like or spear-shaped leaves. vine: plant exhibiting a creeping, twining, or twisting st em habit, whose parts are either ligneous or herbaceous. ( p . 79) ,
Moreover, the labels fol low a universal impl icational order of the type : Languages at Stage I h ave no botanical life forms. At Stage 2 'tree' is lex ic all y encoded. The ' t ree' l i fe form of early stage languages often is cons iderab l.Y broader in actual plant membership than the 'tree' of later stage l angu ages . n us us l i fe form frequently includes bushes and shrubs, and sometimes even ligneo d. de ad is . B E form, G 3 life Stage R second At a trees. vines. in addition to R
1 49
§!jano -Ecology
GRER B designates a general category of small herbaceous plants. This life form is never encoded as 'herb' , i .e. herbaceous plants excluding grasses, but is always added either as a composite category, ' grass' + ' herb' , or simply as grass ' . When GRERB is encoded as 'grass ' , it may in fact include a few nongrassy herbaceous plants in addition to grasses. The latter category usuall y is associated with languages spoken in areas in which smal l herbaceous plants predominantly are grasses. In any case, GRERB life forms of early stage languages charac teristically i nclude most, if not all , plants not included in the "tree" life form. From Stage 4 to Stage 6 three additional life forms are lexically encoded. Certain encoding options arc associated with these stages, resulting in three possible paths for adding botanical life form terms to lexicons. These additional taxa encompass plants previously included in GRERB and/or 'tree ' at earlier developmental stages. Thus the lexical encoding of 'bush ' . for example, is achieved by pulling bushes and shrubs from the range of GRERB or 'tree ' , or from the ranges of both , as the case may be. Thus as l i fe forms arc added to Stage 4 to Stage 6, the ranges of GRERB and 'tree' tend to shrink. ( pp. 80-8 1 ) •
An empirical study confirming these developmental implications is Brown's ( 1 982 ) account of the devel opment of fol k botanical l i fe forms in the Polynesian languages : Proto-Polyncsian, of about 2,500 years ago, possessed only one botanical l i fe form, 'tree ' . S hortly after the parent l anguage's break-up a daughter language innovated ' grass' and this life-form di ffused widel y. No other botanical life forms were encoded by Polynesian l anguages for about 1 ,500 years or until the majority of islands within East Polynesia were settled . During the last I 000 years, many Polynesian languages encoded l i fe-forms beyond 'tree' and 'grass ' . How ever, only one of these, M arquesan, added all five l i fe-forms of the encoding sequence. For reasons to be discussed presently, it is likely that most l anguages acquired additional life-forms only during the last several hundred years, i .e. mai nly the period of European contact. In addition, in one part of the Pacific, where East U vean. Samoan , East Futunan and Tongan are spoken , l i fe-form categories, especially 'grerb' and 'vine' , diffused extensively. ( p. 234)
W hate ver the value of such material constraints on plant classi fication , an even more im portant theme would seem to be the l inguistic treatment of plants perceived to be cultural ly usefu l . Franklin 's ( 1 97 1 , pp. 1 36- 1 37) discussion of the quest ions that l i nguists, botanists and members of the Kewa culture m ig ht ask about cordyl ine leaves i l lustrates both the dangers of the 'etymo logic al fall acy ' and the d i fference between an ctic and an ernie analysis : In Kewa the generic term aapu ' tangct' includes all of the following kinds: aakoa, otaa- kula, nekea-royo, nupiti, modaa, karubi, beamu, asala, kala-kawa, baako, yapi, uruba, agaa-popano, masaa-tala, abanome, pora, melepa-abanome, and
1 50
G R EE N S P E A K
TAB LE 7.1 Markers and Classifiers Marker
Classifier
Exampk
Meaning
thipe
flying, fleshy creatures (birds and bats)
thipe angepe
a crow
yerre
ants
yerre lkerrke
black mea t ants
arne
ligneous plants (trees , bushes)
arne ilwempe
ghost gum (bushes)
long grasses
name lyentye
nanre ntange
seeds of a nut or grainlike nature
ure
fire-related entities
k.o. creek grass
ntange tnyeme
seeds of witchetty bush
ure lcwene
smoke
lcwatye
water-related entities
lcwatye urewe
river food
pwerte
rock-related entities
pwerte athere
a gri nd i ng stone
kere
meat creatures (i.e., game animals)
/cere aherre
kangaroo
bush banana
merne
edible foods from plants
merne langwe
nglcwarle
sweet honeylike foods/drinks
ngkwarle urltampe
sugar bag, native honey
tyape
edible grubs
tyape tnyematye
witchetty grub
ingwelpe
native tobacco
ingwelpe mpurnpe
hill country tobacco
awe lye
medicines
awelye untyeye
corkwood
arne
artifact. useable thing
arne irrtyane
a spear
artwe
initiated man-class
artwe alartetye
spokesman
( man leader)
tree
medicine
reihe
woman-class
relhe aleperentye
a kurdaitcha woman
ampe
child-class
ampe yeperenye
child of Yeperenye totem
flmere
place-class
pmere Mparnrwe
(child k.o. caterpillar)
"Alice Springs"
( place Mpamtwe)
yakora.
The taxonomy is thus a very shallow one in that all
contrastive on the same level .
the varieties
arc
Do_e5•
For l i nguists (especial ly), the tendency now is to analyze each name : ed for example, the leaf nupiti refer to the fact that l eaves of th i s type are c am ou in the wome n ' s net bags underneath the children ( from nu ' net bag ' + piti 'y w i l l sit ' )? Does the name agaa-popano indicate that such leaves may look
ghno-Ecology
151
som eth ing l i ke the leaves o f the pandanus palm (from agaa ' pandanus pal m ' popan o ' I should move ' ) '? Does melepa-banome suggest that this is a new o f tanget that was introduced from the north (where me/epa refers to a ype t group i n that direction)? A lthough this may reveal some c l ues to the uage ng la i t is unlikely to reveal anything about the fol k taxonomy. clature, en m no The next questions may quite naturally center on the physical properties of the cordyline leaves : their size, color, and function. Such q uestions allow the subclassi fication of the leaves but are not the most i mportant questions i n terms o f the semantic features. The m ai n questions are those that can be framed as a result of participating in informal discussion on the nature and function of cordyl i ne leaves and are therefore questions suggested by cultural participants. The five main q uestions framed as a result of the discussion and their answers are now given : +
( 1 ) What leaves are used for dances? (yamoa mata pabe aapu = putting on dancing tanget) : modaa, karubi, asala, agaa-popano, and kiyapi* , where an asterisk i ndicates a new name that had not been elicited before. (2) What leaves are best for the dry season times, in that they do not wilt? (puri pateaga pane pia yatrulpe aapu = si nce they arc strong, they are tangets for wearing when dry): nupiti, uruba, nekea-royo, melepa-abanome, and masaa-tala. (3) What leaves arc used to line the eanh ovens? (agere yawape yo = mumu cooking leaves): pora, melepa-abanome, and ramu* .
(4) What leaves arc put on and worn as everyday types? (pa ama yamape aapu = tangets that arc just put on): aakoa, ota-kula, nekea-royo, nupiti. masaa-tala, and
sapi-rami*. (5) What leaves are used when taboo signs are made? (rekena i aapu = tanget which has taboo sign): asala, aako, modaa, karubi, and kiyapi.
It is not surprising that several of the leaves have more than one function. In a classification accord i ng to colour, there are al ways leaves that are difficult to place. The same is true of other physical properties, and cross-c lassi fication is probably an aspect of any system, as Frankl in ( 1 97 1 ) notes: After all of the above information had been elicited I then h a d an assistant gather one of each type of cordyline leaves. I then, without aid, attempted to assign each speci men a name. This was, of course, a real problem for me. The function was not associated with the appearance and only the physical propenies of the leaves were an aid: colour, width and shape of the leaves and stems. Fol lowi ng my attempt several Kewa men were asked the names of the leaves and they were labelled. With the leaves in plain view I then asked which ones they considered to be similar in appearance. This allowed me to see if what I considered as the same or different corresponded with the view of the cultural insider. It also allows the Ieamer to ask why, for example, the leaves pora and uruba or baako and
1 52
G RE E N S PEA K
asa/a are placed together. I t i s a gradual process o f trial and error learning
whereby I become educated into this particular area of Kewa culture. Duri ng the periods of discussion I learned many interesting things about other aspects of Kewa culture that I had not known before. The whole process suggested to me some practical considerations for education in New Guinea. ( p. 1 37)
Environment and the Human/Nonhuman Boundary One theme we have commented on several times has been the Western view that h umans are separate from their environment. This has led to a critical reflection on the usefu l ness of the term "environment" in the environmental debate . One can observe that our Western perception is propped up by a range of grammatical devices-for example, in English the affi x -ment, signaling abstract, nonhuman entities ( figment, enj oyment, embezzlement) whose agency is l ow. Note also that environment is a rather awkward noun to plural ize, and note the metaphorical character ( i n our culture) of expressions such as "the environment tells us, i n forms us." The boundary between humans and their nonhuman environment is con ceived of very d i fferently in other cul tures. As Richards ( 1 989) has observed in the context of devising conservation slogans in Sierra Leone: I n local thought, humans are distinct from other animals i n their capacity to dissemble (a viewpoint Sierra Leoneans share with the philosopher Schopen hauer). Some wild animals are dangerous . A smal l group of animals, however, poses acute ontological difficulties. These are those such as chimpanzee and elephant with an apparent capacity for wanton evil (something normally only found in humans). The Mende agree with Shakespeare that ' there is no art to find the mind 's construction in the face' (Macbeth). Perhaps such apparently evil animals as 'chi mpanzee' and 'elephant ' are not really animals at all , but shape shifted humans in disguise? If environmentalists arc to talk seriously with Sierra Leonean citizens about rain forest conservation then they will have to understand the phi losophical underpinnings of these threats to the moral order posed by shape-shifters. ( p. I )
The view that some animals are "shape-shifted" humans in disguise is documented for indigenous cultures in many parts of the world and i s reflecte d in their l i n guistic c lass ifications. Schindlbeck ( 1 980) has analy zed the views of the Sawo (M iddle Sepik, Papua New Guinea) on the affin ities betwee n humans and pigs. In the Sawo view, pigs are humans, distinguis hed fro m o ther , humans only by their having a permanent cover cal led mboesa re. Pig hu� ti � g de mst ngs i be an hum the in their belief, involves hunting for this cover only, an return ing to a place where they can obtain a new cover. Huntin g is thu s n ot of act of actual killing, but more l i ke stealing a coat. A material co nsequen ce
Ethno -Ecologv
1 53
su ch a belief is the production of pig covers which humans wear from time to tim e for ceremonial purposes. The perceived affi nities between humans and pigs is not w i thout environ mental consequences . Keeping large numbers of pigs and tolerating the environ mental degradation caused by feral pigs has had a major i mpact on many smal l er Pac i fi c islands. The measures advocated by Westerners for pig control (a euphemism for shooting them) will fai l to motivate members of such groups to save their environment i n just about the same way as attempts to make Westerners gi ve up their automobi les have so far fai led . The insight that d i fferent categorizations correlate with different environ mental attitudes and practices has rarely been articulated by indigenous ob servers . An i mportant exception is Mokaa ( 1 976), an American Indian l i nguist who argues strongly against the universality of the human-nature distinction , i l lustrating his arguments with examples from American Indian l anguage s : Western man h a s transformed nature and created a n artificial man-made worl d which h e calls 'civilization' . This civi lized world consists almost overwhelm i ngly of ' l i feless, inanimate' objects. This artificial world, which is his 'natural habitat ' , may color his concept of what is ' natural ' , and what is ' nature' . Western man seems to divide existence into a kind of polarity of civilization and nature, the latter including plants, animals, and people living 'in the natural state' . He speaks of 'the world of nature' as of literally another world, a sort of wild, unknown, and perhaps hostile land existing beyond the l i mits of known civiliza tion. He speaks of 'going into nature' as of going on a long tri p or safari into the unknown, and of going 'back to nature' as a retreat from civilization, or even as going backwards. ( p. 87)
The Western mind may be more l i kely to consider automobi les and trucks in busy traffic, and the wheels of industry as much more dynamic man i festations of l i fe than i t would some of the less noisy and more subtle phenomena one might call inanimate nature. Mokaa ( 1 976) strongly criticizes views on the universal validity o f catego ries such as an imate or inani mate used in B loomfield's ( 1 946) Algonquian studies, arguing that Western linguists have applied their own labels to the genders of American Indian l anguages, but these labels tell much more about the Western mind and world view than they tell about the American I ndian mind or world view. They are a form of projection. The error of such projection is that, completely believing his own labels, the European imagines he is discussing Indian concepts when in reality he i s discussing his own. The civilized linguist is doing exactly what he says the primitive ' savage' does with words, that is, he i magines that the word he uses is equivalent to the phenomena he is discussing. ( p. 87)
1 54
G R E E N S PE A K
The linguist's labels and logic have neither descri bed, explained nor c l arified Algonqu ian gender; rather, they have generated misunderstanding in the European m i nd and have misinterpreted and misrepresented the Indian. It certainly appears much more logical and rational when the A merican Indians' grammatical concepts are seen from the poi nt of view of their own thinki ng, culture and worldview. Whose Analytical Categories?
There is now a small body of anthropological linguistic studies that can be used as the basis for two-way learning about environmental perceptions-for example, in two recent readers (Pawley, 1 99 1 ; Wi ll iams & B ai nes, 1 988), and in a number of detailed case studies bringing together l inguistic and environ mental concerns . In a particularly i nsightful paper, Batai lle-Benguigui ( 1 988) comments on some i mportant consequences of sociolinguistic beliefs on the m anagement of local fish. With regard to six classes of fish, the shark, the hammerhead, the goatfish, the pclupelu, the bonito and the milkfish, she remarks, The fish is addressed
as an honoured interlocuter or as a social partner of high rank. One or two days before leaving to fish for shark , the crew retire to a fale siu, or a taboo fi shing house on the beach, to prepare but, in fact, they are undergoing a purification rite; society is excluded and the men avoid sexual relations with all women before putting to sea. Thefale siu is also considered as the receptacle of the soul of t he shark seen to be a god, and as an altar consecrated to it. The fishing house must remai n taboo all the time the men are at sea and some guard it while preparing food in an earth oven for the crew's return . ( p. 1 89)
And on page 1 90 she continues, In al l cases described, man has a socialised, affective rel ationship with the fish which has become a person which the fisherman acknowledges as a social partner of higher rank . He speaks to the fish in metaphors, using vernacular terms of address reserved to chiefs and the royal family. In the case of the shark and the bonito, this relationship is even sexualised; they are both called Hina, the name of a female goddess that often occurs in Polynesian mythology in sl ightly different forms (e.g., Sina, Ina). The fisherman speaks aloud to the shark as to a lover by compli ment ing it on the beauty of its form. offering a garland of flowers which, in fact, is the slip knot with which the fish is to be captured ; he begs it to eat the bait that he o ffers under the name of laumafa (the food of the king; me ' akai is the food of com mon peo ple and m e 'a 'ilo that of nobles). He asks the fish to get i nto the canoe on a ro yal co uc h , fata (mohenga for common people) to be with its fiance, Sinilau ( an oth er
Ethno-Ecology
1 55
hero in Polynesian mythology and called in other areas Tinirau, Tt mirau, Tinilau or Kinilau). The fisherman never captures the fi rst shark to appear, which remains Hina for him, the goddess of Pulotu, but he continues to address himself to her sisters and the species in general and captures them.
One consequence is that the relationship between sharks and humans i s diametrically opposi te to that portrayed i n Western representations such as
Jaws: As we have seen in Tonga, five gods were i ncarnate in sharks. Today, Tongans are not afraid of sharks and accidents are rare. The few observations of wounds or of death from these wounds are explai ned as owi ng to the fact that the victim committed some fault on land (e.g., adultery, robbery, lands taken from an older brother) and was punished as a result. Thus, the shark administers justice and guarantees the equilibrium and morality of the society; it is not the enemy of man. Thi s lack of fear i n Tonga as regards sharks can be explained by Tongan social perceptions of the animal and by the natural but prudent behaviour of fishermen when i n the water, as a result of familiarity with sharks since child hood. The men have the fearless behaviour recommended by biologists and scientists who have observed the behaviour of sharks in captivity. According to Johnson · . . . sel f-confidence is a primordial quality in man/shark relations ' . The Tongans possess this quality i nnately since the shark is not an enemy but a god, or even a judge. ( pp. 1 93- 1 94)
Respect for an i mals at the same time ful fi l s an i mportant function in wildl i fe preservation : On the economic level and in relation to ecology, the taboos concerning violent capture techniques and the sale of catch provide a balance to the over-fishing now possible by the use of modern equipment, and the commercialisation of the fishing i ndustry. This is but one example of how Western i nfluence can be controlled by maintaining and respecting traditional relationships with the su pern atural. (p. 1 95 )
Studies i n ethnoichthyology for other parts of t h e Pacific ( e . g . , Akimich i , 1 993) underline the important role of l anguage i n managing t h e environment.
Deeper Levels of Grammar
Our discussion has proceeded from selectively superficial lexical consider ations to systems of classification. Recent work on language modernization and the structural decline of indigenous l anguages has demonstrated the vul nerability of these two areas of l anguage in situations where they come
1 56
G R E E N S PEA K
under m assive influence from modern Western languages. The deeper princi ples of syntax and discourse , though, appear to be more resi stant to outside influences and thus deserve to be looked at in more detail . Another reason for doing this is that languages are i ntegrated wholes where phenomena from all levels of organi zation conspire to reinforce the "theory of experience" (a term used in Hall iday, 1 992) their speakers live by. Again , how this comes about is rarely i nvestigated and even more rarely re lated to the study of environmental issues. It has been suggested that verb-centered languages promote a view that focuses on processes and activities, whereas noun-centered languages focus on entities and states. Th is difference, discussed with reference to New Guinea l anguages by Cape l l ( 1 969), is suggestive of interesting differences in the perception of the relationship between nature and humans. S i m i l arly interest ing are the d i fferences in the grammatical treatment of control and causativity in different languages (see Whorf, 1 956, p. 266 for pertinent observations on causativity in the Coeur d ' Alene l anguage ; also Berger, 1 992, on the inade quacies of Western gram mar) . The only comprehensive study known to us is by Wi lkins ( 1 988}, which purports to demonstrate how a number of grammatical reflexes, i n l anguages such as Arrernte, reinforce the aborigi nal belief in the unity between nonper sons and persons, the interdependency between country, kin and totemic beings. Wilkins fi rst observes that, in Arremte, pronominal kin possessive suffi xes attach to both kin terms and the two terms: altyerrre (dreaming coun try, dream ing totem) and pmere (land which one is responsible for and bound to by Dreamtime law ) . A second reflex of such a holistic world view is found with naming verbs (p. 79), as can be seen in the fol lowi n g table (p. 8 1 ): Naming z>erbs
atniwe-, Ice-, anperne-
Types of name
(arritnye)
En tities named
All entities; people, places, totems [i.e., socioculturally defined entities)
all name types [e.g proper names, nicknames, words for a thing); 'Dreaming' classifications, kin terms .•
The verb ke- is appropriate only when kinship, land and/or totemism is relevant. Interesti ngly, this form is also the common verb meaning to cut. While the semantic association between cutting and naming i s not yet clear, it is worth pointi ng out that the same relation holds i n Warlpiri where paji-rni also means both ' to cut' and 'to name' , although in the latter case the Warlpiri verb has the sam e broad range of application that Mparntwe Arrernte atniwe has rather than the narrower appl i cation of ke-. The parallelism between Warlp i ri paji-rni and Mparntwe A rremte ke- suggests we are not merely deal ing with homonymy but with polysemy, and one may conjecture that the l i n k between ' cutting ' and ' nami n g ' could have something to do with ceremo-
1 57
Ethno-Ecologv
nial initiation practices and circumcision. It is also worth pointing out in this context that there are also a number of Australian l an guages in which there i s polysemy involving the notions ' a n ame' and 'a mark ' that may w e l l relate t o this polysemy involving ' to name ' and ' to cut' . N o matter what the true etymology of the form is, it can be observed that ke- in its naming sense either indicates that a person is being called the appropriate kin term by the namer, as in Example 1 or that the namer is naming a place or totem as his/her Dreaming ( i . e . , altyerre ; e . g . , Example 3 ) . As Example 1 demonstrates, this verb form cannot be used for any other form of nam i ng (i.e., it cannot be used for attri buting proper names or nicknames) . lipmenhei•Margaret
!•Mrs Ice-me /Mrs. name /Margaret /mother's mother (cut)-npp I call you elder brother/"granny." (but not: •1 call you Margaret/Mrs.)
The
11ge-nhe
kake
l sgA
2sg-ACC
elder brother
2
re
kenhe
pmere
re-nhe
alryerre- 0
ke-ke
3sgA
BUT
place
3sg-ACC
Dreaming-NO M
name(cut)-pc
. . . , but he (on the other hand) called that place his Dreaming country 3
kwarye- 0 water-ACC l sgA I call water my conception totem. The
aknganentye- 0
Ice-me
conception site-NOM
name(cut)-npp
Final ly, interrogative pronouns in Arrernte, as in m any l anguages, arc distin guished as those that refer to people and as those that refer to other entities. In some varieties of Arrernte, the same question pronoun i s used for both people and places. Wi lkins ( 1 98 8 ) argues that the independent evidence from these and a number of other parts of grammar rei n forces the l i n k between language and culture. Discourse We conclude this section with a few remarks on discourse, that is, ways i n which perceptions and events are l i kely t o b e structured. H o w important discourse can be i n environmental matters has already been i l l ustrated in our discussion of Carbaugh 's studies. Similarly detail ed studies for non-Indo E uropean l anguages are rarely available.3 However, the fol lowing account of hunting among the Kalam (New Guinea Highlands) given by Pawley ( 1 99 1 ) serves to illustrate the relevance of discourse studies. A typical Kalam account of hunting is:
1 58
G R EEN S PEA K
When that land came into existence,• [people hunted game mammal s (and cooked and ate them)) . .
.'
mneb
ak
lgl
mdek
*[kmn ak
pak dad
land
that
having come about
it-existed DS
game that
kill carry
apt,
having-come
ty
what
ty
what
gl,
having-done
adI
having-cooked
nbek/ he-ate
(p. 338)
Pawley comments, Hunting game is an important, traditional activity both among the Kalam and among rural English-speaking communities. Like many other activities with utilitarian origins, it has been turned by the men who practise it into a prestigious, rule- and ritual-governed enterprise. Any hunt is a complex sequence of actions, generally beginning with a search for game, or the flushing of a targeted animal from i t s lair, or t h e capture of game in traps or snares, followed b y th e killing of th e ani mal (in the European tradition usually by shooting. but among th e Kalam usually by a blow after hand-capture), bringing the carcass home, skinning or singeing it, cleaning it, and disposing of the meat, offal and skin . The skin m ay be cured, the offal given to the dogs and the meat eaten or given away, but practices vary according to the nature of the game as well as between cultures. A mong the Kalam, game is sometim e s smoked for future use but most often is baked and eaten soon after the ani mal is killed. In the latter circumstances cooking and eating game are viewed as actions bound closely to the rest of the hunting sequence. ( p. 339)
Discourse about duck shooting, such as that found i n B eauford ( 1 887/ 1 987; see comments above), is possible only in a tradition l ike the English one in which, Pawley ( 1 987) elaborates, cooking and eating the catch is not so closely integrated into the hunting sequence-some game ani mals, e.g. foxes, are not eaten at all, and some are hung, or smoked or cooked and salted, to be eaten at a later date. English has an episodic verb hunt, and also compound verbs like go hunting, go N hunting, etc. ( where N stands for the kind of animal hunted) which embraces all those activities considered to be part of the hunting sequence. In communities where the game are shot, the preferred episodic verb may be shoot. The point is that one part of the hunting sequence is taken as standing for the whole. I t is not necessary for the narrator talking about a particular hunting episode, or various hunting episodes, to specify the constituent events-unless he wishes to highlight these events: He may simply say ' We hunted every weekend' ; or 'Bill went pig-hunting yesterday and got two ' . ( p. 3 8 3 )
Ethno- &olog}'
1 59
Kalam usage is di fferent. References to hunting always specify a sequence of acts, never fewer than three, usual ly five or six, sometimes more. There is one standard seq uence for frequently caught arboreal animals, another for burrowing animals (bandicoots), another for birds, and so on.
Sum mary
One of the recurring themes of our book has been that Western scienti fic discourse, whether or not combined with Western economic or moral dis course, is insufficient as a means of understanding many aspects of the environment. There is a danger, moreover, that Western modes of Greenspeak ing will become the dominant or only mode of tal king about environmental matters. In this chapter, we proposed that a monocultural Western scientific perspective on the natural environment contains numerous blind spots, as indeed does any other human conceptual system. It is by pooling the resources of many understandings that more reliable knowledge can arise. We have not argued that one should search for some mythical ideal system that contains a particularly privileged perspective nor that the view of nature contained i n small indigenous languages is necessarily better. At present, our knowledge of how speakers of non-Western languages talk about their environment is quite l imited , and what we presented here is barely more than the beginnings of a "butterfly collection" of observations from a small number of non- Western languages. We hope that more and more detai led studies will be forthcom ing and that the insi ghts gained through them w i l l inform Western Greenspeaking. We also argue that the global nature of many environmental issues makes a global exchange of perspectives-rather than a one-way selection of useful perspectives from indigenous languages-one of the fundamental tasks i n the field of environmental studies.
Notes I . Indeed. there is ample evidence that humans in many cultures around the globe have brought
about large-scale environmental destruction: Deforestation on Easter Island. the disastrous
consequences of the introduction of the dingo to Australia and the extermination of flightless birds in New Zealand are outstanding examples. We feel that much can be learned from such negative
examples and that this topic should not be treated
as taboo. 2. For instance, the origins of Oceanic languages are traced to the Vitiaz S trait in Papua New Guinea (Terrell, 1 986).
3. Engel and Engel ( 1 990) offer some useful studies on environmental ethics across cultures. An outstanding study of Pitjantjatjara discourse is by Edwards ( 1 983).
Linguistics
as
Environmentalism
I
n a pre v i o u s c h apter, w e c ommented on s i g n s o f a seri ous m i s fi t between t h e c o n tours of our languages a n d the c o ntours o f o u r
world . Th i s top i c h a s been d i scussed throughout t h i s b o o k . I n t h i s c h apter, w e focus on t h e t o p i c o f l an g u age
as
an ecological phenome n o n . L i n g u i s t i c s ,
d i scourse about lang uage, thus becomes a d i a l e c t o f G ree n speak . From t h i s standpo i n t , one can s e e ways i n w h i c h our l an g uage a b o u t l anguage, our meta l i n g u i s t i c s , and i ndeed our w h o l e perspec tive on human l an g uage and communication h ave failed i n s i g n i fi cant ways to do j ustice to the phenome non o f human language. S o me of these shortc o m i n g s , we arg ue , are b e i n g overcome i n the course o f t h e gree n i n g o f l i n g u i s t i c s . In sh ort we w i l l investigate metal i ng u i s t i c s a s i tse l f a n e n v i ronmental d i scou rse . Th i s gree n i n g of l i ng u i st i c s can be l ooked at from two perspec t i v e s . First, there i s a rap i d l y grow i n g body o f l i terature that seeks to d e m o n s trate that language i s not separate from the environment and hence i s i tself an e c o l o g i c al phenome n o n . Second, there is the g row i n g n u m ber of metaphors ' i mported ' from trad i t i o n al environmental d i scourse by w h i c h a new ge nerat i o n o f l i nguists has begu n to l i ve . A s i n other domai ns. t h e gree n i n g o f the landscape of l i nguistics m an i fests itse l f i n scienti fi c , moral and economic d i scourses . That the determ i n ati o n of the nature of the object of l i n g u i s t i c s stud i es i s crucial to the d eve l opment of t h e d i s c i p l i ne w a s first s u ggested by Saussure .
161
1 62
G R E E N S PE A K
According to him, it is the observer's perspective that brings the discipline i nto being, and it remains as crucial today as it was in 1 906. What is at issue is the object, ' l anguage system ' , that Saussure created and that subsequent generations of linguists have sustai ned with their practices. Our poi nt of departure again is the observation that languages such as English and French have the grammatical apparatus to create, by means of metaphors, abstract nouns from verbs . Th is can result in the appearance in our ontologies of decontextual ized, abstract entities such as g rowth from "to grow," disp osal from "to dispose of' and the l i ke. It is al l too easy to utter platitudes about growth, for example, rather than going to the trouble of examining in detai l spec i fic ways of growing. It is also easy to extend the range of what seems to exist by means of metaphor. Thus 'progress ' moves across the semantic spectrum from 'a journey ' to 'development always to wards a desirable goal ' ; ' impact ' moves from the physical shock of contact to the abstract 'environmental impact' , which encompasses any number of d i fferent effects of different processes on the contexts of our l ives . Once processes have become rei fied in such a way, the impression is created that (a) one is dealing with re latively sel f-contained entities that can be studied, investigated and manipulated independent of concrete contexts; and (b) time and change seem to be secondary, subordinate phenomena or accidents, which enter the Greenspeak discourse only in contingent applications of these h igh-level concepts. What goes for abstract nouns such as disposal, contain ment or environment also goes for the term ' l anguage ' . People are speaking, listening, writing, reading and cogitating, alone or with others . They are 'using language ' . B ut the tool metaphor can easily lead one to take for granted that the referent of 'language ' is a bit l i ke the referent of ' spade ' , only more abstract and at a h igher order of general ity. It is almost as if someone were to counsel that in discussing agriculture we should turn our attention to the study of 'the tool ' , rather than spades, hoes, rakes and so on . Human beings communicate by a number of means, including verbal ones. Ty pical ly, verbal communication occurs cotemporaneously with and not in dependently of other activities. Speaking, writing, l istening and so on are always, so Wittgenstein ( 1 95 3 ) tel ls us, inextricable aspects of language games, concrete practices shot through with the uses of words. Language-in use is a phenomenon of concrete occasions and quite specific environments. The uses of language have an ecology. It has been argued that underlying all the fluctuations and compromises of actual communicative practices there are fi xed , geographically bounded codes and that l i nguists can study such codes in isolation from other parameters. Concrete environments then can be ignored in these 'deep' l inguistic endeav ors. There is no need to go into detail to demonstrate afresh the inadequac y of the notion of a fi xed code underlying communication. It is a relatively
Linguistics as Environmentalism
1 63
recent cultural metaphor, no more than about 200 years old, derived from telegraphy and other technologically advanced communication devices (cf. Harr is, 1 982; Love, 1 985). We remind readers that there are numerous wel l documented situations of li nguistic continua (e.g., the German ic dialect continua from Northern Norway to Southern Austria and Switzerland, the Micronesian language continuum, language continua in West Africa or par ticularly complex language continua in New Caledonia), in all of which people communicate very efficiently without fi xed invariant codes and with out a concept of countable, bounded l inguistic repertoire. Only by taking account of the l iving context of such practices can we begin to understand how these kinds of communications can occur. We further argue that any creation, exchange or transmission of meaning involves both verbal and parallel nonverbal means. I t is for this reason that we, and a growing body of ecolinguists, feel compelled to redefi ne the subject matter of our discipline. B oth language (Ia langue) and languages (langages) are because of their interconnectivity and interdependency with the non l i nguistic world considered ecological phenomena. The phenomenon of Greenspeaking i l l ustrates the ecological nature of language, whereas the notion of language ecology portrays languages as interconnected ecological phenomena. Having registered some of our misgivings with the use of the term ' l an guage ' in the discussion of communicative and other symbolic practices, we introduce the concept 'ecology of l anguage' , an approach that considers the social, temporal , geographical and other embeddedness of human verbal communication, and comment on some of the practical consequences of such a view. To do this, we w i l l conti nue to use the term 'language ' in a pretheoreti cal and somewhat loose fashion, relying on the warni ngs above to prevent the term being taken in any of its more abstract senses, such as those adopted by Saussure or the transformational grammarians.
What Is the Ecology of Language?
Ernst Haeckel, who coined the term ecology in 1 866, characterized it in this way : By ecology we mean the body of knowledge concerning the economy of nature-the i nvestigation of the total relations of the animal both to its i norgani c and its organic envi ronment; including, above all , i ts friendly a n d inimical relations with those animals and plants with which it comes directly or i ndirectly into contact-i n a word, ecology i s the study of all those complex interrelations
1 64
G R E E N S PE A K
referred t o b y Darwin as the conditions o f the struggle for exi stence. (translation by R. Brewer, 1 988, p. I)
Etymological ly, the word derives from oikoz, the Greek term for home. The q uestion that ecological ly minded l inguists thus ask is, simply, what consti tutes an adequate home for l anguages to survive i n '? Haugen ( 1 97 2) provides a range of ecological questions that need to be asked. Because of their importance we quote them in ful l : For any given ' l anguage' , then, w e should want t o have answers t o the following ecological questions: (I) What i s its classification in relation to other languages? (2) Who are its users? This is a question of linguistic demography, locating its users with respect to locale, class, rel igion or any other relevant grouping; (3) What are its domains of use? This is a question of sociolinguistics, discovering whether its use is unrestricted or limited in specific ways; (4) What concurrent languages are employed by its users? We may call this a problem of dialinguis tics, to identify the degree of bilingualism present and the degree of overlap among the l anguages; (5) What internal varieties does the l anguage show? This is the task of a dialectology that will recognize not only regional , but also social and contactual dialects; (6) What is the nature of its written traditions? This is the province of philology, the study of wri tten texts and their relationship to speech; (7) To what degree has its written form been standardized, i .e. unified and codi fied? This is the province of prescriptive linguistics, the traditional work of grammarians and lexicographers ; (8) What kind of institutional support has it won, either in government, education, or private organizations, either to regul ate its form or propagate it? We may cal l this study glottopolitics; (9) What are the attitudes of its users towards the language, in terms of intimacy and status, leading to personal identi fication? We may cal l this the file of ethnolinguistics; ( 1 0) Final l y, we may wish to sum up its status in a typology of ecological classification, which will tell us something about where the language stands and where it is going in comparison with other languages of the world. ( pp. 336ff.)
Ecological Issues in the Context of Language
It should be noted that Haugen 's questions arc largely the analogue of the notion of ' interrelationships' in the study of biological ecol ogies : namely, the interrelationship between different species in relation to their um welten as accessible aspects of the environment. Haugen does not emphasize the ques tion of the habitat or environment needed for organisms to survive, althou gh it seems c lear that factors such as setti ng can crucially affect the viabil ity of languages . Attention needs to be drawn to another important aspect o f ecolo gies: their dynamic nature . Morgan ( 1 969) observes that,
Linguistics as Environmentalism
1 65
change seems to be an almost universal characteristic of natural communities. Few seem to persist for long periods of time without some alteration. Careful studies have been made of many communities in nature. All seem to show a pattern of change, although the amount of change is not always the same. ( p. 39)
Agai nst this background, we can ask questions such as these : How many distinct language (species) arc there? What are thei r habitats? What are their relations with one another? What is the function of linguistic diversity?
For most linguists-for whom linguistics is the study of language (with a capital L; faculte de langage, human li nguistic competence, etc . )-such questions do not mean very much , and general ly speaking, one cannot trust their answers. The answer to the first question is a particularly difficult one, as the criteria for w hat is to count as separate languages vary greatly (estimates of between 50 and ] ,500 exist for Australia, between 200 and 1 ,200 for Papua New Guinea, etc . ) . Using the most widely appealed-to criteria of sharing more than 8 1 % of their core lexicon, bei ng mutually intell igible and being dependent on the same underlying deep structure, we arrive at a number of between 5 ,000 and l 0,000. Of these, 250 were spoken by fewer than 200,000 Aborigines and 2,000 by fewer than 3 m i l l ion i nhabitants of Melanesia. Similarly hetero geneous areas include West Africa, the Amazon and parts of South East Asia (see the special issue of Lang uage, 1 992; also Robins & Uhlenbeck, 1 99 1 ). The age of the human capacity to usc language is estimated at about l 00,000 years, its putative origins coinciding with increased mental capacity and the abil ity to use complex tools, requiring cooperation between several speakers. During this time, the population of languages, l ike the number of spec ies in nature, fluctuated as a resu lt of splits and mergers, catastrophes and gradual development. Languages have at times disappeared-Hittite, Phoeni cian , Pictic, Goth ic and other wel l-known examples. Up to about 200 years ago, the rate of change in the number of languages was relatively low, although there were local upheavals, such as the erad ica tion of large numbers of Indo-European languages of South East Asia by Genghis Khan 's armies (see Diamond, 1 99 1 , p. 239). However, over the past 200 years we have experienced in the wake of European national ism, colonial expansion, new technology and massive population movements a dramatic decline in the world's languages. Thus, when Governor Phi llip set foot on Australian soil i n 1 7 88 there were about 250 functioning Aboriginal lan guages; 200 years later, there were 50. Of these, fewer than 20 are stil l strong
1 66
G R E E N S PEA K
( i .e., being passed on to a new generation of speakers), with the remainder weak and dying. This picture is repeated elsewhere, as one c a n s e c from a recent U NESC O sponsored report ( Robins & Uhle n bc ck, 1 99 1 ) summarized as follows : The majority o f Red Indian Languages o f Northern America are dead o r severely th reatened ; Most smaller non-B antu languages of Southern A frica are in the same category ; The indigenous languages of Taiwan have almost disappeared.
These developments were an ticipated early this century by B enj amin Lee Whorf ( 1 956) but were un heeded by the community of l i nguistic scholars: The relatively few languages of the cultures which are attached to modem civilization promise to overspread the globe and cause the extinction of hundreds of diverse exotic l inguistic species, but it is idle to pretend that they represent any superiority of type. ( p. 84)
It is widely assumed that within a couple of generations there w i l l be no monolingual speakers of languages other than a few big ones (English, Mandarin, Malay, Spanis h , Portuguese, etc . ) and that bilingual skills i nvolv ing languages other than the very big ones will also d isappear rapidly. At a recent UNESCO meeting in Paris (Robins & Uhlenbeck, 1 99 1 ), the purpose of which was to prepare a Redbook of endangered l anguages, a number of participants drew attention to the analogy between the rapid loss of natural species and the equally dramatic loss of a 'cultural species' language. The paral lels between l ingu i stic extinction and the wider ecological crisis are many, and the d i scourses that have emerged bear a striking similarity to other forms of Greenspeaking. Take , for i nstance, the following passage from the introduction to Myers ( 1 995): O u r globe cannot afford to lose the cultural variety of i t s many peopl e Cultural pluralism is as much in the endangered list as eagles and elephants and whales. There is a fragile lingui stic ecology in the Asia/Pacific region on which inter national business is trampling with its lingua franca of English [and, we might add , with the enthusiastic support of the local inhabitants ! ] . ( p. ix ) .
The answer to the question "Why docs this matter?" is best given against the background o f the two views of languages and real ity mentioned in Chapter 1 . On the one hand, we h ave the labeling view : Each language provides the labels for a single preexisting real ity ; all languages are based on the same semantic deep structure and are exhaustively i ntertranslatable. If one sub-
Linguistics as Environmentalism
1 67
scribes to this view, then the loss of a language or a large number of languages would seem to be a great gain for efficient communication-with no loss other than a few linguistic devices to index speakers ' group membership. On the other hand, we have the reality-creation (or real ity-framing) view : Different languages bring i nto focus and sometimes i n sociocul tural matters, even bringing into existence, different kinds of reali ties, phi losophies, behav iors and perceptions. Languages are seen not as mental organs, bioprogram blueprints or the like but as repositories of accumulated culture-bound expe rience . Many generations of experience are crystal lized in individual con structions, lexical i tems or metaphors that, when combined , predispose lan guage users towards a certain perspective on real ity. The loss of languages under this view equals the loss of a complex cultural species, a potential alternative solution for our problems and a valuable human arti fact. We ar c incli ned to subscribe to a qual ified reality-creation view of language or at least a reality-focus view, but even if it should tum out not to be the case, to settle the issue of which approach to the relationship between l anguage and real ity is correct requires evidence. It is argued by the Greenspeakers of linguistics that time is running out and that if the conceptual colonization of non-Western languages conti nues no such evidence w i l l be available within a couple of generations, exactly the same form of argument as that put forward concern ing the biosphere. Whorf ( 1 956) argued that there is l i ttle hope of gaining a proper under standing of the relation between l i nguistic, cultural and bi ological diversity on the basis of data from a few modern Western languages alone, excluding data from Amerindian languages: "To exclude the evidence which their lan guages offer as to what the human mind can do is l i ke expecting botanists to study nothing but food plants and hothouse roses and then tel l us what the plant world is li ke" ( p . 2 1 5 ) . In recent years , one aspect of the semantics of non-SAE languages has figured particularly strongly in arguments about lan guages: that such languages may contain solutions to the environmental crisis and that linguistic and cultural diversity is directly related to biodiversi ty.
Preserving Cultural Species: Why Save Languages?
There is a scientific argument (Mi.ihlhiiusler, 1 996) for the general claim about the i mportance of l i nguistic diversi ty. If the reality-creation or focus view obtains, then in the diversity of interpretations of the relationship between h umans and the natural environ ment there may be a number of i nsights that could be of crucial importance to Westerners. Just as biological species are a potential res ource for medicine and other areas, cultural species are a potential resource o f new metaphors,
1 68
G R E E N S PEA K
new knowledge and new perspectives. Elsewhere in this volume, we have commented in more depth on some non-Western examples of environmental discourse. An argument encountered agai n and agai n is that traditional indigenous languages not only contain a different but a superior interpretation of the natural environment. Thus Chawla ( 1 99 1 ) argues, Comparing Amerindian languages with the English language, scholars have pointed out three distinct features of Ameri ndian languages: ( I ) Amerindian languages make a distinction between real and i maginary nouns, (2) they do not give form to intangibles and mass nouns, and (3) they treat time as be i ng continuous. In contrast, the English language uses the same l inguistic structure for real and imaginary nouns. constantly tries to give form to intangibles and mass nouns, and has a fragmented (three-dimensional ) conception of time . . English language patterns encourage the tendency to perceive resources in isolation rather than holistically. . A hol istic perception of the environment requires that we become aware of the unconscious habit of fragmenting reality in speech and thought. Such a perfection may also require a change in our language habits. As long as we think of the water in the home and the industrial waste water i n the rivers or ocean as distinctly separate, i t will be difficult to avoid water pollution. ( p. 254) .
.
.
.
There arc some obvious difficulties with this argument as it stands, since the English word water is used both for the home and in industry. A similar argument is given in Patterson 's ( 1 994) analysis of the Maori environmental vocabul ary : Non-technological peoples have always depended for their survival on a detailed understanding ( and enforcement) o f principles of ecology. Maori environmental ethics serves to remind us of this requirement. in principle and in detail . . . . The Maori give us one insight ( among many) of what is needed, showing us a suc cessful envi ronmental vinue ethic, alive and working i n a contemporary envi ronmental world. ( p. 408 )
Again, we do not see that Patterson has established a l i nguistic foundation for the al leged virtue of M aori practices. In general , there are problems w i th such a romantic view. In the particular example of the M aori , the extinction of a sizable number of species of fl ightless birds and other ' unfriendly ' environ mental acts were not prevented by the Maori 's linguistic and cultural practices. We note the tendency to create versions of such discursive categories as ' noble savage' and 'harmon ic l anguage' . The creation of such 'otherness ' and the selective ransackin g of the envi ronmental discourses of other cultures has been labeled ' cultural imperial is m '
lingu istics as Environmentalism
1 69
by Gaard ( 1 993 ). Nevertheless, despite the problems we have drawn attention to, taking note of and learning from alternative green d iscourses we bel ieve is compatible with ecological thinking. However, the l i n k between the local ecology or Umwelt and indigenous l i nguistic forms and lexicons inclines us to caution against any too enthusiastic attempts to replace Western discourses with environmental ly correct languages of cultures seen through a romantic mist. This is not to deny that there are sources of enlightenment i n the languages and practices of other cul tures. If this is correct, it would seem prudent to preserve as much existing cultural diversity as possible. How to preserve such diversity is a question that has occupied language planners (e.g . , in Ireland, Wales and Vanuatu) for some time. However, l ittle progress has been made for a simple reason : Very few of those who address this question see it as an ecological one . It i s somewhat surprising that an ecological perspective h as rarely been brought to the question of language preservation, one of the rare exceptions being Clyne's ( 1 982) use of an ecological approach to the question of mai ntai ning ethnic minority languages in Austral ia. For the most part, there is a conti nued bel ief that laisscz-faire language policies are sufficient. Mati soff ( 1 99 1 ), i n commenting on the possibi lity of the preservation of linguistic diversity i n Asia, remarks, "We can only trust that the forces of renewal are in the long run just as powerfu l as the forces of decline" ( p . 222). Much of the l iterature on language preservation and maintenance is con cerned with preserving the structures of ind ividual languages. Th is is remi niscent of the fol lowing situation described in a textbook on biology : In the laboratory it is possible (though not easy) to maintain a population of a single species of organisms in a container, isolated from all other species, as a pure culture. But without the biologist who maintai ns it, the population could not survive for long. Thus only two species are related in this situation: man and the organism in the culture. However, under natural conditions and even in most laboratory situations, the smallest part of the living wor ld that we can conven iently study will consist of many interacting species. ( Morgan, 1 969, p. 34) Preserving languages is often seen to invol ve putting them into man-made artificial environments such as grammars, dictionaries, high literature, l an guage kits for surviving speakers or formal school lessons. 1 Such measures have , to date, had spectacular nonsuccess. This nonsuccess has to do with the view that what needs to be preserved is a rei fied object rather than communi cation activities in a functioning l i nguistic ecology. In our view, the most important question is th is: What can be an oikoz for language, that is, a lasting home for l anguage to survive in over prolonged periods of time? With regard to the traditional languages of Austral i a and the
1 70
G R E E N S PE A K
Pacific, for instance (and similarly for other languages), this means the fol lowing: •
One cannot preserve individual languages (e.g the numerically strongest ones), as the prevailing dogma goes. Languages always needed other l anguages from which they could borrow, and a lot of dialectal variation for interactive growth. A typical Austral ian language ecology embraces between 5 and 1 5 languages , in the Pacific between 3 and 5. Diversity in itself is a support system for the languages that make up such diversity.
•
Many languages are located in physical space. Typically, Australian Aborigines knew a number of languages, each of which was spoken in a small geographic area only. As one crosses a river, as one moves across a mountain, one wiU need to switch to a different language. What this means is that in Australia the question of land rights cannot be separated for that of language preservation. Resettlement and urbanization are the surest ways to kill off the linguistic skills of even a large language community.
•
M any of the more complex languages (so-called esoteric languages) arc taught and learned in highly formalized settings, such as long houses, initi ation rites and so on. The abolition of such physical learning contexts and their replacement with Western schools has led to a dramatic structural breakdown of some languages (e.g Kiriwina; see Senft, 1 992).
•
Literacy is part of the ecological support system of some languages, others need to have i nstitutionalized oratory, storytelling and other oral forms of discussion to support them.
•
The number of speakers of individual languages can be surprisingly small . Many languages in Melanesia have existed for centuries with fewer than 500 speakers. What is more important is that the speakers should be in a small multiplex communication network. Dispersal , moving to towns, indentured labor, guest workers and so forth arc all a great strai n on existing language ecologies.
•
Reproduction is a precondition for the survival of any species, so languages have to be handed down from one generation to the next. It is not necessary that they should be spoken by children. Many Australian Aboriginal languages have tradi tionally been reserved for adult usc only and h ave been transmitted between adults. To make them school l anguages for children, for example, woul d seem to be counterproductive.
.•
.•
The greening of the scientific and moral discourses of linguistics is not matched by a similar greening of economic discourses. In fact , as has been pointed out by Stork ( 1 995 ) , for a number of ecologists such as Fi l l ( 1 993), ecology is portrayed as incompatible with economic values. A more balanced view is found in Weinrich ( 1 990) and in the recent work of Grin ( 1 995), where ecology and economy are portrayed as complementary principles and where an attempt is made to understand the economic value of l i nguistic d iversity .
Lingui.�tics as Environmentali.�m
171
The demonstration that linguistic diversity can be an economic asset would seem to be necessary, as i ts survival cannot be separated from economic co nsiderations. The value of diversity includes the already mentioned multiple perspective, which can be translated i nto the idea of languages as repositories of economically valuable ideas, and the demonstration that such diversity can reduce social costs. Al though there is a widespread perception that speakin g the same language reduces conflict, this commonsense view cannot b e upheld on closer inspection. Some of the major international crises i n recent years have i nvolved countries speaking the same language or very closely related m utually intel ligible languages such as Serbo-Croation, Hindi-Urdu , Korean , B ahasa Indo nesian, East and West German, and in the case of Taiwan and Mainland China, Mandarin and various Chinese languages. The genocide i n Rwanda and B urundi has nothing to do with l i nguistic differences, nor do the 'troubles' i n Northern Ireland nor in Kashmir (Mohan, 1 989). Research in Papua New Guinea (e.g . , Laycock, 1 982) points to the inverse rel ationship between l i nguistic diversity and conflict. The most serious fight ing is encou ntered among speakers of large languages of the highlands of New Guinea such as Chimbu, whereas the smallest number of conflicts occurs i n the h i g h l y multilingual area of coastal Sepik. Moreover, violent crime and con flict have increased very considerably as proficiency i n Tok Pisin has become nearly universal and proficiency in Engl ish extremely widespread . We are l ed to conclude that there arc sufficient scientific, moral and economic arguments for the maintenance of l i nguistic diversity that l inguis tics as a discipline has failed to present i n a coherent manner. Although there is an i ncrease in moral concern for the loss of languages and although diversity is seen by more and more linguists as desirable, present-day l inguists often do not know much more about linguistic diversity than previous generations who saw it as a curse or as an obstacle to progress. What is needed arc solid scientific and econom ic arguments for why diversity must be maintained. Unless such arguments can be presented , there is a danger that (a) l i nguistics will not prevent the loss of large numbers of languages and (b) the moral concern will remain a short-lived fashion that sits uneasily on top of the highly theoretical arti fice that has l i ttle to say about what diversity is, what it is good for and why it should be preserved .
Summary
What we have presented here are j ust some of the parameters that make u p the ecological support system o f human languages. What factors are m i n i -
1 72
G R E E N S PEA K
mal ly needed to preserve most language ecologies are simply not known, and while they remain so, many more languages are l i kely to d isappear without having been documented . Wi l l the number of ethnoli nguists i ncrease more slowly than the rate at which languages are becoming extinct? Agai n , as we have tried to show throughout our inquiry, we need to begin with the problem of recogn ition . Having recognized that languages depend for their survival on an ecological support system, our next step is to determine the extent of such a support system for different languages, sub languages and second languages. We need a great deal more systematic observation, case studies and classifications. However, having recogni zed the nature of the problem is at least a beginning. Another important stage is to reexamine our metaphors : What does it mean to speak about the ecology of languages? The oikoz is not a museum, nor a mansion , nor a workshop with attached l iving quarters . Most i mportant, it is situated in a much wider ecology-the natural ecology. The interaction between these two ecologies would seem to be a precondition for their joint survival . Final ly, a few words need to be said about the greening of (meta) I i nguistics. A new generation of li nguists (many of them quoted in Fi l l , 1 992) are beginning to employ a more holistic and green mode of speaking, often combined with an overt rejection of the del iberate ly scientific and atomistic discourse promoted by earl ier writers. To what extent new ways of talking about language will lead to a rad ical redefinition of l i nguistics and a shift of its hard core remains to be seen . S uch a redefinition, i n our view, should be based on the realization that language, like the environment, is a phenomenon of such complexity that a single discourse (e.g., scientific or ph i l osophical) is l i kely to prove insufficient as a basis of understanding.
Note I . The notion of preserving languages has been elaborated on in Miihlhliusler ( 1 992).
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
I
m p l i c i t in our s t u d i e s is the c l a i m that there has been a neglect o f t h e cen tral r o l e o f l an guage i n t h e e n v i ronmental movement t h at
ought to be re med i e d . Lang uage is the i n strument through w h i c h we acq u i re knowledge about the e n v i ro n m e n t and through w h i c h we c a n c reate , sustai n or c h ange atti tudes tow ard i t . Th rough studies of the d i sc urs i ve m odes o f environmental advocacy a n d de bate w e have tried t o d e m o n strate h o w l a n guage fu n c t i o n s i n Gree n spcak : i n t h e ro les o f metaphors a n d story l i ne s , i n t h e c o m p l e x structure o f temporal i n d e x i n g a n d a s i tse l f a n e c o l o g i c a l l y sensitive phenomenon . These d i scursive modes serve a pred o m i n a n t l y rhetori cal rather than a s ubstan tive role i n Grccn speak . There are sc i e n t i fi c and econom i c c o n s i derat i o n s be i n g canvassed, but i n al most every case t h e i r force seem s to be persuasive. B ut of what? Env ironmental i s m d raws on b i o logy, phy s i c s , and so o n but i s an e x tension o f none o f them. There i s a gap between what we can k n ow and w h at we need to know about the environment to e n s u re our own survi val
of
as
a spec i es and the m a i n tenance
a sel f-sustai n i n g d i versity throughout the b i osphere ( B as k i n ,
1 997 ) . The
gap i s bridged rhetorical l y, but n ot a l l rhetori cal devices recr u i ted to G ree n speak
ar c
of
equal value. Fol l ow i ng Love l o c k , we have suggested that the
metaphor o f human b e i n g s as managers and stewards i s i n appropriate bec ause i t presupposes more knowledge of our s i tuation than we can reasonably be
1 73
1 74
GREEN S PEA K
expected to attain . In our view, there are better metaphors for how people should behave toward their environments. For i nstance, one might be how good parents behave toward their chi ldren. As parents we know that there is no ful l set of unambiguous i nstructions for turning out happy, well-adjusted and responsible young adults. We also know that certain practices, such as excessively severe punishments and inconsistency of treatment, are incompat ible with such a goal . This metaphor too has its limitations. Whereas family l i fe encompasses the l ives of children, h uman l i fe i s encompassed by the b iosphere. We should take a similar critical stance on the variety of narrative conventions that shape environmental discourses . In our view, the heroic quest provides a more powerful spri ng for action that any other story l i n e we find in environmental writings. Ignorance of causes has never been a reason for not discussing a subj ect matter. Despite the openness of scientific questions and the indeterminacy of most environmental issues, not least because of the problems in melding very diverse time scales, we feel that environmentalist ways of speaki n g have a powerful heuristic function. Having abandoned the taboo o f talking about humans' detrimental impact on nature as potential ly catastrophic, we have noted, in particular, the emergence of new and productive metaphors. As the 200-year history of Green speaking demonstrates, such discourse has become part of almost everyone 's use of language. The Rio Summit of 1 992 marked a turning point in g lobal consciousness thanks to media promulgation of ways of talking and writing about these issues. Reports of Rio I I , the June 1 997 meeti ng of heads of state in New York, fi lled the newspapers with a c onnected but newly shaped rhetoric, dominated by the metaphor of "saving the planet for our grandch i ldren." B ut Rio I also marked a moment at which the symbolic means by which environmental issues are dealt with became sufficiently well-defined to become itself the subject matter of analysis. It was from that moment that the studies we have reported in this book began to take definitive shape.
A Reminder of Our General Position in Relation to the Project of Linguistics
Language as a Cultural Phenomenon We believe that we cannot separate the discussion of environmentalism and the language in which is expressed , debated and advocated . The continued exclusion of discussions of language from the environmental d ebate is, in part , due to linguists' own dominant view of language. We should n ot blam e
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
1 75
represen tatives of other disciplines if they believe the persistent assurance of members of the li nguistic profession that language is a self-contained i nde pendent phenomenon to be studied in its own right with its own methodology. We strenuously reject this assumption . B anfield, in her introduction to Jean Paul M i lner's ( 1 990) For the Love of Language, has characterized the position of the l inguistic establishment as fol lows : Science regi sters most acutely the l i mits or boundaries of knowledge: the condition for its existence i s the recognition of its partiality. The resultant rejection of the belief i n unity is the foundation of what Milner calls ' the ethic of science' . That ethic, as we shal l see, i s based on a renunciation. It is not simply the renouncing of the goal for science to embrace all knowledge. It i s also the recognition that the different pans of an individual 's knowledge cannot simply be added up into an interconnected whole and, correlatively, that the different object spheres of knowledge cannot be integrated. It is perhaps predictable that linguistics today should stand at the frontiers of science and non-science, beari ng witness to the impossible unity of knowledge-in the lack of comprehension it meets with everywhere, i n the fai lure to see that it cannot be found wanting as a science for not having answers to all the questions put to it. For its knowledge is t h e newest science, unique i n carrying formal representation and argumentation not into the external , physical world, but into an internal , non-physical one: the speaker's knowledge, which Chomsky calls ' l i nguistic competence ' . The validity of its c lai m to scientificity is thus dependent on its refusal to comment on all uses of l anguage. The punishment for that refusal has been a universal scepticism denying any theoretical coherence to the limited claims of linguistics precisely because there exist aspects of l anguage it cannot explain. ( p. 6)
We renounce this isolationist stance of l i n guistics and i nstead adopt a position that embraces Ardener's ( 1 98 3 ) statement: "Al l of our worlds are inescapably contaminated with language" ( p. 1 5 4). In taking this stand we have been inspired by i ntegrational l inguistics (Harris, 1 980, 1 982), as we have devel oped it in Chapter 1 . B ut, as Crowley ( 1 992) has recently pointed out, asking questions such as the ones we have asked here is not i ncompatible with the aims identified by the founder of the discipline of modern l i nguistics, Ferdi nand de Saussure : There are a l l the respects i n which linguistics links up with ethnology. There are all the relations which may exist between the hi story of a race or a civilisation. The two histories intermingle and are related one to another. A nation 's way of life has an effect upon its language. At the same time it is i n great pan the language which makes the nation. ( p. 237)
A second important consideration is articulated when Crowley argues that,
1 76
G R E E N S PE A K
mention must b e made o f the relations between languages and political history. Major historical events such as the Roman Conquest are of i ncalculable l i nguistic i m portance in all kinds of ways. Coloni sation, which i s simply one form of conquest, transports a language into new environments, and this brings changes in the language. A great variety of examples could be cited in this connection. Norway, for instance, adopted Danish on becoming politically united to Den mark , although today Norwegians are trying to shake off this l i nguistic influence. The internal pol itics of a country is of no less importance for the l i fe of a language. ( p. 237)
And a third matter: A language has connections with institutions of every sort: church, school, etc. These institutions i n turn are inti mately bound up with the literary development of a l anguage. Thi s is a phenomenon of general importance, since it is i nseparable from political history. A literary language i s by no means confined to the limits apparently imposed upon i t by literature. One has only to think of the i nfluence of salons, o f the court, and of academies. In connection, with a l iterary language, there arises the important question of conflict with local dialects. ( p. 237)
Our job, as seen from this perspective, has been to look at the role of l anguage in creating, identify i ng, describing and (mis)i nterpreting realities, its role in what Cartledge ( 1 992) has called "solving the riddles of the environment." We need to consider l i nguistic and philosophical questions when asking, for instance, what the interdependent relationship between various areas of human knowledge and the interdependency between the i nhabitants of an ecology might be. For example, are we dealing with two independent mean ings of ' interdependency ' ? Is interdependency of knowledge a metaphor derived from interdependency in nature, or vice versa? Is i nterdependency of knowledge an icon of the other i n terdependency ? Unless we address such q uestions, the similarity of linguistic form may lead us into all sorts of conceptual confusion. Monitori ng the environment of necessity also i nvolves monitoring the language of environ mental issues. Language and Action Environmentalism is a powerful moral and pol itical force. Yet the greening o f the English language and a number of other modern l anguages, l i ke the "greeni n g of B ritish party pol i tics" (Robinson, 1 992), does not by itsel f constitute or mark a conversion to a new point of view. A shift in lan guage can, and in some cases surely does, conceal an ideological compromise. Like large parts of the env ironmental movement, environmental language has become absorbed into everyday d iscourse, with the more radical linguistic criticism characteristic of the early days of the movement becoming ri tualized
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
1 77
or extinct. Historical l inguists could argue that this is on ly to be expec ted . Old content tends to survive in new forms for long periods of time. Their insights however, also offer the hope that some new content will eventually become accepted thus narrowing the gap between our understanding of our environ ment and our d i scourse about it. All this i s t y pical of the way the lower personal mind, caught i n a vaster world inscrutable to its methods, uses its strange gift of l anguage to weave the web of Miyi or i llusion , to make a provisional analysis of real it y and then regard it as final . Western culture has gone farthest here, farthest i n determined thoroughness of provisional analysis, and farthest m determination to regard i t as fi nal. The commitment to i l lusion has been sealed in western Indo-European language, and the road out of i l lusion for the West lies through a wider understanding of l anguage than western I ndo-European alone can give. Thi s is the 'Mantra Yoga' of the Western consciousness, the next great step, which it is now ready to take. It is probably the most suitable way for Western man to begin that 'culture of consciousness which will lead him to a great illumination. (Whorf, 1 956, p. 263) '
Th is book contai ns a number of suggestions as to how the mismatch between the resources of our language and the resources needed to deal with the complex ities of environmental questions can be reduced . Promi nent among these is our plea for multiple perspectives, a plea derived from our finding that nei ther scientific nor economic discourses by themse l ves are sufficient to express the legitimizing source of environmental ist claims and projects. The environment, like language, is a phenomenon that does not lend itsel f to the obtai ning of objective outside i n formation. Its observers are always part of it. The best one can hope for is that there will be a conspiracy of findings derived from different insider perspectives. Tolerance and multiple perspectives from within a si ngle language community need to be enhanced with the insights from other languages and cultures. Greenspeak itself i s a loose col lection of dialects. We have argued that the need for multiple perspectives derives from the interrelatedness between lingu i stic and cultural diversity, on the one hand, and the diversity of natural species, on the other. To understand how the environment is perceived and talked about in a wide range of languages, can lead to greatly enhanced insights. Al so, our u nder standings of time in our present book could, without doubt, profit greatly from a detailed study of the discourse on temporal phenomena that occurs in other language communities-for example, the d iscursive construction of Hopi time, a famous but stil l not fully explicated example. Diversity There is another sense in which biological and l inguistic diversi ty are related . They are both reflections of processes of diversification that occurred
1 78
GREENS PEA K
over long stretches of time. In the case of language, the crude lexicostati stical or glottochronological model suggests that present-day diversity reflects consecutive splits occurring as a rule at a rate of one spl it per 1 ,000 years, leading to increasing divergence among languages. One of the reasons for these spl its is the need to adapt to d i fferent environmental conditions, with the result that each language represents the cumulative knowledge and fine tuning of a cul ture for generations of speakers. Linguistic diversity, like the diversity of natural kinds, is under a twofold threat: that of absolute disappearance-pessimistic estimates assuming that only 1 0% of the present 6,000 or so human languages will survive the next couple of generations- and that from semantic colonization by major world languages, particularly Engl ish under the influence of which traditional gram mars and lexicons are changed in the direction of the domi nant language. Formal li nguistic diversity may be more persistent, but the semantic substance of many languages is very vulnerable to external influences.
The Language of Evaluation : Morality and Aesthetics in Envi ronmental Discourse
Environmental discourse is characterized by a fundamental inadequacy of fi t between i t s content and its form . There i s a fundamental mismatch between the problems to be tackled and the l i nguistic resources for dealing with them. We can fi nd this mismatch even within the discourse itself. Many of the examples we have discussed show a gap between what is clai med in scientific terms and what is l i nguistically realized as advocacy or program or c ri tical commentary on human practices. This gap or mismatch is not incidental . Rather, it is an essential cond ition for the development of the actual discourse. More precisely, Greenspeak emerges in the attempt to integrate two very different sets of li nguistic assumptions that constitute a scientific and an evaluative (moral and aesthetic) d iscourse, respectively. The first one is surrogational and the second one nonsurrogational. Most participants i n the d iscourses of science assume a set of real ities and values such that one can formulate and substantiate propositions about an independent spatio-temporal world, the world of real things that lies outside language and discourse, even though it is also widely understood that these propositions arc ultimately defeasible and that conceptual presuppositions influence the s l ice of reality that is available to any group of researchers . Most participants in environmental discourses seem to share this c o n v i c ti on with most scienti sts . The expressed scientific ideology of rad ical environmentalists is realist. For most Greenspeakers, the hard and objective outcomes of scien tific research seem to be the ulti ma-ratio to justify their arguments . Yet, in the
The Moral and A esthetic Domain
1 79
event, c l ose attention to the texts shows that recourse to 'science' is patently as much rhetorical as substantive. This leaves room for overenthusiastic use of rather th in scienti fi c backing for an opi nion or program . And that can do considerable damage to environmental causes, as we pointed out i n the case of Greenpeace and the B rent Spar platform . B ut environmental ad vocacy is not a branch of the earth sciences, despite the scientific citations. It is the presentation of a certain way of thinking and acting that is at bottom a matter of ways of l i fe . Ways of l i fe are assessed by a complex interplay between moral and aesthetic criteria, which, on close examination, turn out to be none too stable. We begin the final stage of our analysis with a brief study of the way moral criteria enter into environmental writings.
Varieties of Moral Discourses
To analyze the moral underpinnings of the domi nant dialects of Greenspeak, we must first identi fy the taxonomy of moral ities we w i l l employ in analyzing it. We w i l l distinguish broadly between moral arguments based on rights and duties assigned to people by vi rtue of their vulnerabilities and powers and those based on personal moral quali ties, virtues and v ices. Rights-Based Arguments Somewhat to our surprise, mainstream environmental l iterature i s not primarily uti l i tarian in its moral tone-for example, the publications of the S ierra C l ub. Rather, the emphasis is pl aced on doing something right i n itself rather than for some practical end. A longside the deontological flavor of much environmentalism is a very strong emphasis on rights and no lesser one on correl ative duties. For m any environmentalists, the concept of rights is at the very heart of their moral stance to conduct. Rights derive ultimately from what are perceived to be the vulnerab i l ities of certain classes of beings. The right to a fair trial and the right to c lean air and so on m ake sense only if people are vulnerable to persecution, exploitation and poll ution. Duties accrue to people j ust i nsofar as they have certain powers or capac i ties. I have a duty to feed you if I have surplus food, to carry your bag i f I am strong and you are weak, and so on . Differential powers and capacities engender differential duties. A n organi zation such as the S i erra Club has established i tself i n a strong position on the framework of l obbyi sts that dominates federal pol itics i n the United States.
1 80
GREENS PEAK
Gould ( 1 987) develops a rights-based moral discourse in which only the rights of human beings figure, derived from their vul nerabil ities to inj ury from e nvironmental degradation . Gould bases his claims for certain policies and proposals mostly on a moral ity of individual rights, which emerge from explicitly defined vul nerabil ities. The moral maxim is the right of protection against i nj ury. The moral principle is quite simple: As a human being I have the right not to be inj ured, and therefore you have a duty not to i nj ure me. Fooling about with the biosphere is a way of inj uring me; therefore, you have no right to do so. The biosphere itself, other than that part of it which is the human species, is not part of the domain of morally privileged bei ngs. This is c learly at odds with the moral fou ndations of deep ecology. R. M. Hare ( 1 992) argues that as human beings we have a right to an environment that is the outcome of con servationist and other green policies. Thus, val ues are inserted into or transcribed onto ends. That leads directly to paradox , i f the rights arc those of indiv idual human beings, as rights do tend to be. There arc many cases in which the aggregate of sati sfactions of individual rights in what is o f individual val ue as ends may very well produce a col lective d isval ue. Every individual villager's right to a quiet environment, if i mplemented , may have the col lective consequence that the audience for the open-air concert or opera can hear nothing. However, according to Hare, if we pay atten tion to the moral qual ity o f means as well as ends this paradoxical aggregation is not so l i kely. I n this argument, at least implicitly, beings other than human could be deemed worthy of moral protection. We return to examine the extension of moral ity beyond the human sphere in more detail later. Arguments B ased on Virtues and Vices To adopt a moral position is, for some, to see onesel f as a certai n kind of person . This is most strikingly seen in the practices of Vegans. Whereas people who eat meat usual ly go to great trouble to provide vegetarian dishes for Vegan guests, one does not find Vegan hosts preparing sui table dishes for c arnivores ! Why? The asymmetry of regard is not trivial . To be a Vegan is to have adopted not only a set of dietary practices but a moral stance to food items, whereas to be an omnivore is merely to be conventional , prudent or concerned with aesthetic values. Being an omnivore is hardly an existential choice. Some vegetarians abjure meat on aesthetic grounds and for some of these the asymmetry d ocs not hold. Similarly, to be a Greenspeaker is not only to have adopted wise environmental practices as measures of self-defense or for some wider utilitarian motive or to have invested one's choices with moral value but to be a certain kind of person.
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
181
S i m i l arly, cnttctsms o f those not wholly committed t o enviro nmental rad ical ism are sometimes taken in the same global way. For instance, Jonathan Porritt ( 1 992) takes this stance. He characterizes pol iticians, who are not, he suspects, moral l y committed environmentalists, in the fol lowing way : Their activities arc typified hy "evasion, indifference, procrastination and bigo try." By contrast, one must infer that people of Porritt's persuasion are straigh tfor ward , engaged , active and open-minded . Where in our taxonomy of moral concepts and positions do these j udg ments fal l ? Because it is not the j udgments as such that are ' bottom line' i n Porritt's criticism but the person, and the fail i ngs are global , surely this is a moral ity of virtue and vice. However, lack of moral virtue is not the only defect Porritt fi nds i n politicians. His pol iticians are "notoriously inept a t keeping abreast of any thing that sounds technical ." By impl ication radical environmentalists are intel ligent and technical ly competent. The conclusion that Porritt draws is startl ing in its simplicity and its boldness : "lMr Major] could not even be bothered to include [environmental ism] in the Queen's Speech" ( p. 4). Here we have moral concepts, not so much to criticize someone's actions but to attack the sort of person he or she might be. The person-centered morality of virtues and vices occupies a promi nent role in some environmental discus sions, with its emphasis on the role of responsible persons in environmental degradation rather than forces of nature . We noticed the opposite movement in our d iscussion of the temporal paradoxes of the biodiversity/taxonomy debate. A Common M ismatch: Utilitarian and Intri nsic Values Un less the protagonists of a moral debate, couched in some dialect o f Greenspeak, shared a n implicit ph ilosophical theory about t h e nature of moral judgements and the criteria of moral assessments they could scarcely engage one another in mean ingful and ultimately profitable debate. Just such debil i tating d isparities in t h e underlying conceptual structure of environmental discourses have been identified by Carbaugh ( 1 994 ). He has studied a case where for one group uti l i tarian val ues are imminent in their discursive prac tices, whereas for the others it is intrinsic worth. There is a schism in this debate as to where overriding people-hased rights are to be located . Is it in the people of the here and now, or is it in the people of the future ? Is it i n the interests of those immediately affected, or is it in the nation at l arge? In following through the arguments for several years, he has shown how no reconc i liation is possible; indeed, a third moral position is yet to be formu lated . In fact, he records the beginning of a novel discursive style, which is
1 82
G REE N S PEA K
nei ther utilitarian nor deontic, but by which, by acknowledgi ng the i n trinsic value of the site under dispute as a uti lity for the town invol ved, a common practical comprom ise can be reached. By respecting the environmental values of the site, the prosperity of the town as a tourist center will be assured. How many national parks depend for their existence on this neat l i ttle move !
Enlarging the Scope of the Moral Universe
The scope of morally protected beings is generally more ample for Green speakers than for other moral ists. The grounds that many envi ronmentalists cite for care of the environment are not simply derived from human needs. For example, the diversity of species is to be protected not j ust for their practical value to human beings but for their potential as sources of antibiotics or a healthy d iet. An i mportant role for environmentalists is vicarious advocacy. In certain discursive contexts, some people are accorded or take to themselves speaking rights on behal f of others. We are familiar with the discursive conventions of courtrooms and parl iaments by which certain speakers are treated as repre sentatives-people who speak on behalf of others who are disadvantaged i n some way. These devices, w e might say, equi librate the discursive powers o f a l l parties. For persons who stammer o r do not understand the law o r for one reason or another find the task of speaking for themselves difficult or impos sible, we prov ide all kinds of advocates. Advocacy is legitimized by reference to the rights of the represented to be heard . Should we extend the notion of advocacy to beings other than persons who lack the power of speech ? One way of settling this question is to ask whether such beings have a right to be heard, to be spoken for by vicarious speakers. This kind of advocacy is of tremendous importance i n contemporary environmentalism, where advocacy rights extend deep into the organic world. The slide might go from chimpan zees through the ' lower orders ' of zoology and on i nto plants, including even trees. Th i s kind of advocacy extension is to be sharply distinguished from all those uti litarian arguments that h inge on c l aims about what we would be depriving ourselves and our descendants of should we carelessly destroy the forests and fields. We note again that the 1 997 Earth Summit used very anthropocentric terms of advocacy. The duty to the environment is a duty to the human beings who inhabit it and particularly to those who will inhabit it. Let us look at the al ternative, advocacy that encompasses a much wider range of beings in the moral sphere . Recently, people living in the vicin ity of Winchester, England became extremely incensed by the proposal of road bui lders to fell a line of trees. Many people spoke i n favor of the preservation of the trees. Were they
The Moral and A esthetic Domain
1 83
advocates'! That is, were they speaking on behal f of the trees who cannot speak for themselves? How far was their case prudential and aesthetic, and so far an exercise in the use of a moral istic rhetoric? How far was it a genuinely moral argument? Certai nly, there are many instances of Green speak that do seem to have the character of advocacy rooted in what is presented as a moral right. From the poi nt of view of the student of the language of Greenspeak rather than of one with an interest in the moral argument itself, the use of ' moral ' concepts is to be investigated, not taken for granted . For i nstance, some heavyweight moral words appear in the following: "Trees are vul nerable. Vul nerab i l ity engenders rights . Trees have rights. Those who have rights but cannot speak deserve advocacy" (Gould quoted in Attfield, 1 992, in Taylor, 1 992, p. 73). Is this val id? The vulnerabilities of animals are more or Jess conceded by all civilized people, but that is grounded usually in an argument by analogy, based on observations about animals' capacity to suffer (see Attfield, 1 992, in Taylor, 1 992, pp. 86-87). The moral asymmetry of the transspecies dichotomy ' pain/pleasure' is also transferred from the human to the an imal case by the same analogy that transfers the phenomenological commonal i ty in sensibility. The people/an imal analogy seems to be focused on features of the nature of animals that do not general ize to trees-for example, the observation that animals are similar to people with respect to a certain degree of consciousness . Insofar as people as moral subjects are conscious and are capable of sufferi ng, it is argued by analogy that so arc animals worthy of some degree of moral protection. The argument displays the conceptual resources of moral reason ing in defense of a moral position. B ut this argument does not general ize to trees, si nce the phenomenological basis of the necessary transspecies analogy fails. Talk of rights must be moralistic, the discourse not argumentative but persuasive and the use of moral language rhetorical . Much more powerful as arguments are "thin end of the wedge" consider ations. The careless and exploitative i l l treatment of any l iving thing, be it plant or animal, degrades the sensibil ities of the abuser and therefore makes the i l l treatment of people more l ikely (Harre & Robinson, 1 995) . These thin-end-of-the-wedge arguments are usual ly based on the psychological thesis that actions that are practically motivated but cal l for an i nd i fference to suffering brutalize. For th is argument to get goi ng, no phenomenological analogy i s needed. B ut the moral domain has shrunk to the human sphere while the domai n of moral istic rhetoric has expanded to include brute nature. The most ambitious case we are aware of for an extrahuman morality couched in Greenspeak has been made by the advocates of deep ecology (Deval l & Sessions, 1 987). The basis of deep ecology as a moral system is the 'discovery ' of values in the natural world that are i ndependent of all that is human and, for some deep ecologists, independent even of the existence of a
1 84
GREENSPEAK
biosphere. Human l i fe, to realize these deep values, must somehow conform to "what is natural ." The philosophical basis for the position is not easy to understand, and we must content ourselves with a brief sketch of the argument as expounded by Matthews ( 1 99 1 ): The background value . . . attaches to things qua particulars, that is qua regions of spacetime, rather than to things as instances of sortals or natural kinds. Our world , the world of physical real i ty, is an expression of selfhood, of the cosmos as will-to-exist and as such has a meaning, and a value that would not attach to a purely blind and contingent world . . . . [Th i s ) evokes a generalized sense of reverence for the physical world. ( p. 1 1 8 )
Matthews 's argument depends on a kind of Leibnizean evocation of the m athematical fact that the equations for general relativity admit a variety of solutions, descriptions of possible worlds, of which just this one has come to be. For those philosophers who hold that the concept of sel f can be applied only to those beings who can form conceptions of their own being, that is, can form the thought that they are themsel ves selves, Matthews's extension of the concept to the cosmos is pressing fam i l y resemblance farther than it is comfortable to go. The phrase "deep ecology" is attributed to philosopher Arne Naess, but it has been given its most systematic expression in Deval l and Sessions ( 1 987). The ontological basis is quite different from those arguments, common in animal rights c i rcles, that are grounded in an analogy between animal and human sensibility. Instead, deep ecology depends on holism. Devall and Sessions point to a basic and given hol istic ontological i ntuition as the fou ndation for their moral position : "The foundations of deep ecology are the basic intuitions and experiencing of oursel ves and Nature which comprise ecological consciousness" ( p . 65 ) . This is developed a step further by Fo x as fol lows: [ Deep ecology] . . . is the idea that we can make no fi rm ontological divide i n t h e fi e l d of existence: that there is no bifurcation in reality between t h e human and the non-human real ms . . . to the extent that we perceive boundaries we fall short of deep ecological consciousness. (cited in Deval l & Sessions, 1 987, p. 66)
It h ardly needs pointing out that this is not an empirical observation, as whether or not we perceive a boundary between other organisms and ourselves depends on what criteria we use to classi fy things. If we take h ave speech capability" as our cri terion, then a boundary forces itself on us. Dee p ecology is a way of ranking boundary-marking criteria. The complexity of the onto logical underp innings becomes more obvious in the fol lowing: "
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
1 85
For deep ecology, the study of our place in the Earth household includes the study of ourselves as part of the organic whole. Going beyond a narrowly scienti fic understandi ng of reality [ which would confine ontological holism to biology] , the materi al and spiritual aspects of reality fuse together. (Deval l & Sessions, 1987, p. 66)
The derivation of moral imperatives from a basis in ontological holism depends on the pri nciple of biological equality, which is defined by Devall and Sessions ( 1 987) as fol lows : A l l things in the biosphere have an equal right to live and blossom and to reach their own i ndividual forms of unfolding and sel f-reali zation . . . [they] are equal in intrinsic worth . . . . Richness and diversity of l i fe forms contribute to the realization of these values and are also values in themsel ves. ( p. 66)
From two pri nciples, neither of which is uncontroversial , the deep ecologists derive a moral imperative to si mpl ify human life towards some unspecified 'natural ' state, in which a bal anced ecology, in rough ly its prei ndustrial form, w i l l be reestablished. The Message of Environmentalism
Detai led analyses of the language of environmental ism in its many forms and stances have shown that none of the borrowed styles of natural science and traditional narrative forms play a substantive role in environmental d iscourse, although their subsidiary roles are very important, not least as means of persuasion. Greenspeak is not a species of the di scourse of natural science nor are case h istories folk tales, though they may share their forms. Even as a d iscourse continuous with moral philosophy we have found it equivocal and paradoxical . Documents couched in environmentalist language are neither j ust additions to the l i terature of the natural sciences nor just contributions to moral philosophy. These discursive styles play a largely rhetorical role. But what is i t then that pri me ministers of green governments and green lobbyi sts want to convince us of? What is the message'! One outcome of our i nquiries is that there is no one answer to this question . It would even come as a surprise if there were only one. Rather, we are faced with a multitude of d i fferent and often divergent positions, currents and views. These are represented by very different protagonists with different scientific, political and historical knowledge, commitments and interests pro and contra the green case. The director of the World B ank, the marine explorer, the green politician, the spontaneous campaigner and the user of 'ecological ' soap are all concerned and worried about the environment. But ' the environment ' , as
1 86
G R E E N S PE A K
we saw, i s itsel f a blurred linguistic construction, a hybrid between nature and cul ture , matter and humankind, causal ity and moral ity, as multifaceted as the world it purports to represent. The justified and projected concern that it attracts is the environmental discourse . In other words, we consider neither the environmental movement to be one homogeneous formation nor the dialects of Greenspeak to be the singular voice of a movement. To underl ine the multivoiced real ity of this discourse, i t is all the more im portant that we also deal historical ly with the linguistic and soc ial processes by which green consciousness has waxed and waned during the past three centuries . Our contemporary styles of environmental ad vocacy, in a narrow sense, is part of a cultural-historical development beginning in the 1 970s that reached its high point in 1 992 with the "language of Rio." It has provided our main corpus of data. Unmistakably, Green speaking has become part of every day life. It has colored the entire public sphere in the West. One could describe this development from two points of view : as a gradual extension and accep tance of the new discourse and as the process of its successful absorption i nto everyday life. Dialectically speaking, while the green case is gaining more and more 'moral space' in the public debate it has been inserted and integrated into the dominant d iscourse of Western culture. Greenspeak, one might say, has been aufgelwben-preserved and surpassed-without any transition or break in the general discourse of our times. How has this li nguistic and cultural absorption been possible? We bel ieve that there is and always has been one layer, one voice in all Greenspeak, which displays a deep sympathy for a certain aesthetic view, a doctrine of life as an art form . At the core of the doctri ne is the idea of holistic rightness, the fi tting together in a dynamic equi librium of the h uman race with all the other things, organ ic and inorganic, that grace the outer layers of the planet Earth. In many of our examples, the analysis of the scientific and moral aspects of the discourse reveals it to be too fragmented and equivocal to be a potent social force. There is something yet to be identi fied . As the cloak of rhetoric has fal len away, the inner core of a common aesthetic vision has gradually become visible. This has made Greenspeak, albeit presenting itself as a diversity of alternatives each claiming to be fundamental , from the very beginning, an imminent part of a movement for a 'quality of life ' that cannot be defi ned in material terms nor in moral ones . Behind the scientific, econom ic and moral claims of contemporary Greenspeakers we hear the echo of the earl ier romantic exposition of the vi sion of the harmonic and complete world to be found, for example, in the writings of Goethe and of B l ake. Williams ( 1 992) i n troduces the idea of ' Promethean fear' or respect for nature, the value of nature per se, as the grounding principle for local or species-specific m oral arguments. Thi s seems to us very close to the holistic conception we have taken as a kind of global aesthetic quality of the wel l-lived l i fe . As a part of
The Moral and Aesthetic Domain
1 87
nature, every being inherits its moral protection. This value entered our environmental discourses sometime toward the end of the 1 8th century. It had its most powerful expression in the notion of the sublime. With respect to our discussion of the basic structures of environmental discourses, ' the sublime' is an ungrounded and autonomous value we might well see as aesthetic. It is not at al l a matter of human rights or the satisfaction of human needs. It seems to be sibling to Lovelock's conception of planetary health. Human beings, their paradoxical behavior and their limited values have only a subsidiary role in the sense o f this concept. The 1 8th-century notion of the subli me, of nature to be valued independently of mundane human needs, is in the same concep tual field as the ontological-cum-moral holism of deep ecology. B oth positions eschew the giving of a privileged standing to mundane human affairs.
Summary
The ulti mate value that we believe we can see running through the centuries of ever-changing Greenspeak is aesthetic, the conception of a certain rightness in the way human l i fe must fit in as part of nature. But this conclusion can be easily misu nderstood. The fact that we have displayed how scientific termi nology, literary conventions, moral principles and intuitions and so on have been used as part of the rhetorical tools of environmental advocacy does not mean that we think that environmental ists should not make as much use of scientific knowledge a'i they can, nor do we th ink they should eschew the attractions of ancient literary forms. Nor does our suggestion of a deep aesthetic dimension support the view that environmental ism is reducible simply to a nonmoral d isplay of good taste. The emphasis we have placed on the aesthetic dimension as a stable but covert element in the positions that Greenspeakers advocate runs the danger of displacing the thrust of environ mentalism away from the moral center, namely, that we do have moral responsibi lity and rights and duties with respect to the planetary ecology as much as to our own neighborhood. But what is that wh ich we have a right to? After the practical needs of clean water, decent food and clean air have been attended to, frequently the rhetorical basis of advocacy, we must m ake sure that we do not lose sight of the larger moral issues that concern our relation to the rest of the biosphere. But deep ecology is as much an aesthetic movement as it is a moral one. The reason why we are insistent on the acknowledgment of an aesthetic dimension is, in part, the d i fficulty we have found in extending the moral domai n beyond the human. But the reason why we are i nsistent on the preservation of a moral dimension is that aesthetic conviction alone is rarely if ever effective as a spur to action .
1 88
G R EEN S PEA K
What of the means? We round off this study with a quotation from Beck ( 1 992): The means : with regard to all issues that are central to society dissenting voices, alternative experts, an interdisciplinary variety and, not least, alternatives to be developed systematically must always be combined. The public sphere in coop eration with the kind of 'public science ' would be charged as a second centre of the 'discursive checking' of scientific laboratory results in the cross-fire of opinions. Their particular responsibi lity would comprise all issues that concern the broad outlines and dangers of scientific civilisation and chronicall y excluded in standard science. The public would have the role of an 'open upper chamber ' . I t would b e charged t o apply t h e standard : ' How d o w e w i s h t o live?' t o scienti fic plans, results and hazards. (p. 1 1 9)
Bibliography
Abzug, B . ( 1 992, A pril 23). Women don ' t want your "control." lntmrational Herald Tribune. p. 5 . Adam, B . ( 1 995). 7imewatch: The social analysis of time. Cambridge: Polity. Akimichi, T. ( 1 993 ). The ecological aspects of Lau [Solomon Islands) ethnoichthyology. Journal
of the Polyne.tian Society, 102, 30 1 -326. Allaby, M. ( 1 988). Macmillan dictionary of the envimnment. London: Macmillan. Anderson, K. ( 1 994, June 1 5). Growth can be environmentally friendly. Australian, p. 43 .
Ardener, E. ( 1 983). Social anthropology, language and reality. In R. H arri s (Ed.), Appmache.r to
languaKe ( pp. 1 43- 1 56). Oxford. England: Pergamon.
Armstrong, L. ( 1 995). The great cosmic metaphor: Thinking about the Earth our mother. A lterna
tives. 2/ (2), 32-36.
Aronson, J . L . • H�. R., & Way, C. E. ( 1 993). Realism rescued. London: Duckworth. Attfield, R . ( 1 992). Claims, interests and environmental concern-A response to Professor Williams. I n C. C. W. Taylor (Ed.), Ethics England: Corpus Christi College.
and the envimnment
( pp. 84-89). Oxford,
Aveni, A. F. ( 1 990). Empires of time: Calenders, clocks, and cultures. London: Tauri s . Bailey, C . - J . N . ( 1 972). Variation and linguistic theory. Georgetown: Centre for Applied Linguis tics. Bailey, C.-J. N . ( 1 996). Essays in non-static linguistics. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Bakhtin, M . M . ( 1 986). The Bildung.rmman and its signi ficance in the history of realism. I n M.
M. Bakhtin, Speech genres and other late essays (C. Emerson & M . Holquist, Eds.). Austin:
U niversity of Texas Press.
Bal. M . ( 1 985). Na"atology: Introduction to the theory of narrative. Toronto: University of Toronto Press . Barry, D. ( 1 995, October 9). Should nature be outlawed? lntemational Herald Tribune, p. 20.
Baskin, V. ( 1 997). The work of nature: How the diver.rity of life sustains us. New York: Island Press.
Bataille-Benguigui, M .- C. ( 1 988). The fish of Tonga: Prey or social partners? Journal of the
Polynesian Society, 97( 2), 1 85- 1 98.
1 89
1 90
G R E E N S PE A K
Baxter, W. F. ( 1 974). People or penguins: TM case for optimal pollution. New York : Columbia University Press. Beauford, K. G. [ Duke of] ( 1 987). Shooting-mtmr and marsh. In The Badmington library of spon.r and ptLrtime.r. Southampton: Ashford Press. (Original work published 1 887)
Beck, U. ( 1 992). From industrial to risk society: Questions of survival, social structure and ecological enlightenment. Theory. Cultu� & Soc:iety. 9, 97- 1 23.
Beck. U. ( 1 994). Ecological enlightenment: Essays on the politics of the risk society. Atlantic Highlands, NJ : Humanities Press. Bender, J., & Wellbery, D. E. ( 1 99 1 ). Chrom1types: TM construction of time. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
BeMett. D. H. ( 1 983). Some aspects of Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal notions of responsibility to non-human ani mals. Australian Aboriginal Studies, 2, 1 9-24. Berger. D. ( 1 992). An ecology of style. Trumpeter. 9(4), 1 65- 1 69.
Berlin. B. ( 1 99 1 ). The chicken and the egg revisited: Funher evidence for the intellectualist bases of ethnobiological classification. In A. Pawley (Ed.), Man and a half ( pp. 57-66). Auckland: Polynesian Society.
Biggs, B. ( 1 99 1 ). A linguist revisits the New Zealand bush. In A. Pawley (Ed.), Man and a
( pp. 67-72). Auckland: Polynesian Society. Billig, M. ( 1 987). A rguing and thinking. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
half
Bloomfield, L. ( 1 946). Algonquian. In H. Hoijer (Ed.). Linguistic structures in Native A merica ( pp. 85- 1 29). New York : Viking.
Boulding, K. ( 1 966). The economics of the caring spaceship Eanh. In H . Jarre tt (Ed.), Environ mental quality in a growing economy ( pp. 3- 1 4) . Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Boyden. S. ( 1 990). Our biosphere under threat. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Boyden. S. ( 1 99 1 . November 27). New university courses needed to save humanity and the planet. Australian National University Reporter. p. 1 0. Breach, J. ( 1 976). Earth in danger. New York: Doubleday.
Brewer. R. ( 1 988). TM .rl'ience of ecology. Philadelphia: Saunders College Publications. Bright, W. (Ed . ) . ( 1 966) . Sociolin�:uistics. The Hague: Mouton. British Nuclear Fuels. ( 1 994) . Nuclear energy: Don 't be left in the dark [Brochure). London: Author. Brockmeier, J. ( 1 980) . Die Naturtheorie Giordano Brunos. Naturphilosophische und erkenntnis· tMoretische W1rau.r.retzungen des friihbiirgerlicMn Materialismu.r. Frankfun am Main & New York: Campus. Brockmeier, J . ( 1 99 1 ) . The construction of time, language. and self. Quanerly Newsletter of tM Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 2, 42-52. Brockmeier, J. ( 1 992). "Reines Denken ": Zur Kritik der teleo/ogiscMn Denkform. Amsterdam: Grii ner-Benjarnins.
Brockmeier. J. ( 1 995). The language of human temporality: Narrative schemes and cultural meanings of time. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 2. 1 02- 1 1 8.
Brockmeier, J. ( 1 996a). Construction and interpretation: Exploring a joint perspective on Piaget and Vygotsky. In A. Tryphon & J. Von�che (Eds.), Piaget-Vygotslcy: TM social genesis of
thought ( pp . 1 25- 1 43). East Sussex: Psychology Press. Brockmeier, J. ( 1 996b). Anthropomorphic operators of time: Chronology. activity, language and space. In J. T. Fraser & M. P. Soulsby (Eds.), Dimen.rion.r of time and life: The study of time (Vol. 8, pp. 239-25 I ) . Madison. CT: International Universities Press.
Brown. C. H . ( 1 977). Lexical universals and the human language faculty. In M . Saville-Troike (Ed . ) , Linguistics and anthropoloxy ( pp. 75-9 1 ). Georgetown: Georgetown University Press .
Bibliography
191
Brown. C. H. ( 1 982). Growth and development of fol k botanical life fonns in Polynesian languages. Journal of the Polynesian Society, 9(2), 2 1 3-245. Brown. D. ( 1 994). Discursive moments of identification. Current Perspectives in Social Theory. 14, 269-292.
Bruner. J . S . ( 1 979). On knowing: Essays for the left hand. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bruner. J. S. ( 1 986). Actual mind.v, possible world-f. Cambridge, M A : Harvard U niversity Press. Bruner. J . S . ( 1 990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, M A : Harvard University Press.
Bruner. J. S. ( 1 99 1 , Autumn ). The narrative construction of reality. Critical lnquiry. 1 7. pp. 1 -2 1 .
Bruner. J . S . ( 1 992). On searching for Bruner. Language and Communication, /2, 75-78.
B runer. J . S . ( 1 993). The autobiographical process. In R. Folkennik (Ed.). The culture autobiography ( pp. 38-56). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
of
Brunner. M . . & Oeschlaeger. M. ( 1 994). R hetoric. environmentalism and environmenal ethics. Em•inmmental Ethic.v, /6, 377- 394.
Bul mer. R. ( 1 985). Trees. grerbs. wags, snurm and quammals: The new universal natural history of Cecil H. Brown. Journal of the Polynesian Society, 94(4), 43 1 -438. Butler. C. ( 1 970). Numerological thought. In A. Fowler (Ed.), Silent poetry ( pp. 1 -3 1 ). London : Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Butler, J . E. ( 1 980). Man-made disasters. London: Heinemann. Capell. A. ( 1 966). Studies in .wdolinguistics. The Hague: Mouton. Capel l. A. ( 1 969 ). A survey of New Guinea languages. Sydney: Sydney University Press. Carbaugh, D. ( 1 992). "The mountain" and "the project" : Dueling depictions of natural environ-
ment. In E. L. Oravec & J . G. Cantri ll ( Eds . ). The conference em the di.vcour.ve of environ mental advocacy ( pp. 360-376). Salt Lake City : University of Utah H umanities Center. Carbaugh. D. ( 1 994) . Personhood. positioning, and cultural pragmatics: American dignity in cross-cultural perspective. In S . A. Deetz (Ed.). Communication yearbook 17 ( pp. 1 59 - 1 96). Newbury Park. CA: Sage.
Carbaugh, D. ( 1 996). Situating selves: The communication ofsocial identities in American scene.f.
Albany : State University of New York Press. Carson, R . ( 1 962). Silent spring. London: Hamish Hamilton.
Cartledge, B . (Ed.). ( 1 992). Monitoring the environment. Oxford. England: Oxford U niversity Press. Chase, A. K., & Sturmer. J. R. ( 1 985). Anthropology and botany: Turning over a new leaf (A-59 , pp. 289-30 1 ). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Chawla, S . ( 1 9 9 1 ). Linguistic and philosophical roots of our environmental crisis. Environmental Ethic.v. 1 3, 253-262.
Cherfas, S. ( 1 994, August). How many species do we need? New Scientist, 6. 36-4 1 . Christmann. G . B . ( 1 992). " Und da hab ich wirklich so einen 'ZL1rnesausbruch gekriegt . . . " Morol mit Affekt: Die morolische Entrustung am Bei.fpiel von Okologiegruppen. Unpublished manuscript. Konstanz.
Clifford. J. ( 1 992, September I I). No iMocent eyes: Western travel lers as missionaries o f capitalism. The {l..ondonj Trmes literary Supplement, p p . 3-4. Clyne, M . G. ( 1 982). Multilingual Australia: Resources-nuds-policies. Melbourne: River Seine . Cohen, S. ( 1 972). Folk devib and moral panics. London: Macmil lan. Collard. A . • & Contracci, J. ( 1 989). Rape of the wild: Man '.v violence against animab and the Eanh. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Cronon, W. ( 1 992, March). A place for stories: Nature, history and narra tive. Journal ofAmerican Hi.vwry. 1 347- 1 376. Crosby. A. W. ( 1 986). Ecological imperialism: The biological expansion of Europe. 900- / 900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1 92
GREENSPEAK
Crowley. T. ( 1 992). The return o f t he repressed: Saussure and Swift on language and history. In G. Wolf (Ed.). N�w d�partures in linguistic:s ( pp. 236-249 ). New York : Garland . Dahl, H . L. ( 1 990) . Unl�s.v and until. London : Baha' i Publishing Trust.
Dahlstedt, K. H. ( 1 979). Societal ideology and language c ul tivation . l.in g uistics, 1/13, 1 7-50.
Darwin, C. ( 1 87 1 ) . Tile desc�nt of man. London: John Murray.
Davis, H . , & Taylor, C. J. ( 1 990). R�defining linguistics. London : Routledge.
L>een, M. Y. I. ( 1 990). Islamic environmental ethics, law, and society. In J. R. Engel & J. G . Engel (Eds . ), Ethics of tnvironm�nt and d� v�lop�nt ( pp. 1 85- I 98) . London: Belhaven.
Devall. B . . & Sessions. G . ( 1 987). Deep �cology. Salt Lake City. UT: Gibbs Smith.
Diamond. J . ( 1 99 1 ) . Tl� riu and fall tif the third chimpanze�. London: Vintage.
Digard, J. E. ( 1 993). Going wild: The contested terrain of nature. In J. Bennett & W. Chaloupka (Eds . ) , /11 th� nature of things: Language, politics and the etwimnmetll. M inneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press.
Dutton. J. E. (Ed.). ( 1 992). Culture chang�-language chang�: Case .rtudies from M�lan�.ria (C- I 20). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Eco, U. ( 1 990). The limits of illlerpretation. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Eco, U. ( 1 994). Six walks in th� fictiotr al woods. Cambridge, M A : Harvard University Press. Edwards, W. H. ( 1 983). Plant.r in Pitjantjatjara life and mythology. Paper presented at the Federal
Conference and Seminar of the Society for Growing Australian Plants, Adelaide. Ehrenfeld, D. ( 1 986). Thirty million chee rs for diversity. N�w Scientist. 1 10. 38-43.
Elias, N . ( 1 992). 7ime: An �ssay. Oxford, England: Blackwel l. Elkington, J., & Knoight, P., with Harles, J . ( 1 992). The gre�n busin�ss guide : How Ill take up-and
pmfit fmm-tlle environ�ntal challenge. London: Gollancz. Elsbree. L. ( 1 982). The rituals tif life: Patt�rns in narrati \'e. Port Washington, N Y: Kennikat Press.
Elsworth, S. ( 1 984). Acid rain. London: Pluto Press. Engel, J. R . , & Engel , J. G. ( 1 990). Ethics tif environm�nt and develop�nt. London: Fill, A. ( Ed . ) . ( 1 992). SprUt:hiikologie und Okolingui.r tik. Tiibingen: Stauffenburg.
Belhaven.
Fill, A. ( 1 993). Okolingui.rtilc. Tiibingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.
A udemik, M. ( 1 996). Towards a 'natural ' narratology. London: Routledge. Forencich, F. ( 1 992). Homo carcinomicus: A look at planetary oncology. Trumpeter, 9, 1 4 1 - 1 45. Fowler, A . ( 1 970). 'To shepherd's ear' : The form of Milton's 1-ycidas. In A. Fowler (Ed.), Silent poetry ( pp. 1 70- 1 84). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Fox , W. ( 1 990). Toward.v a transpersonal emlogy: Newfoundationsfor environ�ntalism. Boston: Scharnholz.
Franklin, K . ( 1 97 1 ). Practical considerations of folk taxonomies . Kivung. 4, 1 33- 1 40. Fraser, J. T. ( 1 982). The genesis and evolution of time. A mherst: University of M assachusetts Press . Fraser. J. T. ( 1 987). 7i�. the familiar strang�r. A mherst: University of Massachusetts
Press.
Fraser, J. T. ( 1 992). Temporality in a nowless universe. 7i� & Socie ty. 2. 1 59- 1 73 . Gaard, K. ( 1 993). Ecofeminism an d Native American cultures. I n K . Gaard ( Ed . ) , Ecofeminism: ���n . animals. nature. Phil adelphia: Temple University Press. Gardner, H . ( I 983 ). Frames of mind: Th� theory tifmultiple intelligen ces ( 2nd ed., enlarged). New York: Basic Books.
Gaston, J.-J., & May, R. M . ( 1 992). Taxonomy of taxonomists. Natu re. 356, 28 1 -282. Geertz, C. ( I 973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Goff man, E. ( I 98 I ). Form.r of tulle. Oxford, England: Blackwell . Goldsmith, T. ( 1 992, May 30). Th e roads t o R i o : No, the real global threat is the relentless demand for growth. Sunthly [London} 7i�s. p. 1 4. Gonzales, A., & Thomas. D. (Eds. ) . ( 1 98 1 ). Unguistic.r across continen ts. Manila: Society of the Philippines.
Gould, S. J. ( 1 987). Time 's armw, time 's cyde. Harmondsworth: Penguin.
Linguistic
1 93
Bibliographv
Gray, I. ( 1 994). Barrie rs and constraints to the adoption of sustainable farming. In Ann ua l report on adop tion af technalogies for the sustainable management of grazing and cropping industries Ia Land and Water Resoun:es Resean:h and Development Ct�rporation. Sydney: LWR R DC. Greimas, A . J . ( 1 987). On meaning: Selected writing.r in semiotic theory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Gribbin, J. ( 1 976). Ft�recasts. famine.r andfreezes: Climate and man 's future. London: Wildwood House. Grin, F. ( 1 995). The economics of languages: Survey, assessment and prospects. International Jt�umal t�f the Socit�lt�gy t�f IAIIguage, 1 2 1 . 1 7-44. Grove, R. H. ( 1 992. July). Origins of Western environsnentalism. Scientifi c American, pp. 22-27. Gruhl, H . ( 1 978). Ein Planet wird gepliinde n Frankfurt: Fischer. Habermas, J. ( 1 989). The philosophical discourse tlf rruHlemity. Oxford, England: Polity. Habermas, J. ( 1 992). Postmetaphysical thinking. Cambridge: MIT Press. Halliday, M. ( 1 992). New ways of analysing meaning: The challenge to applied linguistics. In M . Piitz ( Ed.), Thirty years of linguistic evolution ( pp. 59-96). Amsterdam: Benjamins. Hardin, G . ( 1 974). Living in a lifeboat. Bill Science, 10, 56 1 -568. Hare, R. M. ( 1 992). What are cities for? In C. C. W. Taylor (Ed.), Ethics and the environment ( pp. 42-59). Oxford, England: Corpus Christi College. Hargreaves, E. C. ( 1 992). Foundations of wildlife protection attitudes. In E. C. Hargreaves (Ed.), The llll itrwl rights/environmental ethics debate (chap. 7). Albany: State University of New York Press. Harre, R. ( 1 9 84). Philo.wphie.v ofscience. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Harre, R . ( 1 993). Social being: A thetJry for .rocial p.rycholt�gy (2nd ed.). Oxford. England: Blackwell. Harre, R. ( 1 997). There is no time like the present. In S. Copeland (Ed.). 1ime and modalit ( pp. 3 89-409). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Harre, R., & Robinson, D. N. ( 1 995). On the primacy of duties. Philost�phy. 70, 5 1 3-532. Harre , R., & van Langenhove, L. ( 1 99 1 ). Varieties of positioning. Jou rn alfor the Theory of Social .
y
Belwviour. 2 / , 393-407 .
Harri s , R. ( 1 980). The languaxe makers. London: Duckworth. Harri s , R. ( 1 982). The lanx uage machine. London: Duckworth. Harri s, R. ( 1 990). The integrationist critique of orthodox linguistics. In M. P. Jordan (Ed.), The Sixteenth l.ACUS Forum, / 989 ( pp. 63-77). Lake Bluff, IL: Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States. Harris, R. ( 1 996). The language connection. Bristol: Thoemmes. Hass, U. ( 1 989). 1nteressenabhangiger Umgang mit Wortem in dcr Umweltdiskussion. In J. Klein (Ed.), Politi rche Semantilc ( pp. 1 53 - 1 76). Opladcn: Westdcutschcr Verlag. Haugen, E. ( 1 966). Linguistics and language planning. In W. Bright (Ed.), Sociolinguists ( pp. 507 1 ) . The Hague: Mouton. Haugen, E. ( 1 972). The ecology of language: Es.rays by Eina r Haugen (A. S. Oil , Ed.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Hay, R. ( 1 989). The contribution of Maori cosmology to a revision of environsnental philosophy. Trumpeter. 6, 1 56- 1 62. Heine, B. ( 1 980). Implicit and explicit languages in Africa. Etude.r Lingui.rtiques 11(2), 1 4-43 . Hemadi, P. (Ed.). ( 1 992). Objective, subjective, intersubjective times. 1ime & Socie ty 2. 1 47- 1 58. Herzlich, C. ( 1 973 ) Health and illn ess ( J . Graham, Trans.). London: Academic Press. Heseltine, M . ( 1 992). The environment: A political view. In B. Canledge (Ed.), Monitoring the environment (chap. 2). Oxford, England: Oxford U niversity Press. Hiepko, P., & Schiefenhoevel, W. (Eds.). ( 1 985). Mensch und Pjlanze. Berlin: Reimer. .
,
.
1 94
G R E E N S PE A K
Hockett, C. F. ( 1 954). Chinese v. English: An exploration of Whorfian theses. In H . Hoijer (Ed.), Lm•xuage in culture ( pp. 1 06- 1 25). Chicago: Universiry of Chicago Press. Hoijer, H. (Ed.). ( 1 946). Linxui:rtic: structure.r ofNative America. New York: Viking. Hoijer, H. (Ed.). ( 1 954). Languaxe in culture. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Holister, G., & Poneus, A. ( 1 976). The environment: A dictionary of the world around us. London: Arrow Books. Holsinger, C. ( 1 994). Draft /andean report. Brisbane: Springhill . Holton, G . ( 1 98 1 ) . Thematic presuppositions and t h e direction o f scientific advance. In A . F. Heath (Ed.), Scien tific explanation ( pp. 1 - 27). Oxford, England: Clarendon. Hughes, J. A. ( 1 995, S pring). Ecology and development as narrative lhemes of world history. Environmental World Review, pp. I - I 6. Huxley, T. H. ( 1 889). Evolution and ethics. London: Macmillan. Hymes, D. ( 1 972). Foreword. In M. Swadesh, The origin and diversification of language. Chicago: Aldine-Athenon. lson, R., & Humphreys, C. ( 1 993). Evaluation of "Sustainable Beef Production in Central Queen.rland " project. Unpublished manuscript, University of Sydney, Deparment of Crop Sciences. Kahn, M. ( 1 992). The passive voice of science: Language absent in the wild-life profession. Trumpeter. 9, 1 52- 1 54. Kearins, J . ( 1 985). Cross-cultural 1nisunderstandings in education. In J. B. Pride (Ed.), Cross-cul tural encounters ( pp. 65-80). Melbourne: River Seine. Kelly, P. ( 1 984). Fighting for hope ( foreword by Heinrich Boll). London: Hoganh. Kern, S. ( 1 983). The culture of time and spat:e, /880- 1 91 8. Cambridge, MA: Harvard U niversity Press. Klein, J. (Ed.). ( 1 989). Politische Semantik. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag. Koselleck. R. ( 1 985). Future.v past: On the semantics ofhi.vtorical time. Cambridge, MA/London: MIT Press. Kreckel, M . ( 1 98 1 ). Communicative act.v and shared meaning. London: Academic Press. Krementsov, N . C., & Todes, D. P. ( 1 99 1 ). On metaphors, animals and us. Journal ofSocial lssue.r, 47(3), 67-8 1 . Labov, W. ( 1 972). Sociolinguistic patterns. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Lakoff, G. ( 1 987). �1men, fire and dangerous thinxs. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lakoff, G . , & Johnson, W. ( 1 979). Metaphors we live by. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Landau, M. ( 1 984). Human evolution as narrative. Scientific American, 72, 262-268. Landy, M . ( 1 979). Envinmmental impact statement glossary. New York: Plenum. Lang, A. ( 1 975). Enga dictionary (C-28). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Large, A. ( 1 985). The artificial language movement. Oxford, England: Blackwell . Latour, B . , & Woolgar, S . ( 1 979). Laboratory life. Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. Laycock, D. ( 1 982). Linguistic diversily in Melanesia: A tentative explanation. In R. Carle, M. Heinschke, P. W. Pink, C. Rost, & K. Stradtlander ( Eds.) , Gava: Studies in Austronesian languages and cultures ( pp. 3 I -37). Berlin: Reimer. Lee, J. A. ( 1 988). Seals, wolves and words. Alternatives, 15, 2 1 -29. Love, N . ( 1 985). The fi xed code lheory. Lanxuage and Communication 5( 1 ), 1 - 1 8. Lovelock, J. E. ( 1 987). Gaia: A new look at life on Earth . Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Lovelock, J. E. ( 1 988). The axes of Gaia: A biography of our living Earth. Oxford. England: Oxford University Press. Lovelock. J . E. ( 1 992). The Earth is not fragile. In B . Canledge (Ed.), Mon itoring the environment ( pp. I 05- 1 22). Oxford, England: Oxford Universily Press. ,
1 95
Bibliography
Macaulay, T. B. ( 1 835). Letlers. Quoted in R. Phillipson ( 1 992), Linguistic imperialism ( p. 1 36). Oxford, England : Oxford University Press.
Marx, L. ( 1 970). American insti tutions and ecological ideas. Science, 167, 945-952.
Mason, J. ( 1 992). The greenhouse effect and global warming. In B . Cartledge (Ed.), Monitoring
the environment ( pp. 55-92). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Matisoff, J. A. ( 1 99 1 ) . Endangered languages of mainland South East Asia. In R. H. Robins & E. M. U hlenbeck (Eds.), Endangered languages ( pp. 1 89-228). Oxford, England:
Berg.
Mauhews, S . W. ( 1 99 1 ) . What's happening to our climate? National Geographic, /50(5), 576-620.
Mayr, E. ( 1 982). The growth of biological thought: Diversity, evolution and inheritance. Cam bridge: M I T Press. McConvell, P. ( 1 99 1 ) . Understanding language shift: A step towards language maintenance. In S . Romaine (Ed.), Language i n Australia ( pp. 1 43 - 1 56). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Meadows, D. H . , Meadows, D. L., & Randers, J. ( 1 992). Beyond the limits. London: Earthscan.
Meisner, M. ( 1 995). Metaphors of nature: Old vinegar in new bottles. Trumpeter. / 2, 1 1 - 1 8. Middleton, D., & Ed wards, D. ( 1 990). Collective remembering. London: Sage.
Mills, W. T. ( 1 982). Metaphorical vision: Changes in Western attitudes to the environment. Annals
of the Association of American Geographers, 72, 237-25 3 .
Milner, J . - C . ( 1 990) . For the lave of language. London: Macmillan.
Mohan, R . ( 1 989). Language control and language conflict: The case of Kashmiri . ltltematianal
Journal of the Sociology of Languages, 75, 237-253.
Mokaa, R . ( 1 976). The logic of non-European linguistic categories. In R . Pinxten (Ed.), Univer
salism vs. relativism in language and thought ( pp. 85-96). The Hague: Mouton.
Mollison. B . ( 1 99 1 ). Introduction to permaculture. Tyalgum/Australia: Tagan.
Monbiot, G. ( 1 989). Poisoned amtws: An investigative journey through Indonesia. London: Abacus.
Morelli, F. ( 1 987). The way of the world: The Bildungsroman in European culture. London: Vlrto. Morgan, D. (Ed.). ( 1 969). Biological .rcience: The web of life. Canberra: Australian Academy of Science. Miihl hausler, P. H . ( 1 985). Towards an explanatory theory of metaphor. In R. Dirven (Ed.), The
ubiquity of metaphor ( pp. 57-84). Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Miihl hausler, P. H. ( 1 99 1 ) . Reducing Pacific languages to writings. In J. E. Joseph & T. J. Taylor
(Eds.), /deolagies ciflanguage ( pp. 1 89-205). London: Routledge.
Milhlhausler, P. H. ( 1 992). Preserving languages or language ecologies : A lop-down approach to language survival . Oceanic l-inguistics. 31, 1 63 - 1 80.
Miihlhausler, P. H . ( 1 996). Language ecology: Linguistic imperialism and language change in the
Pucijic region. London: Routledge. Milhlhausler, P. H., & Harre. R. ( 1 99 1 ) . Pronouns and people. Oxford, England: B lackwell. M yers, D. (Ed.). ( 1 985). The Gaia atlas tifplanet management. London: Pan Books. M yers, D. ( 1 995). The politic.r tif multiculturalism in the Asian Pacific. Darwin: University of Northern Territory Press.
·
Myers, N. ( 1 979). The sinking ark. Oxford, England: Pergamon. Nix, H. ( 1 993). The worst diseases are not all natural . Australian National University Reporter.
24(9), 6- 1 0.
Nowotny, H. ( 1 989b) . Mind, technologies, and collective time consciousness. In J. T. Frazer (Ed.), 7ime and mind: The study tif time (Vol. 6, pp. 1 97-2 1 6) . Madison, CT: International Universities Press.
Nowotny, H. ( 1 994). 7ime: The modem and the postmctdem experience. Cambridge: Polity. Oravec, C. L., & Cantrill, J. J. ( 1 992). The conference on the discourse cif environmental advocacy. Salt Lake City : University of Utah Humanities Center.
1 96
GREENSPEAK
Ortony, A . ( 1 993). Metaplwr an d thought (2nd ed. ) . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Paddock, W. C. ( 1 970). How green is the green revol ution? Bioscience. 20( 1 6), 897-902. Patterson, J. ( 1 994). Maori environmental virtues. Envirrmmental Ethics, 16. 397-409.
Pawley, A. ( 1 987). Encoding events in Kalam and English: Different logics for reporting experi ence. In R. S . Tomlin (Ed.), Coherence and grounding in discourse ( pp. 329-36 1 ). A mster dam : Benjamins.
Pawley, A. (Ed. ) . ( 1 99 1 ). Man and a half Auckland: Polynesian S ociety.
Pawley, A., & Green, K. ( 1 97 1 ) . Lexical evidence for the proto-Polynesian homeland. 1e Reo, 1 4,
1 -35.
Penman, R. ( 1 995). Talking about fann i ng practices: The didiman said to do it. Communicatior1
News, 8( 1 ), 1 -3 . Pfliiger, F. ( 1 992). Ein Planet wird gerettet: Eine Chance fiir Mensch, Natur und Technik.. Dusseldorf: Econ. Phi llipson, J. { 1 992). The natural world: A global casino. In B . Cartledge ( Ed.), Monitoring the envirrmment ( pp. 1 93-206). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Phillipson, R . ( 1 992). Lingui.ttic imperialism. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Pinxten, R . (Ed.). ( 1 976). Univer.talism vs. relativism in language and thought. The Hague: Mouton.
Porritt, J . ( 1 992, May 30). The White House effect. The [London } limes, p. 4.
Pmnce, G. T. ( 1 992). The dilemma of the Amazon min forest: Biological reserve or exploitable resource? In B. Cartledge (Ed.), Monitoring the environment ( pp. 1 57- 1 92). Oxford, Eng land: Oxford University Press. Pmtt, M . L. ( 1 992). /mperial eyes: Travel writing and transculturation. London: Routledge. Pride, J. B. ( Ed . ) . ( 1 985). Cross-cultural encounte rs. Melbourne: R iver Seine . Propp, V. ( 1 968). The morphology of the folk tale ( L . Scott, Tmns.). Austin: University of Texas Press. (Original work published 1 925) Piitz, M . (Ed.). ( 1 992). Thirty years of linguistic revolution. Amsterdam: Benjamins . Ramson, W. S. ( 1 970). Nineteenth-century Australian English. In W. S. Ramson (Ed.), English transported ( pp. 32-48). Canberm: Australian National University Press. Richards, I. A. ( 1 936). The philosophy of rhetoric. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Richards, P. ( 1 989). Conversation about conse rvation. Unpublished manuscript, King's College, University of London. Ricoeur, P. ( 1 984- 1 99 1 ). Narrative and time (Vols. 1 -3). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rigsby, B. ( 1 98 1 ). Aboriginal people, land rights and wilderness on Cape York Peninsula.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 92. 1 - 1 0.
Robins, R. H., & Uhlenbeck, E. M. (Eds. ) . ( 1 99 1 ). Endange red languages. Oxford, England: Berg.
Robinson, M. ( 1 992). The greening of British party politics. Manchester: University of Manchester Press. Rorty, R. ( 1 989). Contingency, irony. and solidarity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press .
Rosario, G. ( 1 968). A modernization-standardization plan for the Austronesian-derived languages of South East Asia. Asian Studies, 6( 1 ), 1 - 1 8 . Rose, D. ( 1 992). History, .tcitmce and dreams. Unpublished manuscript, Anangu Pitjantjatjam Lands, South Australia. Rowan, D. ( 1 992, May 1 3). Recycling ecospeak. Guardian Wet kly. pp. 1 7- 1 8.
Rowe, S. J. ( 1 989). What on earth is the environment? Trumpeter, 6, 1 23- 1 27 . Rubin, J . , & Jernudd, B. H . ( 1 97 1 ). Can language be planned ? Sociolinguistic thecJry an d practice for de1•eloping nations. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. Sapir, E. ( 1 985). Language and environment. In E. Sapir, Selected writings in language. culture, and personality ( pp. 89- 1 09). Berkeley: University of California Press.
Schindlbeck, M. ( 1 980). Sago bei den Sawos. Basel: Museum fiir Volkerkunde.
Bibliographl'
1 97
Schmidt, A. ( 1 99 1 ) . The loss of Australia '.f Aboriginal language he ritage. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. Schiin, D . ( 1 980). The displacement of c:cmceprs. London: Tavistock. Searle, J. R. ( 1 970). Speech acts: An essay on the philosophy of lang uage. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Senft. G. ( 1 992). Changes observed in Trobriand Islanders' cullure and language. In J. E. Dutton (Ed.), Culture chan�:e-language chan�:e: Ca.fe studiesfmm Melanesia ( C 1 20 pp. 67-89). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Shouer, J. ( 1 993 ). Cultural politics of everyday life: Social constructioni.fm, rhe toric and knowing of the third kind. Toronto & B u ffalo, NY: University of Toronto Press. Soskice, J. ( 1 985). Metaphor and reli�:ious language. Oxford. England: Clarendon. Southwood, R. ( 1 992). The environment: Problems and prospects. In B. Cartledge (Ed.), Moni toring the en vi rrmment ( pp. 5-4 1 ). Oxford, England : Oxford University Press. S teiner. G. ( 1 975). After Babel. Oxford, England : Oxford University Press . Stei nhardt, E . , & K iu ay, E. F. ( 1 994). Metaph or In R. E. Asher (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics: W1l. 5. Ox ford, England: Pergamon. S tork. Y. ( 1 995). Die Rolle des Dkonomiebegriffs in der Okotingui.stik. Unpublished manuscript, Dusseldorf. Strauss, J . , Ha.�s. U . & Harms, J. (Ed�.). ( 1 989). Bri.fante �irter. Berlin: de Gruyter. Suzuki, D. ( 1 993). 7ime to change. Toronto: Stoddard. Swadcsh, M. ( 1 97 1 ) . The orixin and diversification of language. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton. Taylor, C. ( 1 989). Sources of the .self: The making of the modem identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Taylor, C. C. W. (Ed.). ( 1 992). Ethics and the envimnmen t. Oxford, England: Corpus Christi -
,
.
.
Col lege.
Taylor, D. M. ( 1 99 1 ) Disagreeing on the basics: Environmental debate s reflect competing world views. A ltematiw�s. /3(3), 26-33. Terre l l , J. ( 1 986). Prehi.ftory• in the Pacific Islands Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Thomas, K. ( 1 983). Man and the natural world. London: Penguin. Thomas. K . ( 1 992). Introduction. In C. C. W. Taylor (Ed.), Ethics and the envimnment. Oxford, England : Corpus Christi College . Tickell. C. ( 1 992). Implications of global climate change. In B. Cartledge (Ed.), Monitoring the em•irrmnumt ( pp. 93- 1 04). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Tisdall, C. ( 1 990). The nature of .ru.rtainuble de,•elopment ( Discussion Papers in Economics). Brisbane: University of Q ueensland Press. Tomlin, R. S . (Ed.). ( 1 987). Coherence and gmunding in discourse. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Toolan, M. S. ( 1 988). Narrative: A critical linguistic intmduction. London: Routledge. Trampe, W. ( 1 990). OkoloJ:i.fche Linguistik. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag. Van Langenhove, L., & HBr'li, R. ( 1 993). Positioning and autobiography: Telling your life. In N . Co upland & J . F. Nussbaum (Eds.), Discourse and lifespan identity ( pp. 8 1 -99). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Vico, G . ( 1 976). Principi di una scienZJJ nova. To ri no : Einaudi . (Original work published 1 744) Vygotsky, L. S. ( 1 978). Mind in society: The development ofhixher psychological prrH:e.ues (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Sauberman, Eds.). Camb ri dge, M A : Harvard University Press. Vygotsky, L. S. ( 1 9 86). Thought and lanxuage (A. Ko zulin, Trans.). Cambridge: M IT Press. Wales, K. M. ( 1 980). Exophora re-examined: The uses of the personal pronoun WE in present-day English. UEA Papers in Lingu is tics 12, 2 1 -44. Weinrich, H . ( 1 990). Oko nomie und Okologie in der Sprache Zeitschrift for franzosiche Sprache und Literatur. 100, 2 1 3-223. .
.
,
.
1 98
GREEN S PEA K
Wensch. J. V. ( 1 990) . l.+1ices of the mind: A sociocultural approach to �diated action. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf. Whanon. C. ( 1 989). The gree n revolution: Cornucopia or Pandora's box? Foreixn Affairs, 4 7, 464-476. White. H . ( 1 987). The mntent of the form: Narrative discourse and historical representation. Baltimore & London : Johns Hopkins University Press. Whorf. B. L. ( 1 956). Language, thought and reality. Cambridge: M IT Press. Wilkins, D. P. ( 1 988). Linguistic evidence in suppon of a holistic approach to traditional ecological knowledge. In N. M . Williams & G. Baines ( Ed s . ) . Traditional ecological knowledxe ( pp. 7 1 -93). Canberra: Centre for ResourL-e and Environmental Studies. Wi lkins. J . ( 1 668). An e.uay towards a real character and a philosophical languaxe. London: S . Gcllibrand & John Martin. Williams, B . A. 0. ( 1 992). Questions the politicians should answer. In C. C. W. Taylor (Ed.). Ethics and the environ�nt ( pp. 60-68). Oxford. England: Corpus Christi College. Williams. N. M., & Baines, G. (Eds.). ( 1 988). Traditional ecological knowledge. Canberra: Centre for Resource and Environmental S tudies. Winter. R. ( 1 980). Countdown to death. Greenjly. / , 1 0. Wittgenstein, L. ( 1 953). Philosophical investigations (G. E. M. Anscombe. Trans.). Oxford, England: Blackwell. Wolf, G . , & Love. N. L. ( 1 993). lntegrational linguistics: An introductory survey. I n A . Crochetiere. J . -C. Boulanger. & C. Ouellon (Eds.). Actes du XVe mngres international des linguiste.r, 1.+1/. I ( pp. 3 1 1 -336). Sainte-Foy : Presse de I ' Universite Laval . Woods, J. ( 1 992). Monitoring the ocean. In B. canledge (Ed.), Monitoring the environment ( pp. 1 23 - 1 56). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press. Worster, D. ( 1 985). Nature 's emnomy: A history of ecological ideas (2 nd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Wurm. S. A . ( 1 98 1 ). Notes on nominal classification in Ai"wo Reef Islands, Solomon Islands. In A. Gonzales & D. Thomas ( Ed s .) . linguistics across continents ( pp. 1 23- 1 42). Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines. Young, M . ( 1 988). The metronomic society: Natural rhythms and human ti�-tables. London: Thames & Hudson. Young. P. C. (Ed.). ( 1 993). Concise encyc:lopedia of envimnmental systems. Oxford. England: Pergamon.
Index
Austin, J . L., 44 Accreditation, duality o f, 1 1 3 , 1 36 B ailey, C.-J. N., 1 39 Bataille-Benguigui, M . -C., 1 54- 1 55 Baxter, W. F. , 98 Bildungsmman, 12, 75-76, 78, 80 Boyden, S 78-79 Boyle, R., 54 British Nucler Fuels Brochure. narratological analysis, 85-87 Brown, C. H . , 1 48- 1 49 Bruner, J. S., 72 Butler, C., 72
Diversity, biological attention to, 1 77- 1 78, 1 39- 1 40 popular treament, 1 23- 1 26 technical context, 1 26- 1 28 temporal constraints, 1 28- 1 30, 1 3 1 Diversity, linguistic, 1 7 1 , 1 77- 1 78, 1 38, 1 39, 1 40, 1 4 1
..
Carbaugh, D., 1 9, 1 8 1 Carson, R . , 23, 24 Cousteau, J . -Y. 8·9, I I Crosby, A. W., 4 1 Crowley, T., 1 75- 1 76 .
Darwin, C., 1 0, 57-58 Discourse: concept of, 4 grammar of, 66 67 hunting, 1 57- 1 59 moral and aesthetic, 1 78- 1 79 scientific studies of. 54-56 de Saussure, F., 1 75 -
Education, environmental, as story, 7 8-80 Elsbree. L .. 76 Elsworth, 87-88 Elsworth's Acid rain. nanatological analysis, 87-88 English. history of, 1 43 - 1 45 Environment: powerful v. vulnerable, I 04- 1 05 purpose made, I 07 Environmentalism: Enlightment version, 1 3- 1 4, 1 43 presentation of, 3-4 temporality o f, 7- 1 2 Essences, linguistic, 37-38 Ethnoclassifications, 1 48- 1 5 1 Ethnoichthyology, 1 54- 1 55 Evolution, story o f, 76-78 Family resemblance, 37-38 Folk theories, 1 47 Franklin, K., 1 49- 1 5 1
1 99
200
GREEN S PEA K
Freud, S . , 5-6
classification, 1 47- 1 52 general characteristics, 2 1
Gaia, 62-63, 1 05 Global discourse, 1 3- 1 5 Global perspectives, 1 2, 20, 1 59 Goldsmith, T. , 53-54, 64-66 Gould, S. J . , 6, 1 80 Grammar, levels of, 1 55- 1 57 Green manifesto, narratological analysis,
8 1 -83
inventories, 1 45- 1 47 Linguistics: greening of, 1 6 1 - 1 63, 1 70- 1 7 1 , 1 72 integrationist, 43-50, 1 75 Surrogational, 43-50 Lorenz, K., I l l Lovelock, J. E., 62, 76, 1 05 , 1 1 4, 1 1 5, 1 73,
1 87
Greenhouse effect, 6 1 -62, 63 Grove, R. H ., 1 3- 1 4, 1 5 'Growth ' . 29-3 1
Mason, J., 6 1 , 1 1 5 Matthews, S. W., 1 84
Hales, S .• 56 Halliday, M . , 30, 42 H ardin, G . , 99- 1 00. 1 03- 1 04
May, R. M . , 1 26, 1 27, 1 29, 1 3 1 McLuhan, M . , 1 6 Meadows, D. L . . 9 , I I Meisner, M., 96, 1 06 Metaphor:
Hare, R . M . . 1 80 Hegel. G. W. F.. 1 0 H ughes. J. A . , 73 Ideological compromises. 1 76- 1 77 Kel ly. P.. 9 Knowledge, traditional v. scienti fic, 1 44
accreditation of, 46 anthropomorhic sources, I 06- 1 08 choice o f, 48 commonplace sources, 1 0 1 - 1 02 criticisms of, 96-99, 1 73- 1 74 economics source, 9 1 -92, 93, 95-96 for 'natural ' . 93-95, I 03- 1 05 heuristic, 99- 1 0 I ' horne' or uikoz. 1 72
Laltoff. G .• 27 Landau. M . . 76-77. 78 Lang, A . , I 4 1 Language: as cultural phenomenon, 1 74- 1 75, 1 76 as memory. 1 4 1 - 1 43 as tool- kit, 53 audits, 29 ecological approach. 1 -3. 1 63- 1 64 ecological issues, 1 64- 1 67 exotic, 1 37 'green awareness ' , 25-27 lexical poverty, 3 1 planning, criteria for. 22-27 preservation of, 1 67- 1 7 1 referential adequacy, 22-27 resources, 27-28, 1 77 social adequacy, 35-36 structure, 4 1 systematic adequacy, 3 1 -35
in advancement of science, I 08- 1 1 2 literal/metaphorical boundary, 92 machine sources, 94 managerncnt o� 1 02- 1 03 morality source, 9 1 -92, 93 of budgeting, 1 1 5 - 1 1 6 o f global casino, 1 1 3 of global manager, 1 1 4, 1 1 7 of insurance policy, 1 1 5 of planetary doctor, 1 1 4- 1 1 5, 1 1 7 reconciling conflicting views, 1 1 2- 1 1 3 role of, 5, 44-46, 47 scienti fic source, 57. 9 1 -92, 93 Media globalization, 1 5 - 1 9 Mills. W. T. , 93-94, 95 M odels: organismic, 62-63 scienti fic, 57-58 thermodynamic, 58-62
Lavoisier. A., 56 Lexicon : boundaries, 1 52- 1 54
Moklia, R., 1 53- 1 54 Morality and language, 48-49 Myers, D . • 1 06- 1 07
lrzdex
20 1
Naess, A . , 1 84 Narra tive : and chronicles, 70 authorship of, 73 categories of, 72 characteri s tics of, 72-73 conventions, 1 74 criteria for 1 74 meaning creation in, 7 1 reality conslruction in, 7 1 ex pression o f temporal experience, 7 1 Natural kinds, 56-58 ' Nature'/'natural' and the artificial, 38 and the inorganic 39 and the peopled, 39-40 and the supernatural, 40 Nature, threats to 40-4 1 and the urban. 39 Nominal/verbal preferences, 34-35 ,
.
,
Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, 27-28 Scientism, 5 1 , 64-66 Semantic fields, density, 1 45 Southwood R., 58 59 , 1 1 5 Space: as discursive resource, 1 9-20 globalization, 20 Space-ship Eanh, 1 00 Speech-acts, 44 Species, cultural, 1 67 Stewardship, 42 Sto ry -li ne s : Proppian functions, 73-75, 78, 80, 8 9 Elsbree ' s five forms, 76, 80 Systems, open v. closed, 1 03- 1 04 ,
-
Temporal index ing, 1 73 Temporal balance, 1 3 2- 1 35 Temporal dichotomies, 1 20- 1 2 1 Temporal discourse Temporal hierarchy, 1 2 1 1 23 cultural lime, 1 1 9, 1 22 1 36 individual time, 1 1 9. 1 2 2. 1 35 natural time, 1 1 9. 1 22. 1 36 Temporality: allegories of. 8- 1 0 an d Newtonian metaphysics. 1 0 closed futures, 7-8, I I moral aspects, 7-8 Thomas. K 1 43 Time: levels, synthesis. 1 23- 1 3 1 . 1 35- 1 36 linear v. circular. 1 3 1 - 1 32 recalibration, 60 64-65, 1 20. 1 24 synthesis of, 1 35- 1 36 '-
,
Paddock, W. C., 97 Patterson, J., 1 68 Pawley, A . , 1 57- 1 58 Photobionts, 59-60 Porritt, J., 1 8 1 Positioning: and narrative, 83-88, 89 and rhetori c s , 84-85 and speech-acts, 83-84 and s to ry -lines, 83 Pratt, M. L., 1 3 Problem and solution fo rmat 97 Pronouns, role of, 42 Propp, V. , 73-75 ,
.•
•
von Humboldt, A Reality cons!ruction, 36-37, 1 76 Resources, linguistic v. practical, 1 77 Revolutions, conceptual 5-6 Rhetoric: role of, 5 1 -52 science as , 52, 53-54, 65-67 Richards, I. A . , 45 Rowan, D., 24 Russell, B . A. 0., 6 .
.•
15
Wharf, B . L. . 1 38 Wilkins. D. P 1 56- 1 57 Wilkins. J . . 3 2 Williams, B . A. 0 1 86 Wittgenstein L.. 37-38 Wood s , J . , 1 1 6, 1 1 7 Wurm S. A., 32 .•
.•
,
,
Zipf's Law. 1 45
About the Authors
Rom Harre, lecturer, teacher, and phi losopher, has long been a preeminent and influential voice whose work is recogni zed in many disciplines. In the l ast 20 years he has been a pionee r in developing the theory and practice of discursive psychology. He is presently Emeritus Fellow of Linacre College, Oxford ; Professor of Psychology at Georgetown University in Was h ington, DC . Author of more than 200 journal articles and 24 books, including The Philosophies of Science, Second Edition ( 1 986), Personal Being: A Theory for Individual Psychology ( 1 983), Physical Being: A Theory for Corporeal Psychology ( 1 99 1 ), and Social Being: Revised Edition ( 1 993}, he has also edi ted or coedi ted another 26 volu m es, including the Blackwell Encyclopedic Dictionary of Psychology ( 1 985). He is the recipient of many academic awards including honorary doctorates from Helsinki, B russels, Lima, and Aarhus, and the Royden B. Davis Professor of Interd isciplin ary Studies ( 1 993). His inter ests range from the analyses of emotions to social theories and linguistic s B orn in New Zealand, he has held posts and lectured all over the world, most recently in China, the United States, Spai n , the Netherlands, Canada, and Peru. .
Jens Brockmeier, born in West Germany i n 1 95 1 , teac he s psychology and
philosophy at the Free University of Berl i n (Germany) and at the University of Innsbruck (Austria). He also is a Senior Visiting Member at Linacre Col lege, Oxford (England). Presently ( 1 997- 1 999), he is a Visiting Professor at the University of Toronto/Ontario Institute for Studies in Education (Can ada). He recei v ed his Ph .D. from the Faculty of Ph i losophy and Social 203
204
GREEN SPEAK
Sciences o f the Free University Berl in i n 1 978 and in 1 9 83 also took an M . A . in psychology, examining in his thesis the relation between cognition, lan guage, and culture. Since then he has taught and conducted research at various institutions of h i gher education i n Germany, Italy, Austria, England, Canada, and the United States. He has been awarded fellowships at the International Research Center for Cultural Studies (Vienna, Austria), at the Centre for Applied Cognitive Sciences at the Ontario Institute for Studies i n Ed ucation ( Univers ity of Toronto, Canada), and at the Collegium Budapest, the Institute for Ad vanced Studies funded by various West-European states. In 1 997 , he received the Canada Counc i l 's prestigious John G. Diefcnbaker Award . Author of numerous studies in the fields of philosophy, psychology, arts, l i nguistics, and the hi story of culture, his most recent book ( i n German) is The Literate Mind: Literacy and the Relation Between Language and Culture. Peter Miihlhiiusler was born in Freiburg (Black Forest) in 1 947 and was educated at the Humanistische Bertholdsgymnasium Freiburg. He studied German ic languages, l inguistics, and Pacific linguistics at Stell enbosch , Reading, and the Australian National Un iversi ty. On completion of h i s Ph . D . in 1 976 h e lectured o n linguistics a t Technical Un iversity of Berlin a n d from 1 979 to 1 992 was University Lecturer in General Linguistics and a Fel l ow of Linacre Co llege at the University of Oxford, where jointly with Rom Harre he began to offer classes on language and environ ment. Since 1 992 he has been Foundation Professor of Linguistics at the University of Adelaide (South Australia). His main research interests include Pidgin and Creole l i nguistics, indigenous l anguages of Austral ia and the Pacific, pronominal grammar, and the re lationship between language and the environment.